84137461 A
2019 Colorado
Colorado Owner’s Manual
C
M
Y
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
19_CHEV_Colorado_COV_en_US_84137461A_2018MAY17.ai 1 5/8/2018 2:53:36 PM19_CHEV_Colorado_COV_en_US_84137461A_2018MAY17.ai 1 5/8/2018 2:53:36 PM
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 25
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 105
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 147
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 155
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 329
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 349
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 360
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
2 Introduction
Introduction
The names, logos, emblems,
slogans, vehicle model names, and
vehicle body designs appearing in
this manual including, but not limited
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,
the CHEVROLET Emblem, and
COLORADO are trademarks and/or
service marks of General Motors
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,
or licensors.
For vehicles first sold in Canada,
substitute the name “General
Motors of Canada Company” for
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it
appears in this manual.
This manual describes features that
may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that
was not purchased on the vehicle,
model variants, country
specifications, features/applications
that may not be available in your
region, or changes subsequent to
the printing of this owner’s manual.
If this vehicle has the Duramax
diesel engine, see the Duramax
diesel supplement for additional and
specific information on this engine.
Refer to the purchase
documentation relating to your
specific vehicle to confirm the
features.
Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.
Canadian Vehicle Owners
A French language manual can be
obtained from your dealer, at
www.helminc.com, or from:
Propriétaires Canadiens
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en français auprès du
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
suivante:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
USA
Using this Manual
To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
back of the manual. It is an
alphabetical list of what is in the
manual and the page number where
it can be found.
Part No. 84137461 A First Printing - Updated September 13, 2018
©
2018 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Introduction 3
Danger, Warning, and
Caution
Warning messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or
reduce them.
{
Danger
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result
in serious injury or death.
{
Warning
Warning indicates a hazard that
could result in injury or death.
Caution
Caution indicates a hazard that
could result in property or vehicle
damage.
A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”
Symbols
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of
text. Symbols are shown along with
the text describing the operation or
information relating to a specific
component, control, message,
gauge, or indicator.
M : Shown when the owner’s
manual has additional instructions
or information.
* : Shown when the service
manual has additional instructions
or information.
0 : Shown when there is more
information on another page —
“see page.”
Vehicle Symbol Chart
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. See the
features in this manual for
information.
u : Air Conditioning System
G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil
9 : Airbag Readiness Light
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
$ : Brake System Warning Light
9 : Dispose of Used Components
Properly
P : Do Not Apply High Pressure
Water
B : Engine Coolant Temperature
_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
H : Flammable
[ : Forward Collision Alert
R : Fuse Block Cover Lock
Location
+ : Fuses
j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child
Restraints
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
4 Introduction
Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers
Properly Installed
| : Lane Change Alert
@ : Lane Departure Warning
A : Lane Keep Assist
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
X : Park Assist
~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator
O : Power
7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert
I : Registered Technician
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Seat Belt Reminders
I : Side Blind Zone Alert
h : Stop/Start
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
a : Under Pressure
V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
In Brief 5
In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Initial Drive Information
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 11
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Passenger Sensing System . . . 12
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 13
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 15
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Vehicle Features
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 19
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 21
Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 22
Fuel (Gasoline) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Fuel (Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 23
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
In Brief 7
1. Air Vents 0 153.
2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn
and Lane-Change Signals
0 142.
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) Controls (If
Equipped). See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 129 or Driver
Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 131.
3. Instrument Cluster (Base
Level) 0 112 or Instrument
Cluster (Uplevel) 0 114.
4. Windshield Wiper/Washer
0 107.
5. Light Sensor. See Automatic
Headlamp System 0 141.
Vehicle Alarm System Indicator
(If Equipped). See Vehicle
Alarm System 0 34.
6. Infotainment 0 147.
7. Climate Control Systems 0 148
(If Equipped).
Automatic Climate Control
System 0 150 (If Equipped).
8. Heated Front Seats 0 48 (If
Equipped).
9. Power Outlets 0 108 (If
Equipped).
10. Shift Lever. See Automatic
Transmission 0 183 or Manual
Transmission 0 188.
11. Auxiliary Jack. See the
infotainment manual.
USB Port. See the infotainment
manual.
12. Hazard Warning Flashers
0 142.
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 199.
Exterior Cargo Lamps 0 143.
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) 0 214 (If Equipped).
Hill Descent Control (HDC)
0 201 (If Equipped).
Tow/Haul Mode 0 187 (If
Equipped).
Locking Front Axle 0 204 (If
Equipped).
Locking Rear Axle 0 203 (If
Equipped).
13. Steering Wheel Controls 0 106
(If Equipped).
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) Controls (If
Equipped). See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 129 or Driver
Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 131.
14. Horn 0 107.
15. Steering Wheel Adjustment
0 106 (Out of View).
16. Cruise Control 0 205.
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 212 (If Equipped).
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
8 In Brief
17. Transfer Case Knob (If
Equipped). See Four-Wheel
Drive 0 190.
Driver Mode Control 0 202 (If
Equipped).
18. Hood Release. See Hood
0 242.
19. Parking Brake 0 197.
20. Data Link Connector (DLC)
(Out of View). See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
Light) 0 120.
21. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 139.
Fog Lamps 0 143 (If
Equipped).
22. Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 144.
Initial Drive
Information
This section provides a brief
overview about some of the
important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle.
For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner’s manual.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter functions may work from
up to 60 m (197 ft) away from the
vehicle.
K : Press to unlock the driver door.
Press
K again within three seconds
to unlock all remaining doors.
Q : Press to lock all doors. Lock
and unlock feedback can be
personalized. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 136.
7 : Press and release one time to
initiate vehicle locator. Press
7 and
hold for at least three seconds to
sound the panic alarm. Press
7
again to cancel the panic alarm.
See Keys 0 25 and Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 28.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
In Brief 9
Remote Vehicle Start
If equipped, the engine can be
started from outside of the vehicle.
Starting the Vehicle
1. Press and release Q on the
RKE transmitter.
2. Immediately press and hold
/
for at least four seconds or until
the turn signal lamps flash.
Start the vehicle normally after
entering.
When the vehicle starts, the parking
lamps will turn on.
Remote start can be extended.
Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
.
Press and hold
/ until the
parking lamps turn off.
.
Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.
Turn the vehicle on and then off.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 30.
Door Locks
To lock or unlock a door from the
outside press
Q or K on the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter or use the key in the
driver door.
To lock a door from the inside, push
down on the door lock knob. To
unlock, pull the door handle once to
unlock the door and again to
unlatch it.
Power Door Locks
Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab
Similar
If equipped with power door locks:
Q : Press to lock the doors.
K : Press to unlock the doors.
See Door Locks 0 31 and Power
Door Locks 0 32.
Windows
Power Windows
Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab
Similar
Power windows work when the
ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
or when Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) is active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 179.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
10 In Brief
Using the window switch, press to
open or pull to close the window.
The windows may be temporarily
disabled if they are used repeatedly
within a short time.
Seat Adjustment
Manual Seats
To adjust a manual seat:
1. Pull the handle at the front of
the seat.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the
handle.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to make sure it is locked
in place.
Power Seats
To adjust a power driver seat,
if equipped:
.
Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
.
Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the rear of the control up
or down.
.
If equipped, raise or lower the
front part of the seat cushion by
moving the front of the control
up or down.
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 46
and Reclining Seatbacks 0 47.
Reclining Seatbacks
To recline:
1. Lift the lever.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
In Brief 11
3. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback.
2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
See Reclining Seatbacks 0 47.
Heated Seats
If equipped, the buttons are on the
center stack. To operate, the engine
must be running.
Press
+ to heat the driver or
passenger seatback only.
Press
z to heat the driver or
passenger cushion and seatback.
The indicator light comes on when
this feature is on.
See Heated Front Seats 0 48.
Head Restraint
Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head
restraint height in the proper
position.
See Head Restraints 0 44 and Seat
Adjustment 0 45.
Seat Belts
Refer to the following sections for
important information on how to use
seat belts properly:
.
Seat Belts 0 51
.
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly
0 53
.
Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 54
.
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 79
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
12 In Brief
Passenger Sensing
System
United States
Canada and Mexico
The passenger sensing system will
turn off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag
is affected by the passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 65.
The passenger airbag status
indicator lights on the overhead
console are visible when the vehicle
is started. See Passenger Airbag
Status Indicator 0 119.
Mirror Adjustment
Using hood-mounted air deflectors
and add-on convex mirror
attachments could decrease mirror
performance.
Exterior Mirrors
Manual Mirrors
If equipped, adjust the manual
mirror by moving it up and down or
left to right to see a little of the side
of the vehicle and to have a clear
view behind the vehicle.
See Manual Mirrors 0 36.
Power Mirrors
If equipped, adjust the power
mirrors:
1. Move the selector switch to L
(Left) or R (Right) to choose
driver or passenger mirror.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move each mirror in the
desired direction.
3. Return the selector switch to
the center position.
See Power Mirrors 0 37.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
In Brief 13
Interior Mirror
Adjustment
Adjust the mirror for a clear view of
the area behind the vehicle.
Manual Dimming Rearview Mirror
If equipped, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid the glare of
headlamps from behind.
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror
If equipped, the rearview mirror
dims automatically to reduce the
glare of the headlamps from behind.
The dimming feature comes on
when the vehicle is started.
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Tilt and Telescoping Steering
Wheel
To adjust the tilt and telescoping
steering wheel, if equipped:
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
14 In Brief
Interior Lighting
Dome Lamps
The interior lamps control in the
overhead console controls both the
front and rear interior lamps.
( : Turns the lamps off.
H : Turns the lamps on when any
door is opened.
' : Keeps the lamps on all
the time.
Reading Lamps (If Equipped)
The front reading lamps are in the
overhead console.
The rear reading lamps are in the
headliner.
# or $ : Press to turn each lamp
on or off.
For more information, see Dome
Lamps 0 144.
Exterior Lighting
The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.
O : Turns off the automatic
headlamps and Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
control to
O again to turn the
automatic headlamps or DRL
back on.
For vehicles first sold in Canada, off
will only work when the vehicle is in
P (Park).
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
In Brief 15
AUTO : Automatically turns on the
headlamps at normal brightness,
together with the following:
.
Parking Lamps
.
Instrument Panel Lights
.
Taillamps
.
License Plate Lamps
.
Front/Rear Sidemarker Lamps
; : Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.
5 : Turns on the headlamps
together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights.
See:
.
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 139.
.
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
0 141.
.
Fog Lamps 0 143.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
The windshield wiper/washer lever
is on the right side of the steering
column. With the ignition on or in
ACC/ACCESSORY, move the
windshield wiper lever to select the
wiper speed.
HI : Use for fast wipes.
LO : Use for slow wipes.
INT : Move the lever up to INT for
intermittent wipes, then turn
the
x INT band up for more
frequent wipes or down for less
frequent wipes.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
the wiper lever down. For several
wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
n L : Pull the windshield wiper
lever toward you to spray windshield
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
See Windshield Wiper/Washer
0 107.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
16 In Brief
Climate Controls
These systems control the heating, cooling, and ventilation.
Climate Control System
1. Fan Control
2. A/C (Air Conditioning)
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
4. Defrost
5. TEMP (Temperature Control)
6. Rear Window Defogger (If
Equipped)
7. Air Recirculation
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
In Brief 17
Automatic Climate Control System
1. Fan Control
2. A/C (Air Conditioning)
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
4. Defrost
5. Temperature Control
6. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
7. Rear Window Defogger
8. Air Recirculation
9. Power Button
See Climate Control Systems 0 148
or Automatic Climate Control
System 0 150 (If Equipped).
Transmission
Range Selection Mode
Range Selection Mode helps control
the vehicle's transmission and
vehicle speed while driving downhill
or towing a trailer by letting you
select a desired range of gears.
To enable:
1. Move the shift lever to the
L (Manual Mode) position. The
current range will display next
to the L This is the highest
attainable range with all lower
gears accessible. For example,
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
18 In Brief
when 5 (Fifth) gear is selected,
1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears
are available.
2. Press the plus/minus button on
the shift lever to select the
desired range of gears for
current driving conditions. See
Manual Mode 0 185.
Four-Wheel Drive
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive,
the engine's driving power can be
sent to all four wheels for extra
traction.
Electronic Transfer Case
Automatic Transfer Case
Except ZR2
ZR2 Only
The transfer case knob is to the left
of the steering column. Use it to
shift into and out of the different
four-wheel drive modes.
The different drive options that may
be available are described following.
2
m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : This
setting is used for driving in most
street and highway situations.
AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel
Drive) : This setting is ideal for use
when road surface traction
conditions are variable.
4
m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use
this setting when extra traction is
needed, such as on snowy or icy
roads or in most off-road situations.
N (Neutral) : Shift to this setting
only when towing the vehicle.
See Recreational Vehicle Towing
0 315 or Trailer Towing 0 224.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
In Brief 19
4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) :
Choose 4
n when driving in deep
sand, mud, or snow, and while
climbing or descending steep hills.
See Four-Wheel Drive 0 190.
For ZR2 locking axle information,
see Locking Rear Axle 0 203 and
Locking Front Axle 0 204.
For ZR2 Off-Road Mode
information, see Driver Mode
Control 0 202.
Vehicle Features
Infotainment System
See the infotainment manual for
information on the radio, audio
players, phone, navigation system,
and voice or speech recognition.
It also includes information on
settings.
Steering Wheel Controls
The infotainment system can be
operated by using the steering
wheel controls. See “Steering Wheel
Controls” in the infotainment
manual.
Cruise Control
5 : Press to turn the system on or
off. A white indicator comes on in
the instrument cluster when cruise
is turned on.
+RES : If there is a set speed in
memory, press briefly to resume to
that speed or press and hold to
accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
20 In Brief
SET− : Press briefly to set the
speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease vehicle speed.
* : Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
See Cruise Control 0 205.
Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Base Level)
The DIC display is in the center of
the instrument cluster. It shows the
status of many vehicle systems. The
controls for the DIC are on the turn
signal lever.
1. SET/CLR: Press to set,
or press and hold to clear, the
menu item displayed.
2.
w / x : Use the band to
scroll through the items in
each menu.
3. MENU: Press to display the
DIC menus. This button is also
used to return to or exit the last
screen displayed on the DIC.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) 0 129 or Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 131.
Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Uplevel)
The DIC display is in the instrument
cluster. It shows the status of many
vehicle systems.
If the vehicle has the uplevel
instrument cluster, the right steering
wheel controls are used to operate
the DIC.
w or x : Press to move up or
down in a list.
o or p : Press to move between
the interactive display zones in the
cluster.
V : Press to open a menu or select
a menu item. Press and hold to
reset values on certain screens.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) 0 129 or Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 131.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
In Brief 21
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or
reduce the harm caused by
front-end crashes. FCA provides a
green indicator,
V, when a vehicle
is detected ahead. This indicator
displays amber if you follow a
vehicle much too closely. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
alert on the windshield and rapidly
beeps.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 212.
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)
If equipped, LDW may help avoid
unintentional lane departures at
speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
greater. LDW uses a camera sensor
to detect the lane markings. The
LDW light,
@, is green if a lane
marking is detected. If the vehicle
departs the lane without using a turn
signal in that direction, the light will
change to amber and flash. In
addition, beeps will sound.
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
0 214.
Rear Vision
Camera (RVC)
The RVC displays a view of the
area behind the vehicle on the
infotainment display when the
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to
aid with parking and low-speed
backing maneuvers.
See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 209.
Park Assist
If equipped, Rear Park Assist (RPA)
uses sensors on the rear bumper to
assist with parking and avoiding
objects while in R (Reverse).
It operates at speeds less than
8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may show a
warning triangle on the infotainment
display and/or a graphic on the
instrument cluster to provide the
object distance. In addition, multiple
beeps may occur if very close to an
object.
See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 209.
Power Outlets
Accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone, MP3
player, etc.
The vehicle may have accessory
power outlets:
.
On the center stack below the
climate control system,
if equipped.
.
On the center floor console,
if equipped.
.
On the rear of the center storage
console.
Lift the cover to access and replace
when not in use.
See Power Outlets 0 108.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
22 In Brief
Performance and
Maintenance
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
The Traction Control System (TCS)
limits wheel spin. The system is on
when the vehicle is started.
The StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system assists with
directional control of the vehicle in
difficult driving conditions. The
system is on when the vehicle is
started.
Turning the Systems Off and
On (Except ZR2)
.
To turn off TCS, press and
release
g on the center stack.
i illuminates in the instrument
cluster.
.
To turn TCS on again, press and
release
g. i in the instrument
cluster will turn off.
.
To turn off both TCS and
StabiliTrak/ESC, press and
hold
g on the center stack until
i and g illuminate in the
instrument cluster.
.
To turn on both systems, press
and release
g. i and g turn off
in the instrument cluster.
StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically
turn on if the vehicle exceeds
56 km/h (35 mph) in normal mode.
TCS will remain off until
g is
pressed or until the ignition is turned
off and then back on.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 199.
Turning the Systems Off and
On (ZR2 Only)
.
To turn off TCS, press and
release
g on the center stack.
i and g illuminate in the
instrument cluster.
.
To turn TCS on again, press and
release
g. i and g in the
instrument cluster will turn off.
.
To turn off both TCS and
StabiliTrak/ESC, press and
hold
g on the center stack, until
i and g illuminate in the
instrument cluster.
.
To turn on both systems, press
and release
g. i and g turn off
in the instrument cluster.
StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically
turn on if the vehicle exceeds
56 km/h (35 mph) in normal mode.
TCS will remain off until
g is
pressed or until the ignition is turned
off and then back on.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 199.
Tire Pressure Monitor
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
In Brief 23
The low tire pressure warning light
alerts to a significant loss in
pressure of one of the vehicle's
tires. If the warning light comes on,
stop as soon as possible and inflate
the tires to the recommended
pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 168. The
warning light will remain on until the
tire pressure is corrected.
The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
may be an early indicator that the
tire pressures are getting low and
the tires need to be inflated to the
proper pressure.
The TPMS does not replace normal
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
the correct tire pressures.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
0 286.
Fuel (Gasoline)
Regular Unleaded Fuel
Use only Regular 87 octane —
(R+M)/2 — or higher unleaded
gasoline in your vehicle. TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline is
recommended. Do not use gasoline
with an octane rating lower as it will
result in reduced performance and
lower fuel economy. See
Recommended Fuel 0 215.
Fuel (Diesel)
For diesel vehicles, do not use
gasoline. See “Fuel for Diesel
Engines” in the Duramax diesel
supplement.
E85 or FlexFuel
No E85 or FlexFuel
Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greater
than E15 (15% ethanol by volume),
such as E85, cannot be used in this
vehicle.
Engine Oil Life System
The engine oil life system calculates
engine oil life based on vehicle use
and, on most vehicles, displays a
Driver Information Center (DIC)
message when it is necessary to
change the engine oil and filter. The
oil life system should be reset to
100% only following an oil change.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
24 In Brief
Resetting the Oil Life System
To reset the engine oil life system:
1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING
on the DIC. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 129 or Driver
Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 131. If the vehicle
does not have DIC buttons, the
vehicle must be in P (Park) to
access this display.
2. Press and hold
V on the DIC,
or SET/CLR on the turn signal
lever if the vehicle does not
have DIC buttons, for several
seconds. The oil life will
change to 100%.
The oil life system can also be reset
as follows:
1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING
on the DIC. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 129 or Driver
Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 131.
2. Fully press the accelerator
pedal slowly three times within
five seconds. If the display
shows 100%, the system is
reset.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 248.
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy
Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy
possible:
.
Set the climate controls to the
desired temperature after the
engine is started, or turn them
off when not required.
.
Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly.
.
Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.
.
Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
.
When road and weather
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.
.
Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.
.
Keep vehicle tires properly
inflated.
.
Combine several trips into a
single trip.
.
Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.
.
Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Roadside Assistance
Program
U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
New Chevrolet owners are
automatically enrolled in the
Roadside Assistance Program.
See Roadside Assistance Program
0 353.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Keys, Doors, and Windows 25
Keys, Doors, and
Windows
Keys and Locks
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 30
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 33
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Doors
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 34
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 36
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 39
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 39
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Windows
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Keys and Locks
Keys
{
Warning
Leaving children in a vehicle with
the ignition key is dangerous and
children or others could be
seriously injured or killed. They
could operate the power windows
or other controls or make the
vehicle move. The windows will
function with the keys in the
ignition, and children or others
could be caught in the path of a
closing window. Do not leave
children in a vehicle with the
ignition key.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
26 Keys, Doors, and Windows
{
Warning
If the key is unintentionally
rotated while the vehicle is
running, the ignition could be
moved out of the RUN position.
This could be caused by heavy
items hanging from the key ring,
or by large or long items attached
to the key ring that could be
contacted by the driver or
steering wheel. If the ignition
moves out of the RUN position,
the engine will shut off, braking
and steering power assist may be
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
impacted, and airbags may not
deploy. To reduce the risk of
unintentional rotation of the
ignition key, do not change the
way the ignition key and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
if equipped, are connected to the
provided key rings.
The ignition key and key rings, and
RKE transmitter, if equipped, are
designed to work together as a
system to reduce the risk of
unintentionally moving the key out
of the RUN position. The ignition
key has a small hole to allow
attachment of the provided key ring.
It is important that any replacement
ignition keys have a small hole. See
your dealer if a replacement key is
required.
The combination and size of the
rings that came with your keys were
specifically selected for your
vehicle. The rings are connected to
the key like two links of a chain to
reduce the risk of unintentionally
moving the key out of the RUN
position. Do not add any additional
items to the ring attached to the
ignition key. Attach additional items
only to the second ring, and limit
added items to a few essential keys
or small, light items no larger than
an RKE transmitter.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Keys, Doors, and Windows 27
Interference from radio-frequency
identification (RFID) tags may
prevent the key from starting the
vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from
the key when starting the vehicle.
The key is used for the ignition and
all door locks.
Programming Keys
Follow these procedures to program
up to eight keys to the vehicle.
Programming with Two
Recognized Keys
To program a new key:
1. Insert the original, already
programmed key in the ignition
and turn the ignition on.
2. Turn the ignition off and
remove the key.
3. Quickly, within five seconds,
insert the second original
already programmed key in the
ignition and turn the ignition on.
4. Turn the ignition off, and
remove the key.
5. Insert the new key to be
programmed and turn the
ignition on within five seconds.
The security light will turn off
once the key has been
programmed.
6. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additional
keys are to be programmed.
If a key is lost or damaged, see your
dealer to have a new key made.
Programming without Two
Recognized Keys
Program a new key to the vehicle
when a recognized key is not
available. Canadian regulations
require that owners see their dealer.
If two currently recognized keys are
not available, follow this procedure
to program the first key.
This procedure will take
approximately 30 minutes to
complete for the first key. The
vehicle must be off and all of the
keys you wish to program must be
with you.
1. Insert the new vehicle key into
the ignition.
2. Turn the ignition on. The
security light will come on.
3. Wait 10 minutes until the
security light turns off.
4. Turn the ignition off.
5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more
times. After the third time, turn
the ignition on; the key is
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
28 Keys, Doors, and Windows
learned and all previously
known keys will no longer work
with the vehicle.
6. To learn the second key, turn
the ignition off. Insert the
second key to be learned and
turn the ignition on.
After two keys are learned, the
remaining keys can be learned by
following the procedure in
“Programming with Two
Recognized Keys.”
The key has a bar-coded key tag
that the dealer or qualified locksmith
can use to make new keys. Store
this information in a safe place, not
in the vehicle.
If it becomes difficult to turn a key,
inspect the key blade for debris.
Periodically clean with a brush
or pick.
See your dealer if a replacement
key or additional key is needed.
If locked out of the vehicle, see
Roadside Assistance Program
0 353.
With an active OnStar or connected
service plan, an OnStar Advisor
may remotely unlock the vehicle.
See OnStar Overview 0 363.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 359.
If there is a decrease in the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) operating
range:
.
Check the distance. The
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.
.
Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
.
Check the transmitter's battery.
See “Battery Replacement” later
in this section.
.
If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your
dealer or a qualified technician
for service.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation
The RKE transmitter functions may
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
the vehicle.
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 28.
With Remote Start, without Similar
/ : If equipped, / is used to start
the engine from outside the vehicle
using the RKE transmitter. See
Remote Vehicle Start 0 30.
Q : Press to lock all doors.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Keys, Doors, and Windows 29
If enabled, the turn signal lamps
flash once to indicate locking has
occurred. If enabled, the horn chirps
when
Q is pressed again within
three seconds. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 136.
Pressing
Q arms the vehicle alarm
system. See Vehicle Alarm System
0 34.
K : Press once to unlock only the
driver door. If
K is pressed again
within three seconds, all remaining
doors unlock. The interior lamps
may come on and stay on for
20 seconds or until the ignition is
turned on.
If enabled, the turn signal lamps
flash twice to indicate unlocking has
occurred. If enabled, the exterior
lamps may turn on. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 136.
Pressing
K on the RKE transmitter
disarms the vehicle alarm system.
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 34.
7 : Press and release one time to
initiate vehicle locator. The turn
signal lamps flash and the horn
sounds three times.
Press and hold
7 for at least
three seconds to sound the panic
alarm. The turn signal lamps flash
and the horn sounds repeatedly for
30 seconds. The alarm turns off
when the ignition is turned on or
7
is pressed again. The ignition must
be off for the panic alarm to work.
Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters programmed
to this vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
Each vehicle can have up to
eight transmitters programmed to it.
See your dealer for transmitter
programming.
Battery Replacement
Replace the battery in the
transmitter soon if the DIC displays
REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY.
Caution
When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the
transmitter.
To replace the battery:
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
30 Keys, Doors, and Windows
1. Separate and remove the back
cover of the transmitter with a
flat, thin object, such as a coin.
2. Press and slide the battery
down toward the pocket of the
transmitter in the direction of
the key ring. Do not use a
metal object.
3. Remove the battery.
4. Insert the new battery, positive
side facing up. Replace with a
CR2032 or equivalent battery.
5. Push together the transmitter
back cover top side first, and
then the bottom toward the
key ring.
Remote Vehicle Start
If equipped, the engine can be
started from outside of the vehicle.
The climate controls and rear
window defogger may also
come on.
If the vehicle has heated seats and
the feature is turned on in vehicle
personalization, the heated seats
will turn on during colder outside
temperatures and will shut off when
the ignition is turned on. See
Heated Front Seats 0 48.
Laws in some communities may
restrict the use of remote starters.
Check local regulations for any
requirements on remote starting of
vehicles.
If your vehicle is low on fuel, do not
use the remote start feature. The
vehicle may run out of fuel.
The vehicle cannot be remote
started if:
.
The key is in the ignition.
.
The hood is not closed.
.
There is an emission control
system malfunction and the
malfunction indicator lamp is on.
.
The hazard warning flashers
are on.
.
Two remote vehicle starts, or a
single remote start with an
extension, have already
been used.
.
The vehicle is not in P (Park).
The engine will turn off during a
remote vehicle start if:
.
The coolant temperature gets
too high.
.
The oil pressure gets low.
The RKE transmitter range may be
less while the vehicle is running.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Keys, Doors, and Windows 31
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 28 or Vehicle
Personalization 0 136.
Starting the Engine Using Remote
Start
1. Press and release
Q.
2. Immediately press and hold
/
until the turn signal lamps flash
or for at least four seconds.
When the vehicle starts, the
parking lamps will turn on. The
doors will be locked and the
climate control system may
come on.
The engine will continue to run for
15 minutes. Repeat the steps for
one 15-minute time extension. Turn
the ignition on to operate the
vehicle.
Extending Engine Run Time
The engine run time can be
extended by 15 minutes, for a total
of 30 minutes, if during the first
15 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are
repeated while the engine is still
running. An extension can be
requested 30 seconds after starting.
A maximum of two remote starts,
or a single start with an extension,
is allowed between ignition cycles.
The ignition must be turned on and
then back off to use remote start
again.
Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
.
Press and hold
/ until the
parking lamps turn off.
.
Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.
Turn the vehicle on and then off.
Door Locks
{
Warning
Unlocked doors can be
dangerous.
.
Passengers, especially
children, can easily open
the doors and fall out of a
moving vehicle. The doors
can be unlocked and
opened while the vehicle is
moving. The chance of
being thrown out of the
vehicle in a crash is
increased if the doors are
not locked. So, all
passengers should wear
seat belts properly and the
doors should be locked
whenever the vehicle is
driven.
.
Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child
can be overcome by
extreme heat and can suffer
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
32 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Warning (Continued)
permanent injuries or even
death from heat stroke.
Always lock the vehicle
whenever leaving it.
.
Outsiders can easily enter
through an unlocked door
when you slow down or stop
the vehicle. Locking the
doors can help prevent this
from happening.
To lock or unlock a door from the
outside press
Q or K on the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter or use the key in the
driver door.
To lock a door from the inside, push
down on the door lock knob. To
unlock, pull the door handle once to
unlock the door and again to
unlatch it.
Free-Turning Locks
The door key lock cylinder turns
freely when either the wrong key is
used, or the correct key is not fully
inserted. The free-turning door lock
feature prevents the lock from being
forced open. To reset the lock, turn
it to the vertical position with the
correct key fully inserted. Remove
the key and insert it again. If this
does not reset the lock, turn the key
halfway around in the cylinder and
repeat the reset procedure.
Power Door Locks
Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab
Similar
If equipped with power door locks:
Q : Press to lock the doors.
K : Press to unlock the doors.
Delayed Locking
This feature delays the actual
locking of the doors until
five seconds after all doors are
closed.
Delayed locking can only be turned
on when the Open Door
Anti-Lockout feature has been
turned off.
When
Q is pressed on the power
door lock switch with the door open,
a chime will sound three times
indicating that delayed locking is
active.
The doors will then lock
automatically five seconds after all
doors are closed. If a door is
reopened before five seconds have
elapsed, the five-second timer will
reset once all the doors are closed
again.
Press
Q on the door lock switch
again, or press
Q on the RKE
transmitter, to override this feature
and lock the doors immediately.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Keys, Doors, and Windows 33
Delayed locking can be
programmed. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 136.
Automatic Door Locks
If equipped, the doors will lock
automatically when all doors are
closed, the ignition is on, and the
shift lever is moved out of P (Park)
for automatic transmissions or
vehicle speed is above 13 km/h
(8 mph) for manual transmissions.
To unlock the doors:
.
Press
K on a power door lock
switch.
.
If equipped with an automatic
transmission, shift the
transmission into P (Park).
.
If equipped with manual
transmission, remove the key
from the ignition when parked.
Automatic door locking cannot be
disabled. Automatic door unlocking
can be programmed. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 136.
Lockout Protection
When locking is requested with the
driver door open and the key in the
ignition, all the doors will lock and
then the driver door will unlock. This
can be manually overridden by
pressing and holding
Q on the
power door lock switch.
Open Door Anti-Lockout
If Open Door Anti-Lockout has been
turned on and the vehicle is off, the
driver door is open, and locking is
requested, all the doors will lock and
the driver door will remain unlocked.
Push the lock button on the door or
the RKE transmitter a second time
to lock the driver door. The Open
Door Anti-Lockout feature can be
turned on or off. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 136.
Safety Locks
If equipped, the rear door safety
locks prevent passengers from
opening the rear doors from inside
the vehicle.
Press { to activate the safety locks
on the rear doors. The indicator light
comes on when activated. The
vehicle must be on, in ACC/
ACCESSORY, or in Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). See
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
0 179.
If the indicator light flashes, the
feature may not be working properly.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
34 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Doors
Tailgate
{
Warning
It is extremely dangerous to ride
on the tailgate, even when the
vehicle is operated at low speeds.
People riding on the tailgate can
easily lose their balance and fall
in response to vehicle
maneuvers. Falling from a moving
vehicle may result in serious
injuries or death. Do not allow
people to ride on the tailgate. Be
sure everyone in your vehicle is in
a seat and using a seat belt
properly.
On vehicles with a lock on the
tailgate, use the key to lock or
unlock the tailgate. The power door
locks will not lock or unlock the
tailgate.
Open the tailgate by lifting up on its
handle while pulling the
tailgate down.
To shut the tailgate, firmly push it
upward until it latches.
After closing the tailgate, pull it back
to be sure it latches securely.
Vehicle Security
This vehicle has theft-deterrent
features; however, they do not make
the vehicle impossible to steal.
Vehicle Alarm System
If equipped with the anti-theft alarm
system, the indicator light, on the
instrument panel near the
windshield, indicates the status of
the system.
Off : Alarm system is disarmed.
On Solid : Vehicle is secured
during the delay to arm the system.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Keys, Doors, and Windows 35
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.
A door or the hood is open.
Slow Flash : Alarm system is
armed.
Arming the Alarm System
1. Turn off the vehicle.
2. Lock the vehicle with one of
the following:
.
Use the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter.
.
With a door open, press
Q
on the interior of the door.
3. After 30 seconds the alarm
system will arm, and the
indicator light will begin to
slowly flash indicating the
alarm system is operating.
Pressing
Q on the RKE
transmitter a second time will
bypass the 30-second delay
and immediately arm the alarm
system.
The theft-deterrent alarm system will
not arm if the doors are locked with
the key.
If the driver door is opened without
first unlocking with the RKE
transmitter, the horn will chirp and
the lights will flash to indicate
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
started, or the door is not unlocked
by pressing
K on the RKE
transmitter during the 10-second
pre-alarm, the alarm will be
activated.
If a door or the hood is opened
without first disarming the system,
the turn signals will flash and the
horn will sound for about
30 seconds. The alarm system will
then re-arm to monitor for the next
unauthorized event.
Disarming the Alarm System
To disarm the alarm system or turn
off the alarm if it has been activated:
.
Press
K on the RKE transmitter.
.
Start the vehicle.
To avoid setting off the alarm by
accident:
.
Lock the vehicle after all
occupants have left the vehicle
and all doors are closed.
.
Always unlock a door with the
RKE transmitter.
Unlocking the driver door with the
key will not disarm the system or
turn off the alarm.
Detecting a Tamper Condition
If K is pressed on the RKE
transmitter and the horn chirps three
times, an alarm occurred previously
while the alarm system was armed.
Immobilizer
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 359.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
36 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Immobilizer Operation
This vehicle has a passive
theft-deterrent system.
The system does not have to be
manually armed or disarmed.
The vehicle is automatically
immobilized when the vehicle is
turned off.
The system is automatically
disarmed when the ignition is turned
from off to on.
The security light, in the instrument
cluster, comes on if there is a
problem with arming or disarming
the theft-deterrent system.
When trying to start the vehicle, the
security light comes on briefly when
the ignition is turned on.
If the engine does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
ignition off and try again.
If the engine still does not start, and
the key appears to be undamaged,
try another ignition key. It may be
necessary to check the fuse. See
Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 271.
If the engine still does not start with
the other key, the vehicle needs
service. If the vehicle does start, the
first key may be faulty. See your
dealer.
It is possible for the immobilizer
system to learn new or replacement
keys. Up to eight keys can be
programmed for the vehicle. To
program additional transmitters, see
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 28.
Do not leave the transmitter or
device that disarms or deactivates
the vehicle theft-deterent system in
the vehicle.
See your dealer to get a new key
blank cut exactly as the ignition key
that operates the system.
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors
{
Warning
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
The passenger side mirror is convex
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat.
Manual Mirrors
If equipped, adjust manual mirrors
by moving the mirror up and down
or left to right to see a little of the
side of the vehicle and to have a
clear view behind the vehicle.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Keys, Doors, and Windows 37
Using hood-mounted air deflectors
and add-on convex mirror
attachments could decrease mirror
performance.
Power Mirrors
If equipped, adjust the power
mirrors:
1. Move the selector switch to L
(Left) or R (Right) to choose
driver or passenger mirror.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move each mirror in the
desired direction.
3. Return the selector switch to
the center position.
Folding Mirrors
Manual Folding Mirrors
The mirrors can be folded inward
toward the vehicle to prevent
damage when going through an
automatic car wash. Push the mirror
outward to return it to the original
position.
Heated Mirrors
If equipped, the rear window
defogger also heats the outside
mirrors.
K : Press to heat the outside
mirrors. See “Rear Window
Defogger” under Climate Control
Systems 0 148.
Blind Spot Mirrors
The blind spot mirror is a small
convex mirror built into the upper
and outer corner of the driver
outside mirror. It can show objects
that may be in the vehicle's
blind zone.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
38 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Driving with the Blind Spot
Mirror
Actual Mirror View
1. When the approaching vehicle
is a long distance away, the
image in the main mirror is
small and near the inboard
edge of the mirror.
2. As the vehicle gets closer, the
image in the main mirror gets
larger and moves outboard.
3. As the vehicle enters the blind
zone, the image transitions
from the main mirror to the
blind spot mirror.
4. When the vehicle is in the blind
zone, the image only appears
in the blind spot mirror.
Using the Outside Mirror with
the Blind Spot Mirror
1. Set the main mirror so that the
side of the vehicle can just be
seen and the blind spot mirror
has an unobstructed view.
2. When checking for traffic or
before changing a lane, look at
the main driver/passenger side
mirror to observe traffic in the
adjacent lane, behind your
vehicle. Check the blind spot
mirror for a vehicle in the blind
zone. Then, glance over your
shoulder to double check
before moving slowly into the
adjacent lane.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Keys, Doors, and Windows 39
Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind your
vehicle.
If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle
may have three control buttons at
the bottom of the mirror. See OnStar
Overview 0 363.
To avoid accidental OnStar calls,
clean the mirror with the ignition off.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
Manual Rearview Mirror
If equipped, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare from
the headlamps from behind.
Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror
If equipped, the mirror will
automatically reduce the glare of the
headlamps from behind. The
dimming feature comes on each
time the vehicle is started.
Windows
{
Warning
Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
especially with the windows
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
40 Keys, Doors, and Windows
The vehicle aerodynamics are
designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
sound, open either a front window
or the sunroof, if equipped.
Power Windows
{
Warning
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Never
leave keys in a vehicle with
children. When there are children
in the rear seat, use the window
lockout button to prevent
operation of the windows. See
Keys 0 25.
Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab
Similar
Power windows work when the
ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
or when Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) is active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 179.
Using the window switch, press to
open or pull to close the window.
The windows may be temporarily
disabled if they are used repeatedly
within a short time.
Rear Window Lockout (Crew
Cab Only)
This feature stops the rear
passenger windows from working.
.
Press
Z to engage the rear
window lockout feature. The
indicator light is on when
engaged.
.
Press
Z again to disengage.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Keys, Doors, and Windows 41
Window Express Movement
All windows can be opened without
holding the window switch. Press
the switch down fully and quickly
release to express open the
window.
If equipped, pull the window switch
up fully and quickly release to
express close the window.
Briefly press or pull the window
switch in the same direction to stop
that window’s express movement.
Window Automatic Reversal
System
The express-close feature will
reverse window movement if it
comes in contact with an object.
Extreme cold or ice could cause the
window to auto-reverse. The
window will operate normally after
the object or condition is removed.
Automatic Reversal System
Override
{
Warning
If automatic reversal system
override is active, the window will
not reverse automatically. You or
others could be injured and the
window could be damaged.
Before using automatic reversal
system override, make sure that
all people and obstructions are
clear of the window path.
When the engine is on, override the
automatic reversal system by pulling
and holding the window switch if
conditions prevent it from closing.
Programming the Power
Windows
Programming may be necessary if
the vehicle battery has been
disconnected or discharged. If the
window is unable to express-up,
program each express-close
window:
1. Close all doors.
2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
3. Partially open the window to be
programmed. Then close it and
continue to pull the switch
briefly after the window has
fully closed.
4. Open the window and continue
to press the switch briefly after
the window has fully opened.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
42 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Rear Windows
Sliding Rear Window
If the vehicle has this feature,
squeeze the latch in the center of
the window and slide the glass to
open it.
Be sure the latch is engaged when
the window is closed.
Sun Visors
Pull the sun visor down to block
glare. Detach the sun visor from the
center mount to pivot to the side
window and, if equipped, extend
along the rod.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 43
Seats and
Restraints
Head Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Front Seats
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 46
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Rear Seats
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Seat Belts
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
How to Wear Seat Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Seat Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 58
Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Replacing Seat Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 61
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Passenger Sensing System . . . 65
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 70
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 71
Replacing Airbag System Parts
after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Infants and Young Children . . . . 74
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 76
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 78
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) . . . . 79
Replacing LATCH System Parts
After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the
Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the
Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
44 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
The vehicle's front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
{
Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of the restraint is at the same
height as the top of the occupant's
head. This position reduces the
chance of a neck injury in a crash.
The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked in place.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the restraint
down. Try to move the head
restraint after the button is released
to make sure that it is locked in
place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 45
Rear Head Restraints
Crew Cab
The vehicle’s rear seats have head
restraints in the outboard seating
positions that cannot be adjusted up
or down.
The rear outboard head restraints
are designed to be folded. When
folding the seatback down, the head
restraint must first be manually
folded forward out of the way to fold
the seatback down.
The head restraint can be folded
forward to allow for better visibility
when the rear seat is unoccupied.
To fold the head restraint, press the
button on the side of the head
restraint.
When an occupant is in the seat,
always return the head restraint to
the upright position until it locks into
place. Push and pull on the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked.
If you are installing a child restraint
in the rear seat, see Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 79.
Extended Cab
The vehicle’s rear seats have
headrests in the outboard seating
positions that cannot be adjusted.
If you are installing a child restraint
in the rear seat, see Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 79.
Front Seats
Seat Adjustment
{
Warning
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
To adjust the seat:
1. Pull the handle at the front of
the seat.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
46 Seats and Restraints
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the
handle.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure the seat is
locked in place.
Power Seat Adjustment
{
Warning
The power seats will work with
the ignition off. Children could
operate the power seats and be
injured. Never leave children
alone in the vehicle.
To adjust a power driver seat,
if equipped:
.
Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
.
Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the rear of the control up
or down.
.
If equipped, raise or lower the
front part of the seat cushion by
moving the front of the control
up or down.
To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks 0 47.
Lumbar Adjustment
Power Lumbar
If equipped, press and hold the top
of the control to increase lumbar
support. Press and hold the bottom
of the control to decrease lumbar
support. Release the control when
the seatback reaches the desired
level of lumbar support.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 47
Reclining Seatbacks
{
Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the seat belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries.
For proper protection when the
vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
seat belt properly.
Do not have a seatback reclined if
the vehicle is moving.
{
Warning
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
{
Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
To recline the seatback:
1. Lift the lever.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
48 Seats and Restraints
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback.
2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
Heated Front Seats
{
Warning
If temperature change or pain to
the skin cannot be felt, the seat
heater may cause burns. To
reduce the risk of burns, use care
when using the seat heater,
especially for long periods of
time. Do not place anything on
the seat that insulates against
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
cover, or similar item. This may
cause the seat heater to
overheat. An overheated seat
heater may cause a burn or may
damage the seat.
If equipped, the buttons are on the
center stack. To operate, the engine
must be running.
Press
+ to heat the driver or
passenger seatback only.
Press
z to heat the driver or
passenger cushion and seatback.
The indicator light comes on when
this feature is on.
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the seat will change to
the next lower setting, and then to
the off setting. The indicator lights
next to the buttons indicate three for
the highest setting and one for the
lowest. If the heated seats are on
high, their level may automatically
be lowered after approximately
30 minutes.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 49
Remote Start Auto Heated
Seats
During a remote start, the heated
seats can be turned on
automatically. The heated seats are
canceled when the ignition is turned
on. Press the heated seat button to
use the heated seats after the
vehicle is started.
The heated seat indicator lights do
not turn on during a remote start.
The temperature performance of an
unoccupied seat may be reduced.
This is normal.
The heated seats will not turn on
during a remote start unless they
are enabled in the vehicle
personalization menu.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 30 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 136.
Rear Seats
Rear Seat Reminder
If equipped, the message REAR
SEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REAR
SEAT displays under certain
conditions indicating there may be
an item or passenger in the rear
seat. Check before exiting the
vehicle.
This feature will activate when a
second row door is opened while
the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes
before the vehicle is turned on.
There will be an alert when the
vehicle is turned off. The alert does
not directly detect objects in the rear
seat; instead, under certain
conditions, it detects when a rear
door is opened and closed,
indicating that there may be
something in the rear seat.
The feature is active only once each
time the vehicle is turned on and off,
and will require reactivation by
opening and closing the second row
doors. There may be an alert even
when there is nothing in the rear
seat; for example, if a child entered
the vehicle through the rear door
and left the vehicle without the
vehicle being shut off.
The feature can be turned on or off.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 136.
Folding the Rear Seat
On crew cab models, the rear
seatbacks can be folded forward.
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the seat
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the seat
belts. Always unbuckle the seat
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat.
To fold a rear seatback:
1. Fold the head restraint. See
Head Restraints 0 44.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
50 Seats and Restraints
2. Disconnect the rear center seat
belt latch from the mini-buckle
by inserting the tip of the seat
belt tongue into the slot on the
buckle. Let the belt retract.
3. Pull the release strap on the
outboard side of the seatback.
4. Fold the seatback forward.
To return a seatback to the upright
position:
1. Lift the seatback up and push it
rearward.
2. Return the head restraint to the
upright position. See Head
Restraints 0 44.
{
Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
3. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked in
place.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 51
{
Warning
A seat belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
sure that the seat belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
4. Reconnect the center seat belt
latch plate to the mini-buckle.
Make sure the seat belt is not
twisted.
5. Push and pull on the latch
plate to be sure it is secure.
When the seatback is not in use, it
should be kept in the upright, locked
position.
Seat Belts
This section describes how to use
seat belts properly, and some things
not to do.
{
Warning
Do not let anyone ride where a
seat belt cannot be worn properly.
In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing
seat belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing
seat belts. You can be seriously
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
passengers to ride in any area of
the vehicle that is not equipped
with seats and seat belts.
Always wear a seat belt, and
check that all passenger(s) are
restrained properly too.
This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the seat belts.
See Seat Belt Reminders 0 118.
Seat Belt Assurance System
This vehicle may have the Seat Belt
Assurance System, which prevents
the vehicle from shifting out of
P (Park). A message displays in the
Driver Information Center (DIC)
indicating the shift lever is locked if
the driver is unbuckled. The vehicle
will not shift out of P (Park). Buckle
the seat belt to unlock the shift
lever.
On some models, the Seat Belt
Assurance System may also
prevent shifting out of P (Park) if the
front outboard passenger, if present,
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
52 Seats and Restraints
is unbuckled. This system may not
allow the vehicle to shift out of
P (Park) if an object — such as a
briefcase, handbag, grocery bag,
laptop, or other electronic device —
is on the front outboard passenger
seat. If this happens, remove the
object from the seat or buckle the
seat belt to unlock the shift lever.
A message displays in the DIC
indicating the shift lever is unlocked
allowing the vehicle to be shifted out
of P (Park) after several seconds
following initial brake apply. See
“Seat Belts” and “Child Restraints”
in the Index for information about
the importance of proper
restraint use.
If the driver or front outboard
passenger unbuckles their seat belt
while driving, the seat belt reminder
chime and light(s) will come on. See
Seat Belt Reminders 0 118.
This system may not function
properly if the airbag readiness light
is on. See Airbag Readiness Light
0 119.
Why Seat Belts Work
When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
going until something stops you.
It could be the windshield, the
instrument panel, or the seat belts!
When you wear a seat belt, you and
the vehicle slow down together.
There is more time to stop because
you stop over a longer distance and,
when worn properly, your strongest
bones take the forces from the seat
belts. That is why wearing seat belts
makes such good sense.
Questions and Answers About
Seat Belts
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a
seat belt?
A: You could be — whether you are
wearing a seat belt or not. Your
chance of being conscious
during and after a crash, so you
can unbuckle and get out, is
much greater if you are belted.
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
should I have to wear seat
belts?
A: Airbags are supplemental
systems only. They work with
seat belts — not instead of them.
Whether or not an airbag is
provided, all occupants still have
to buckle up to get the most
protection.
Also, in nearly all states and in
all Canadian provinces, the law
requires wearing seat belts.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 53
How to Wear Seat Belts
Properly
Follow these rules for everyone's
protection.
There are additional things to know
about seat belts and children,
including smaller children and
infants. If a child will be riding in the
vehicle, see Older Children 0 72 or
Infants and Young Children 0 74.
Review and follow the rules for
children in addition to the following
rules.
It is very important for all occupants
to buckle up. Statistics show that
unbelted people are hurt more often
in crashes than those who are
wearing seat belts.
There are important things to know
about wearing a seat belt properly.
.
Sit up straight and always keep
your feet on the floor in front of
you (if possible).
.
Always use the correct buckle
for your seating position.
.
Wear the lap part of the belt low
and snug on the hips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
.
Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining
forces. The shoulder belt locks if
there is a sudden stop or crash.
{
Warning
You can be seriously injured,
or even killed, by not wearing
your seat belt properly.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
54 Seats and Restraints
Never allow the lap or shoulder belt
to become loose or twisted.
Never wear the shoulder belt under
both arms or behind your back.
Always use the correct buckle for
your seating position.
Never route the lap or shoulder belt
over an armrest.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
All seating positions in the vehicle
have a lap-shoulder belt.
If you are using a rear seating
position with a detachable seat belt
and the seat belt is not attached,
see Rear Seats 0 49 for instructions
on reconnecting the seat belt to the
mini-buckle.
The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 55
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
straight. To see how, see
“Seats” in the Index.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
the belt across you. Do not let
it get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock
if you pull the belt across you
very quickly. If this happens, let
the belt go back slightly to
unlock it. Then pull the belt
across you more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be
engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way
and start again.
If the webbing locks in the latch
plate before it reaches the
buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to
unlock.
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the
belt is not long enough, see
Seat Belt Extender 0 58.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the seat belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
56 Seats and Restraints
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
height adjuster, move it to the
height that is right for you. See
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
later in this section for
instructions on use and
important safety information.
5. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt.
To unlatch the belt, push the button
on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position.
Always stow the seat belt slowly.
If the seat belt webbing returns
quickly to the stowed position, the
retractor may lock and cannot be
pulled out. If this happens, pull the
seat belt straight out firmly to unlock
the webbing, and then release it.
If the webbing is still locked in the
retractor, see your dealer.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
seat belt is out of the way. If a door
is slammed against a seat belt,
damage can occur to both the seat
belt and the vehicle.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
front outboard passenger seating
positions.
Adjust the height so the shoulder
portion of the belt is on the shoulder
and not falling off of it. The belt
should be close to, but not
contacting, the neck. Improper
shoulder belt height adjustment
could reduce the effectiveness of
the seat belt in a crash. See How to
Wear Seat Belts Properly 0 53.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 57
Push up on the release button and
move the height adjuster to the
desired position.
After the adjuster is set to the
desired position, try to move it down
without pushing the release button
to make sure it has locked into
position.
Seat Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has seat belt
pretensioners for front outboard
occupants. Although the seat belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the seat belt assembly.
They can help tighten the seat belts
during the early stages of a
moderate to severe frontal, near
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner
activation are met. Seat belt
pretensioners can also help tighten
the seat belts in a side crash or a
rollover event.
Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners activate in a crash,
the pretensioners and probably
other parts of the vehicle's seat belt
system will need to be replaced.
See Replacing Seat Belt System
Parts after a Crash 0 59.
Do not sit on the outboard seat belt
while entering or exiting the vehicle
or at any time while sitting in the
seat. Sitting on the seat belt can
damage the webbing and hardware.
Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides
Rear seat belt comfort guides may
provide added seat belt comfort for
older children who have outgrown
booster seats and for some adults.
When installed on a shoulder belt,
the comfort guide positions the
shoulder belt away from the neck
and head.
Comfort guides are available
through your dealer for the rear
outboard seating positions.
Instructions are included with the
guide.
Seat Belt Use During
Pregnancy
Seat belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
wear seat belts.
A pregnant woman should wear a
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding,
throughout the pregnancy.
The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a seat
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
58 Seats and Restraints
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making seat
belts effective is wearing them
properly.
Seat Belt Extender
If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.
But if a seat belt is not long enough,
your dealer will order you an
extender. When you go in to order it,
take the heaviest coat you will wear,
so the extender will be long enough
for you. To help avoid personal
injury, do not let someone else use
it, and use it only for the seat it is
made to fit. The extender has been
designed for adults. Never use it for
securing child restraints. For more
information on the proper use and fit
of seat belt extenders see the
instruction sheet that comes with
the extender.
Safety System Check
Periodically check the seat belt
reminder, seat belts, buckles, latch
plates, retractors, shoulder belt
height adjusters (if equipped), and
seat belt anchorages to make sure
they are all in working order. Look
for any other loose or damaged seat
belt system parts that might keep a
seat belt system from performing
properly. See your dealer to have it
repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted
seat belts may not protect you in a
crash. Torn or frayed seat belts can
rip apart under impact forces. If a
belt is torn or frayed, have it
replaced immediately. If a belt is
twisted, it may be possible to
untwist by reversing the latch plate
on the webbing. If the twist cannot
be corrected, ask your dealer to
fix it.
Make sure the seat belt reminder
light is working. See Seat Belt
Reminders 0 118.
Keep seat belts clean and dry. See
Seat Belt Care 0 58.
Seat Belt Care
Keep belts clean and dry.
Seat belts should be properly cared
for and maintained.
Seat belt hardware should be kept
dry and free of dust or debris. As
necessary, exterior hard surfaces
and seat belt webbing may be lightly
cleaned with mild soap and water.
Ensure there is not excessive dust
or debris in the mechanism. If dust
or debris exists in the system please
see the dealer. Parts may need to
be replaced to ensure proper
functionality of the system.
{
Warning
Do not bleach or dye seat belt
webbing. It may severely weaken
the webbing. In a crash, they
might not be able to provide
adequate protection. Clean and
rinse seat belt webbing only with
mild soap and lukewarm water.
Allow the webbing to dry.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 59
Replacing Seat Belt
System Parts after a
Crash
{
Warning
A crash can damage the seat belt
system in the vehicle. A damaged
seat belt system may not properly
protect the person using it,
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the seat belt systems are
working properly after a crash,
have them inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
After a minor crash, replacement of
seat belts may not be necessary.
But the seat belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the seat
belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the seat belt
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Have the seat belt pretensioners
checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
stays on after you start the vehicle
or while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 119.
Airbag System
The vehicle has the following
airbags:
.
A frontal airbag for the driver
.
A frontal airbag for the front
outboard passenger
.
A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the driver
.
A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the front outboard
passenger
.
A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and the passenger seated
directly behind the driver
.
A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and the
passenger seated directly
behind the front outboard
passenger
All vehicle airbags have the word
AIRBAG on the trim or on a label
near the deployment opening.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
60 Seats and Restraints
For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the center of the
steering wheel for the driver and on
the instrument panel for the front
outboard passenger.
For seat-mounted side impact
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
side of the seatback closest to
the door.
For roof-rail airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by seat
belts. Even though today's airbags
are also designed to help reduce
the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job.
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:
{
Warning
You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not
wearing your seat belt, even with
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
airbags. Airbags are designed to
work with seat belts, not replace
them. Also, airbags are not
designed to inflate in every crash.
In some crashes seat belts are
the only restraint. See When
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 63.
Wearing your seat belt during a
crash helps reduce your chance
of hitting things inside the vehicle
or being ejected from it. Airbags
are “supplemental restraints” to
the seat belts. Everyone in the
vehicle should wear a seat belt
properly, whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.
{
Warning
Because airbags inflate with great
force and faster than the blink of
an eye, anyone who is up
against, or very close to, any
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
airbag when it inflates can be
seriously injured or killed. Do not
sit unnecessarily close to any
airbag, as you would be if sitting
on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Seat belts help keep you
in position before and during a
crash. Always wear a seat belt,
even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle. The seat belts and
the front outboard passenger
airbags are most effective when
you are sitting well back and
upright in the seat with both feet
on the floor.
Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 61
{
Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children 0 72 or
Infants and Young Children 0 74.
There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument cluster, which
shows the airbag symbol. The
system checks the airbag electrical
system for malfunctions. The light
tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 119.
Where Are the Airbags?
The driver frontal airbag is in the
center of the steering wheel.
The front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
62 Seats and Restraints
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
The driver and front outboard
passenger seat-mounted side
impact airbags are in the side of the
seatbacks closest to the door.
Driver Side Crew Cab Shown,
Passenger Side and Extended Cab
Similar
The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
front outboard passenger, and
second row outboard passengers
are in the ceiling above the side
windows.
{
Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that
block the inflation path of a
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Never secure anything to the roof
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
by routing a rope or tie‐down
through any door or window
opening. If you do, the path of an
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 63
When Should an Airbag
Inflate?
This vehicle is equipped with
airbags. See Airbag System 0 59.
Airbags are designed to inflate if the
impact exceeds the specific airbag
system's deployment threshold.
Deployment thresholds are used to
predict how severe a crash is likely
to be in time for the airbags to
inflate and help restrain the
occupants. The vehicle has
electronic sensors that help the
airbag system determine the
severity of the impact. Deployment
thresholds can vary with specific
vehicle design.
Frontal airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe frontal
or near frontal crashes to help
reduce the potential for severe
injuries, mainly to the driver's or
front outboard passenger's head
and chest.
Whether the frontal airbags will or
should inflate is not based primarily
on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down.
Frontal airbags may inflate at
different crash speeds depending on
whether the vehicle hits an object
straight on or at an angle, and
whether the object is fixed or
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
or wide.
Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, in
rear impacts, or in many side
impacts.
In addition, the vehicle has
advanced technology frontal
airbags. Advanced technology
frontal airbags adjust the restraint
according to crash severity.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are designed to inflate in moderate
to severe side crashes depending
on the location of the impact.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are not designed to inflate in frontal
impacts, near frontal impacts,
rollovers, or rear impacts.
A seat-mounted side impact airbag
is designed to inflate on the side of
the vehicle that is struck.
Roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes depending on the location
of the impact. In addition, these
roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate during a rollover or in a
severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
airbags are not designed to inflate in
rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags
will inflate when either side of the
vehicle is struck, if the sensing
system predicts that the vehicle is
about to roll over on its side, or in a
severe frontal impact.
In any particular crash, no one can
say whether an airbag should have
inflated simply because of the
vehicle damage or repair costs.
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate?
In a deployment event, the sensing
system sends an electrical signal
triggering a release of gas from the
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
64 Seats and Restraints
airbag causing the bag to break out
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
and related hardware are all part of
the airbag module.
For airbag locations, see Where Are
the Airbags? 0 61.
How Does an Airbag
Restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or
near frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering
wheel or the instrument panel. In
moderate to severe side collisions,
even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle.
Airbags supplement the protection
provided by seat belts by
distributing the force of the impact
more evenly over the
occupant's body.
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
are designed to help contain the
head and chest of occupants in the
outboard seating positions in the
first and second rows. The rollover
capable roof-rail airbags are
designed to help reduce the risk of
full or partial ejection in rollover
events, although no system can
prevent all such ejections.
But airbags would not help in many
types of collisions, primarily
because the occupant's motion is
not toward those airbags. See When
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 63.
Airbags should never be regarded
as anything more than a supplement
to seat belts.
What Will You See after
an Airbag Inflates?
After frontal and seat-mounted side
impact airbags inflate, they quickly
deflate, so quickly that some people
may not even realize the airbags
inflated. Roof-rail airbags may still
be at least partially inflated for some
time after they inflate. Some
components of the airbag module
may be hot for several minutes. For
location of the airbags, see Where
Are the Airbags? 0 61.
The parts of the airbag that come
into contact with you may be warm,
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
prevent the driver from seeing out of
the windshield or being able to steer
the vehicle, nor does it prevent
people from leaving the vehicle.
{
Warning
When an airbag inflates, there
may be dust in the air. This dust
could cause breathing problems
for people with a history of
asthma or other breathing trouble.
To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as
it is safe to do so. If you have
breathing problems but cannot
get out of the vehicle after an
airbag inflates, then get fresh air
by opening a window or a door.
If you experience breathing
problems following an airbag
deployment, you should seek
medical attention.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 65
The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn
on the interior lamps and hazard
warning flashers, and shut off the
fuel system after the airbags inflate.
The feature may also activate,
without airbag inflation, after an
event that exceeds a predetermined
threshold. After turning the ignition
off and then on again, the fuel
system will return to normal
operation; the doors can be locked,
the interior lamps can be turned off,
and the hazard warning flashers can
be turned off using the controls for
those features. If any of these
systems are damaged in the crash
they may not operate as normal.
{
Warning
A crash severe enough to inflate
the airbags may have also
damaged important functions in
the vehicle, such as the fuel
system, brake and steering
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
appears to be drivable after a
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
moderate crash, there may be
concealed damage that could
make it difficult to safely operate
the vehicle.
Use caution if you should attempt
to restart the engine after a crash
has occurred.
In many crashes severe enough to
inflate the airbag, windshields are
broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage may
also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag.
.
Airbags are designed to inflate
only once. After an airbag
inflates, you will need some new
parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the
airbag system will not be there
to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
airbag modules and possibly
other parts. The service manual
for the vehicle covers the need
to replace other parts.
.
The vehicle has a crash sensing
and diagnostic module which
records information after a
crash. See Vehicle Data
Recording and Privacy 0 361
and Event Data Recorders
0 361.
.
Let only qualified technicians
work on the airbag systems.
Improper service can mean that
an airbag system will not work
properly. See your dealer for
service.
Passenger Sensing
System
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system for the front
outboard passenger position. The
passenger airbag status indicator
will light on the overhead console
when the vehicle is started.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
66 Seats and Restraints
United States
Canada and Mexico
The words ON and OFF, or the
symbols for on and off, will be
visible during the system check.
When the system check is
complete, either the word ON or
OFF, or the symbol for on and off,
will be visible. See Passenger
Airbag Status Indicator 0 119.
The passenger sensing system
turns off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag
is affected by the passenger
sensing system.
The passenger sensing system
works with sensors that are part of
the front outboard passenger seat
and seat belt. The sensors are
designed to detect the presence of
a properly seated occupant and
determine if the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag should be
allowed to inflate or not.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in the correct
child restraint for their weight
and size.
Whenever possible, children aged
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag inflates.
{
Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the passenger frontal
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
passenger frontal airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the
passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
airbag is turned off.
Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat, even if
the airbag is off. If securing a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 67
Warning (Continued)
secure child restraints in the rear
seat. Consider using another
vehicle to transport the child
when a rear seat is not available.
If the vehicle does not have a rear
seat that will accommodate a
rear-facing child restraint, a
rear-facing child restraint should not
be installed in the vehicle, even if
the airbag is off.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag if:
.
The front outboard passenger
seat is unoccupied.
.
The system determines that an
infant is present in a rear-facing
infant seat.
.
The system determines that a
small child is present in a child
restraint.
.
The system determines that a
small child is present in a
booster seat.
.
A front outboard passenger
takes his/her weight off of the
seat for a period of time.
.
The front outboard passenger
seat is occupied by a smaller
person, such as a child who has
outgrown child restraints.
.
There is a critical problem with
the airbag system or the
passenger sensing system.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag,
the OFF indicator will light and stay
lit as a reminder that the airbag is
off. See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 119.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn on the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
anytime the system senses that a
person of adult size is sitting
properly in the front outboard
passenger seat. When the
passenger sensing system has
allowed the airbag to be enabled,
the ON indicator will light and stay lit
as a reminder that the airbag is
active.
For some children who have
outgrown child restraints, and for
very small adults, the passenger
sensing system may or may not turn
off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, depending upon the
person's seating posture and body
build. Everyone in the vehicle who
has outgrown child restraints should
wear a seat belt properly — whether
or not there is an airbag for that
person.
{
Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 119 for more information,
including important safety
information.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
68 Seats and Restraints
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
Child Restraint
If a child restraint has been installed
and the ON indicator is lit:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle.
3. Remove any additional items
from the seat such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
4. Reinstall the child restraint
following the directions
provided by the child restraint
manufacturer and refer to
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)
0 94 or Securing Child
Restraints (With the Seat Belt
in the Front Seat) 0 99.
5. If, after reinstalling the child
restraint and restarting the
vehicle, the ON indicator is still
lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
slightly recline the vehicle
seatback and adjust the seat
cushion, if adjustable, to make
sure that the vehicle seatback
is not pushing the child
restraint into the seat cushion.
Also make sure the child
restraint is not trapped under
the vehicle head restraint.
If this happens, adjust the head
restraint. See Head Restraints
0 44.
6. Restart the vehicle.
If the ON indicator is still lit, secure
the child in the child restraint in a
rear seat position in the vehicle, and
check with your dealer.
If no rear seat is available, do not
install a child restraint in this vehicle
and check with your dealer.
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an
Adult-Sized Occupant
If a person of adult-size is sitting in
the front outboard passenger seat,
but the OFF indicator is lit, it could
be because that person is not sitting
properly in the seat or that the child
restraint locking feature is engaged.
Use the following steps to allow the
system to detect that person and
enable the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 69
2. Remove any additional material
from the seat, such as
blankets, cushions, seat
covers, seat heaters, or seat
massagers.
3. Place the seatback in the fully
upright position.
4. Have the person sit upright in
the seat, centered on the seat
cushion, with legs comfortably
extended.
5. If the shoulder portion of the
belt is pulled out all the way,
the child restraint locking
feature will be engaged. This
may unintentionally cause the
passenger sensing system to
turn the airbag off for some
adult-sized occupants. If this
happens, unbuckle the belt, let
the belt go back all the way,
and then buckle the belt again
without pulling the belt out all
the way.
6. Restart the vehicle and have
the person remain in this
position for two to
three minutes after the ON
indicator is lit.
{
Warning
If the front outboard passenger
airbag is turned off for an
adult-sized occupant, the airbag
will not be able to inflate and help
protect that person in a crash,
resulting in an increased risk of
serious injury or even death. An
adult-sized occupant should not
ride in the front outboard
passenger seat, if the passenger
airbag off indicator is lit.
Additional Factors Affecting
System Operation
Seat belts help keep the passenger
in position on the seat during
vehicle maneuvers and braking,
which helps the passenger sensing
system maintain the passenger
airbag status. See “Seat Belts” and
“Child Restraints” in the Index for
additional information about the
importance of proper restraint use.
A thick layer of additional material,
such as a blanket or cushion,
or aftermarket equipment such as
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
massagers can affect how well the
passenger sensing system
operates. We recommend that you
not use seat covers or other
aftermarket equipment except when
approved by GM for your specific
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 70
for more information about
modifications that can affect how
the system operates.
The ON indicator may be lit if an
object, such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
or other electronic device, is put on
an unoccupied seat. If this is not
desired remove the object from
the seat.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
70 Seats and Restraints
{
Warning
Stowing articles under the
passenger seat or between the
passenger seat cushion and
seatback may interfere with the
proper operation of the passenger
sensing system.
Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Airbags affect how the vehicle
should be serviced. There are parts
of the airbag system in several
places around the vehicle. Your
dealer and the service manual have
information about servicing the
vehicle and the airbag system. To
purchase a service manual, see
Publication Ordering Information
0 359.
{
Warning
For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
battery is disconnected, an airbag
can still inflate during improper
service. You can be injured if you
are close to an airbag when it
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the
airbag system. Be sure to follow
proper service procedures, and
make sure the person performing
work for you is qualified to do so.
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
{
Warning
If a snow plow or similar
equipment is installed on the
vehicle, the airbag system may
not function properly. An airbag
could inflate when it is not
supposed to inflate. People riding
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
in the vehicle could be injured,
and the vehicle and/or snow plow
could be damaged. Do not install
a snow plow or similar equipment
on the vehicle.
Adding accessories that change the
vehicle's frame, bumper system,
height, front end, or side sheet
metal may keep the airbag system
from working properly.
The operation of the airbag system
can also be affected by changing
any parts of the front seats, seat
belts, airbag sensing and diagnostic
module, steering wheel, instrument
panel, inner door seals including the
speakers, any of the airbag
modules, ceiling or pillar garnish
trim, overhead console, front
sensors, side impact sensors,
or airbag wiring.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 71
Your dealer and the service manual
have information about the location
of the airbag sensors, sensing and
diagnostic module, and airbag
wiring.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system for the
front outboard passenger position,
which includes sensors that are part
of the passenger seat. The
passenger sensing system may not
operate properly if the original seat
trim is replaced with non-GM
covers, upholstery, or trim; or with
GM covers, upholstery, or trim
designed for a different vehicle. Any
object, such as an aftermarket seat
heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
or device, installed under or on top
of the seat fabric, could also
interfere with the operation of the
passenger sensing system. This
could either prevent proper
deployment of the passenger
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
sensing system from properly
turning off the passenger airbag(s).
See Passenger Sensing System
0 65.
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
airbags, see Different Size Tires
and Wheels 0 295 for additional
important information.
If the vehicle must be modified
because you have a disability and
have questions about whether the
modifications will affect the vehicle's
airbag system, or if you have
questions about whether the airbag
system will be affected if the vehicle
is modified for any other reason, call
Customer Assistance. See
Customer Assistance Offices 0 351.
Airbag System Check
The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance or
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 119.
Caution
If an airbag covering is damaged,
opened, or broken, the airbag
may not work properly. Do not
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
open or break the airbag
coverings. If there are any
opened or broken airbag
coverings, have the airbag
covering and/or airbag module
replaced. For the location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? 0 61. See your dealer
for service.
Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash
{
Warning
A crash can damage the airbag
systems in the vehicle.
A damaged airbag system may
not properly protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
help make sure the airbag
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
72 Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See
your dealer for service.
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 119.
Child Restraints
Older Children
Older children who have outgrown
booster seats should wear the
vehicle’s seat belts.
The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the
weight and height limitations for that
booster. Use a booster seat with a
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below:
.
Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
.
Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
Does the shoulder belt rest on
the shoulder? If yes, continue.
If no, try using the rear seat belt
comfort guide, if available. See
“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”
under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 54.
If a comfort guide is not
available, or if the shoulder belt
still does not rest on the
shoulder, then return to the
booster seat.
.
Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
.
Can proper seat belt fit be
maintained for the length of the
trip? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 73
Q: What is the proper way to
wear seat belts?
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or
neck. The lap belt should fit
snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs.
This applies belt force to the
child's pelvic bones in a crash.
It should never be worn over the
abdomen, which could cause
severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
0 54.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
restrained in a rear seating position.
In a crash, children who are not
buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use seat belts
properly.
{
Warning
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same seat belt. The
seat belt cannot properly spread
the impact forces. In a crash, they
can be crushed together and
seriously injured. A seat belt must
be used by only one person at
a time.
{
Warning
Never allow a child to wear the
seat belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
74 Seats and Restraints
Infants and Young
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants and
all other children. Neither the
distance traveled nor the age and
size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety
restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.
{
Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.
Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle and never allow
children to play with the seat
belts.
Every time infants and young
children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints. Neither
the vehicle's seat belt system nor its
airbag system is designed for them.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
{
Warning
Never hold an infant or a child
while riding in a vehicle. Due to
crash forces, an infant or a child
will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
For example, in a crash at only
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
infant will suddenly become a
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
arms. An infant or child should be
secured in an appropriate
restraint.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 75
{
Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the front
outboard seat. Secure a
rear-facing child restraint in a rear
seat. It is also better to secure a
forward-facing child restraint in a
rear seat. If you must secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard seat, always
move the front passenger seat as
far back as it will go.
Child restraints are devices used to
restrain, seat, or position children in
the vehicle and are sometimes
called child seats or car seats.
There are three basic types of
child restraints:
.
Forward-facing child restraints
.
Rear-facing child restraints
.
Belt-positioning booster seats
The proper child restraint for your
child depends on their size, weight,
and age, and also on whether the
child restraint is compatible with the
vehicle in which it will be used.
For each type of child restraint,
there are many different models
available. When purchasing a child
restraint, be sure it is designed to be
used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying that
it meets federal motor vehicle safety
standards. The restraint
manufacturer's instructions that
come with the restraint state the
weight and height limitations for a
particular child restraint. In addition,
there are many kinds of restraints
available for children with special
needs.
{
Warning
To reduce the risk of neck and
head injury in a crash, infants and
toddlers should be secured in a
rear-facing child restraint until age
two, or until they reach the
maximum height and weight limits
of their child restraint.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
76 Seats and Restraints
{
Warning
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
seat belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, young children should
always be secured in appropriate
child restraints.
Child Restraint Systems
Rear-Facing Infant Restraint
A rear-facing child restraint provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
Forward-Facing Child Restraint
A forward-facing child restraint
provides restraint for the child's
body with the harness.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 77
Booster Seats
A belt-positioning booster seat is
used for children who have
outgrown their forward-facing child
restraint. Boosters are designed to
improve the fit of the vehicle's seat
belt system until the child is large
enough for the vehicle seat belts to
fit properly without a booster seat.
See the seat belt fit test in Older
Children 0 72.
Securing an Add-On Child
Restraint in the Vehicle
{
Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle’s seat belt or
LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that
child restraint and the instructions
in this manual.
To help reduce the chance of injury,
the child restraint must be secured
in the vehicle. Child restraints must
be secured in vehicle seats by lap
belts or the lap belt portion of a
lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH
system. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 79 for more information.
Children can be endangered in a
crash if the child restraint is not
properly secured in the vehicle.
When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both, and to this manual.
The child restraint instructions are
important, so if they are not
available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.
In some areas of the United States
and Canada, Certified Child
Passenger Safety Technicians
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints. In
the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) website to
locate the nearest child safety seat
inspection station. For CPST
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
78 Seats and Restraints
availability in Canada, check with
Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.
Securing the Child Within the
Child Restraint
{
Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child is not
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child
properly following the instructions
that came with that child restraint.
Where to Put the
Restraint
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in an appropriate
child restraint secured in a rear
seating position.
Whenever possible, children aged
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.
Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front. This is because
the risk to the rear-facing child is so
great if the airbag deploys.
{
Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front passenger
airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
front passenger airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front seat, always move the
front passenger seat as far back
as it will go. It is better to secure
the child restraint in a rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
0 65 for additional information.
If the vehicle does not have a rear
seat that will accommodate a
rear-facing child restraint, a
rear-facing child restraint should not
be secured in the vehicle, even if
the airbag is off.
{
Warning
Never secure a rear-facing or
forward-facing child restraint in
the left rear seating position in an
extended cab model. This seating
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 79
Warning (Continued)
position is not suitable for child
restraint installation. The seat
cushion is too short to properly
support a rear-facing or
forward-facing child restraint.
A child could be seriously injured
or killed in a sudden stop or
crash.
A rear-facing or forward-facing
child restraint can be installed in
the right rear seating position
using the seat cushion extension
in an extended cab model. Never
install a child restraint in the right
rear seating position without the
seat cushion extension.
See Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH System)
0 79 and Securing Child
Restraints (With the Seat Belt in
the Rear Seat) 0 94 or Securing
Child Restraints (With the Seat
Belt in the Front Seat) 0 99.
Never secure a rear-facing or
forward-facing child restraint in the
left rear seating position in an
extended cab model.
When securing a child restraint with
the seat belts in a rear seat position,
study the instructions that came with
the child restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
Child restraints and booster seats
vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
better than others.
Depending on where you place the
child restraint and the size of the
child restraint, you may not be able
to access adjacent seat belts or
LATCH anchors for additional
passengers or child restraints.
Adjacent seating positions should
not be used if the child restraint
prevents access to or interferes with
the routing of the seat belt.
Wherever a child restraint is
installed, be sure to follow the
instructions that came with the child
restraint and secure the child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.
Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children
(LATCH System)
The LATCH system secures a child
restraint during driving or in a crash.
LATCH attachments on the child
restraint are used to attach the child
restraint to the anchors in the
vehicle. The LATCH system is
designed to make installation of a
child restraint easier.
In order to use the LATCH system in
your vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH
attachments. LATCH-compatible
rear-facing and forward-facing child
seats can be properly installed
using either the LATCH anchors or
the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not use
both the seat belts and the LATCH
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
80 Seats and Restraints
anchorage system to secure a
rear-facing or forward-facing
child seat.
Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat
belts to secure the child and the
booster seat. If the manufacturer
recommends that the booster seat
be secured with the LATCH system,
this can be done as long as the
booster seat can be positioned
properly and there is no interference
with the proper positioning of the
lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Make sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint,
and also the instructions in this
manual.
When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the seat
belts to properly secure the child
restraint. A child restraint must
never be installed using only the top
tether and anchor.
The LATCH anchorage system can
be used until the combined weight
of the child plus the child restraint is
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the seat belt
alone instead of the LATCH
anchorage system once the
combined weight is more than
29.5 kg (65 lbs).
See Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 94
or Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Front Seat)
0 99.
Child restraints built after March
2014 will be labeled with the
specific child weight up to which the
LATCH system can be used to
install the restraint.
The following explains how to attach
a child restraint with these
attachments in the vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions
have lower anchors. In this case,
the seat belt must be used (with top
tether where available) to secure
the child restraint. See Securing
Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
in the Rear Seat) 0 94 or Securing
Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
in the Front Seat) 0 99.
Lower Anchors
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
built into the vehicle. There are two
lower anchors for each LATCH
seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments (2).
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 81
Top Tether Anchor
A top tether (3,4) is used to secure
the top of the child restraint to the
vehicle. A top tether anchor is built
into the vehicle. The top tether
attachment hook (2) on the child
restraint connects to the top tether
anchor in the vehicle in order to
reduce the forward movement and
rotation of the child restraint during
driving or in a crash.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single attachment
hook (2) to secure the top tether to
the anchor.
Some child restraints with top
tethers are designed for use with or
without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
Crew Cab
I : Seating positions with
top tether anchors.
H : Seating positions with
two lower anchors.
To assist in locating the lower
anchors on crew cab models, each
seating position with lower anchors
has two labels near the crease
between the seatback and the seat
cushion.
A child restraint in the rear center
seating position must be installed
with seat belts as it is not equipped
with lower LATCH anchors. See
Securing Child Restraints (With the
Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 94 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the
Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 99.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
82 Seats and Restraints
Extended Cab (Rear Seats Shown)
I : Seating positions with
top tether anchors.
H : Seating positions with
two lower anchors.
For extended cab models with rear
seats, there are exposed metal
lower anchors for each rear seating
position, attached to the back wall,
near the seat cushion.
Even though LATCH anchors are
required for this position, a child
restraint (forward-facing or
rear-facing) should not be installed
in the left rear seat.
Extended Cab without Rear Seats
(Front Seats Shown)
For extended cab models without
rear seats, there is a top tether
anchor provided for the front
passenger seat.
I : Seating positions with
top tether anchors.
For extended cab without rear seat
and crew cab models, there are top
tether anchor symbols to assist you
in locating the top tether anchors.
Crew Cab
The top tether anchors in a crew
cab model are on the back wall
behind each rear seating position.
Fold down the rear seatback to
access the anchor. See instructions
for crew cab under Rear Seats 0 49.
Be sure to use an anchor directly
behind the seating position where
the child restraint will be placed.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 83
Extended Cab with Rear Seats
The top tether anchors in an
extended cab model are loops near
the top of each rear seatback. See
the instructions under “Securing a
Child Restraint with the LATCH
System” later in this section on how
to attach a top tether.
Do not attach a top tether to the
loop near the top of the seatback of
the seating position in which the
child restraint is installed.
Extended Cab without Rear Seats
The top tether anchor in an
extended cab without rear seats is a
metal wire on the lower inboard side
of the cab wall directly behind the
front passenger seat.
Do not place heavy objects on the
top tether anchor or use it as a tie
down for cargo as this may cause
damage to the anchor.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint 0 78 for additional
information.
Securing a Child Restraint with
the LATCH System
{
Warning
A child could be seriously injured
or killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly attached
to the vehicle using either the
LATCH anchors or the vehicle
seat belt. Follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint
and the instructions in this
manual.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
84 Seats and Restraints
{
Warning
To reduce the risk of serious or
fatal injuries during a crash, do
not attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor.
Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
during a crash. A child or others
could be injured.
{
Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.
Buckle any unused seat belts
behind the child restraint so
children cannot reach them. Pull
the shoulder belt all the way out
of the retractor to set the lock,
and tighten the belt behind the
child restraint after the child
restraint has been installed.
Caution
Do not let the LATCH
attachments rub against the
vehicle’s seat belts. This may
damage these parts. If necessary,
move buckled seat belts to avoid
rubbing the LATCH attachments.
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
Do not fold the rear seatback
when the seat is occupied. Do not
fold the empty rear seat with a
seat belt buckled. This could
damage the seat belt or the seat.
Unbuckle and return the seat belt
to its stowed position, before
folding the seat.
If you need to secure more than one
child restraint in the rear seat, see
Where to Put the Restraint 0 78.
Crew Cab
1. When installing a rear-facing
child restraint, it may be
necessary to move the front
seat forward to properly install
per the child restraint
manufacturer instructions.
See Seat Adjustment 0 45 or
Power Seat Adjustment 0 46.
2. For rear outboard seating
positions, if the head restraint
interferes with the proper
installation of the child
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 85
restraint, the head restraint
may be removed. See “Head
Restraint/Headrest Removal
and Reinstallation” at the end
of this section.
3. If the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
recommend that the top tether
be attached, attach the top
tether to the top tether anchor.
Refer to the child restraint
instructions and the following
steps:
3.1. Release and pull the rear
seatback forward to
access the top tether
anchors. See Rear Seats
0 49.
3.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3.3. Route the top tether
according to your child
restraint instructions and
the following instructions:
If the position you are
using does not have a
head restraint and you
are using a single tether,
route the tether over the
seatback.
If the position you are
using has a fixed head
restraint and you are
using a single tether,
route the tether around
the inboard or outboard
side of the head restraint.
If the position you are
using does not have a
head restraint and you
are using a dual tether,
route the tether over the
seatback.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
86 Seats and Restraints
If the position you are
using has a fixed head
restraint and you are
using a dual tether, route
the tether around the
sides of the head
restraint.
3.4. Adjust the top tether to its
full length and attach the
top tether hook to the
anchor. Make sure that
you secure the top tether
to the top tether anchor
and not to the seatback
latch.
3.5. Push rearward on the
seatback until it locks into
its upright position. Push
and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is secured
properly.
4. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower
anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the seat belts and
the top tether. Refer to your
child restraint manufacturer
instructions and Securing Child
Restraints (With the Seat Belt
in the Rear Seat) 0 94 or
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Front Seat)
0 99.
5. Tighten the top tether.
6. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt
to move it side to side and
back and forth. There should
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement for proper
installation.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 87
Extended Cab with Rear Seats
{
Warning
Never secure a rear-facing or
forward-facing child restraint in
the left rear seating position in an
extended cab model. This seating
position is not suitable for child
restraint installation. The seat
cushion is too short to properly
support a rear-facing or
forward-facing child restraint.
A child could be seriously injured
or killed in a sudden stop or
crash.
A booster seat can be used in the
left or right rear seating position if
the base of the booster seat fits
on the seat cushion and does not
extend past the front edge. If it
does, it should be installed in the
right rear seating position using
the seat cushion extension. Only
install a booster seat in either rear
seating position if it can be
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
properly installed according to the
child restraint manufacturer’s
instructions.
A rear-facing or forward-facing
child restraint can be installed in
the right rear seating position
using the seat cushion extension
in an extended cab model. Never
install a rear-facing or
forward-facing child restraint in
the right rear seating position
without the seat cushion
extension.
{
Warning
Do not let anyone ride in the front
passenger seat when a
rear-facing child restraint is
installed in the right rear seating
position. To properly fit the
rear-facing child restraint, the
front seatback will need to be
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
tilted forward which will not allow
a passenger to sit properly in the
front outboard passenger seat.
The passenger could be seriously
injured or killed in a sudden stop
or crash.
{
Warning
Do not attach a top tether to the
loop near the top of the seatback
and directly behind the seating
position in which the child
restraint is installed in an
extended cab with rear seats. The
top tether will not be able to be
properly tightened. See
instructions below for how to
properly attach a top tether.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
88 Seats and Restraints
Extended Cab Rear Seat Cushion
Extension
The vehicle is equipped with a
headrest that is used as a seat
cushion extension for installation of
child restraints in the right rear seat.
{
Warning
The right rear seat cushion
extension is designed to support
the weight of a child in a child
restraint or booster seat. It is
neither designed nor intended to
support the weight of an adult.
Use the seat cushion extension
only when a child restraint or
booster seat is installed in the
right rear seating position.
When installing a rear-facing child
restraint in the right rear seating
position, move the front seat all the
way forward and tilt the seatback
forward to properly install the child
restraint. See Power Seat
Adjustment 0 46, Seat Adjustment
0 45, and Reclining Seatbacks 0 47.
When a rear-facing child restraint is
installed properly, the front
passenger seat cannot be used.
1. Always install the seat cushion
extension in the right rear
seating position when installing
a forward-facing or rear-facing
child restraint. Also use the
seat cushion extension for
booster seats that extend past
the front edge of the seat
cushion.
2. Press the button for the
passenger side headrest at the
top of the seatback and pull up.
3. Insert the headrest posts into
the holes on the front of the
passenger side seat cushion to
install the seat cushion
extension. The notches on the
posts should face the
passenger side of the vehicle.
Try to move the headrest to
make sure it is locked in place.
4. If the child restraint
manufacturer recommends that
the top tether be attached,
adjust the top tether to its full
length and attach the top tether
hook to the anchor. Refer to
the child restraint instructions
and the following:
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 89
Route the top tether (1) through
the loop (2) at the top of the
seatback directly behind the
child restraint and attach the
top tether hook to the top tether
loop at the top of the seatback
for the opposite rear seating
position (3).
5. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower
anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower
attachments, secure the child
restraint with the seat belts and
the top tether (if appropriate).
See Securing Child Restraints
(With the Seat Belt in the Rear
Seat) 0 94 or Securing Child
Restraints (With the Seat Belt
in the Front Seat) 0 99.
6. Tighten the top tether. The
child restraint instructions will
show you how.
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt
to move it side to side and
back and forth. There should
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement for proper
installation.
8. Always reinstall the headrest
before the seating position is
used by another occupant. See
“Head Restraint/Headrest
Removal and Reinstallation” at
the end of this section.
Extended Cab without Rear
Seats
{
Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates. This is
because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates and the
passenger seat is in a forward
position.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
90 Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right
front passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
Since this vehicle does not have
a rear seat that will accommodate
a rear-facing child restraint, a
rear-facing child restraint should
not be installed in your vehicle,
even if the airbag is off.
See Passenger Sensing System
0 65 for additional information.
The vehicle has a front outboard
passenger frontal airbag and a
passenger sensing system. The
passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
passenger frontal airbag when an
infant in a rear-facing infant seat or
a small child in a forward-facing
child restraint or booster seat is
detected. See Securing Child
Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the
Rear Seat) 0 94 or Securing Child
Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the
Front Seat) 0 99 and Passenger
Sensing System 0 65 for important
seat information and additional
information on installing a child
restraint in the front passenger
position.
1. Put the child restraint on the
right front passenger seat.
2. If the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
recommend that the top tether
be attached, attach and tighten
the top tether hook to the top
tether anchor.
2.1. Route the top tether
according to your child
restraint instructions and
the following instructions:
If you are using a single
tether, raise the headrest
or head restraint and
route the tether under the
headrest or head restraint
and in between the
headrest or head restraint
posts.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 91
If you are using a dual
tether, route the tether
around the headrest or
head restraint.
2.2. Attach the top tether hook
to the metal wire on the
lower inboard side of the
cab wall directly behind
the front passenger seat.
2.3. Tighten the top tether.
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt
to move it side to side and
back and forth. There should
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement for proper
installation.
Head Restraint/Headrest
Removal and Reinstallation
{
Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
Crew Cab
The rear outboard head restraints
can be removed if they interfere with
the proper installation of the child
restraint.
To remove the head restraint:
1. Partially fold the seat forward.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
92 Seats and Restraints
2. Press the button on the side of
the head restraint post at the
top of the seatback and pull up
on the head restraint.
3. Store the head restraint in a
secure place.
4. Always reinstall the head
restraint before the seating
position is used by another
occupant.
To reinstall the head restraint:
1. Insert the posts into the holes
in the top of the seatback. The
notch on the post should face
the driver side of the vehicle.
2. Push the head restraint down.
Pull up on the head restraint to
make sure it is locked in place.
Extended Cab
To remove the headrest:
1. Press the button on the side of
the headrest post on the top of
the seatback and pull up.
2. If removing the headrest to
install a booster seat in the left
rear seating position, store the
headrest in a secure place.
Never install a forward-facing
or rearward-facing child
restraint in the left rear seating
position.
3. If removing the headrest to
install as a seat cushion
extension for a forward-facing
or rearward-facing child
restraint in the right rear
seating position, see the
instructions in “Securing a
Child Restraint with the LATCH
System” earlier in this section.
4. Always reinstall the headrest
before the seating position is
used by another occupant.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 93
To reinstall the headrest:
1. If installed as a seat cushion
extension, first press both
buttons on the front of the seat
cushion to remove the
headrest.
2. To reinstall the headrest, insert
the posts into the holes in the
top of the seatback. The
notches on the posts should
face the driver side of the
vehicle.
3. Push the headrest down. Pull
up on the headrest to make
sure it is locked in place.
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash
{
Warning
A crash can damage the LATCH
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the LATCH system is
working properly after a crash,
see your dealer to have the
system inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system
and it was being used during a
crash, new LATCH system parts
may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
94 Seats and Restraints
Securing Child Restraints
(With the Seat Belt in the
Rear Seat)
When securing a child restraint with
the seat belts in a rear seat position,
study the instructions that came with
the child restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 79 for how and where to
install the child restraint using
LATCH. If a child restraint is secured
in the vehicle using a seat belt and
it uses a top tether, see Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 79 for top tether
anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
If the child restraint or vehicle seat
position does not have the LATCH
system, you will be using the seat
belt to secure the child restraint. Be
sure to follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint.
If more than one child restraint
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put
the Restraint 0 78.
Extended Cab
{
Warning
Never secure a rear-facing or
forward-facing child restraint in
the left rear seating position in an
extended cab model. This seating
position is not suitable for child
restraint installation. The seat
cushion is too short to properly
support a rear-facing or
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
forward-facing child restraint.
A child could be seriously injured
or killed in a sudden stop or
crash.
A booster seat can be used in the
left or right rear seating position if
the base of the booster seat fits
on the seat cushion and does not
extend past the front edge. If it
does, it should be installed in the
right rear seating position using
the seat cushion extension. Only
install a booster seat in either rear
seating position if it can be
properly installed according to the
child restraint manufacturer’s
instructions.
A rear-facing or forward-facing
child restraint can be installed in
the right rear seating position
using the seat cushion extension
in an extended cab model. Never
install a rear-facing or
forward-facing child restraint in
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 95
Warning (Continued)
the right rear seating position
without the seat cushion
extension.
{
Warning
Do not let anyone ride in the front
passenger seat when a
rear-facing child restraint is
installed in the right rear seating
position. To properly fit the
rear-facing child restraint, the
front seatback will need to be
tilted forward which will not allow
a passenger to sit properly in the
front outboard passenger seat.
The passenger could be seriously
injured or killed in a sudden stop
or crash.
A booster seat may be used in the
left rear seating position if the base
of the booster seat fits on the seat
cushion and does not extend past
the front edge of the seat cushion.
If the booster seat extends past the
front of the seat cushion, it should
be used in the right rear seating
position with the seat cushion
extension.
When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
1. Always install the seat cushion
extension in the right rear seat
position when installing a
forward-facing or rear-facing
child restraint. Also use the
seat cushion extension for
booster seats that extend past
the front edge of the seat
cushion.
2. Press the button on the
passenger side headrest and
pull up.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
96 Seats and Restraints
3. Insert the headrest posts into
the holes on the front of the
passenger side seat cushion to
install the seat cushion
extension. The notches on the
post should face the passenger
side of the vehicle. Try to move
the headrest to make sure it is
locked in place.
4. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
When installing a rear-facing
child restraint, move the front
seat all the way forward and tilt
the seatback forward to
properly install the child
restraint per the child restraint
manufacturer instructions.
See Seat Adjustment 0 45 and
Reclining Seatbacks 0 47.
When a rear-facing child
restraint is installed properly,
the front passenger seat
cannot be used.
5. If the child restraint
manufacturer recommends
using a top tether, adjust the
top tether to its full length and
attach it to the top tether
anchor. Refer to the
instructions that came with the
child restraint and see Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 79.
6. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's seat belt
through or around the child
restraint. The child restraint
instructions will show you how.
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
belt if needed.
7. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle, away from the child
restraint, so that the seat belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 97
8. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.
9. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 6 and 7.
10. Tighten the top tether. See
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 79.
11. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle’s seat belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
Reinstall the headrest in the
seatback before the seating position
is used. See “Head Restraint/
Headrest Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 79 for additional
information on installing the
headrest properly.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
98 Seats and Restraints
Crew Cab
When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
1. If the head restraint interferes
with the proper installation of
the child restraint, the head
restraint may be removed. See
“Head Restraint/Headrest
Removal and Reinstallation”
under Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 79.
2. If the child restraint
manufacturer recommends
using a top tether, adjust the
top tether to its full length and
attach it to the top tether
anchor. Refer to the
instructions that came with the
child restraint and see Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 79.
3. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
4. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's seat belt
through or around the child
restraint. The child restraint
instructions will show you how.
5. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle, away from the child
restraint, so that the seat belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
6. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 99
7. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 6 and 7.
8. Tighten the top tether. See
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 79.
9. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle’s seat belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it. If the
head restraint was removed,
reinstall it before the seating
position is used. See “Head
Restraint/Headrest Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 79 for additional
information on installing the head
restraint properly.
Securing Child Restraints
(With the Seat Belt in the
Front Seat)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
seat is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See
Where to Put the Restraint 0 78.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system which is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger's frontal airbag
under certain conditions.
See Passenger Sensing System
0 65 and Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 119 for more information,
including important safety
information.
Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front. This is because
the risk to the rear-facing child is so
great, if the airbag deploys.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
100 Seats and Restraints
{
Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag inflates.
This is because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
inflates and the passenger seat is
in a forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal
airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
one can guarantee that an airbag
will not deploy under some
unusual circumstance, even
though it is turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
0 65 for additional information.
If the vehicle does not have a rear
seat that will accommodate a
rear-facing child restraint, a
rear-facing child restraint should not
be installed in the vehicle, even if
the airbag is off.
If a child restraint uses a top tether,
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 79 for
top tether anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
Move the seat upward or the
seatback to an upright position,
if needed, to get a tight
installation of the child
restraint.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal
airbag, the OFF indicator on
the passenger airbag status
indicator should light and stay
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Seats and Restraints 101
lit when you start the vehicle.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 119.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's seat belt
through or around the child
restraint. The child restraint
instructions will show you how.
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
belt if needed.
4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle, away from the child
restraint, so that the seat belt
could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.
6. If the vehicle does not have a
rear seat and the child restraint
manufacturer recommends
using a top tether anchor,
attach the top tether to the top
tether anchor. Refer to the
instructions that came with the
child restraint and to Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 79.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
102 Seats and Restraints
7. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 7.
8. Tighten the top tether. See
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 79.
9. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
If the airbag is off, the OFF indicator
on the passenger airbag status
indicator will come on and stay on
when the vehicle is started. If a child
restraint has been installed and on
indicator is lit, see “If the On
Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint”
under Passenger Sensing System
0 65.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Storage 103
Storage
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 103
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 104
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 104
Storage
Compartments
{
Warning
Do not store heavy or sharp
objects in storage compartments.
In a crash, these objects may
cause the cover to open and
could result in injury.
Glove Box
Lift up on the glove box lever to
open it.
Cupholders
Crew Cab
If equipped, pull the armrest to
lower. There are two cupholders in
the armrest.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
104 Storage
Sunglasses Storage
If equipped, press and release to
access.
Underseat Storage
Extended Cab Shown, Crew Model
Similar
If equipped, there is storage under
the rear seat. Pull the release strap
or lever and then raise the seat
cushion. Pull the strap or lever
again to lower the cushion.
Center Console Storage
There is storage under the armrest
in the center console. Press the
button and lift.
There may be a USB port and/or
auxiliary jack inside. See Power
Outlets 0 108 or the infotainment
manual.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Instruments and Controls 105
Instruments and
Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 106
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 106
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 106
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 107
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Instrument Cluster (Base
Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Instrument Cluster
(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 118
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 119
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 120
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 120
Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Up-Shift Light (Manual
Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 124
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . 124
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 124
Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 125
Traction Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 126
Low Fuel Warning Light (Base
Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Low Fuel Warning Light
(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 127
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 128
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 128
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 128
Door Ajar Light (Uplevel
Cluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Information Displays
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Engine Power Messages . . . . . 135
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 135
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 136
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
106 Instruments and Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Tilt and Telescoping Steering
Wheel
To adjust the tilt and telescoping
steering wheel, if equipped:
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
Steering Wheel Controls
The infotainment system can be
operated by using the steering
wheel controls. See “Steering Wheel
Controls” in the infotainment
manual.
Heated Steering Wheel
( : If equipped, press to turn it on or
off. A light next to the button
displays when the feature is
turned on.
The steering wheel takes about
three minutes to start heating.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Instruments and Controls 107
Horn
To sound the horn, press a on the
steering wheel.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
The windshield wiper/washer lever
is on the right side of the steering
column. With the ignition on or in
ACC/ACCESSORY, move the
windshield wiper lever to select the
wiper speed.
HI : Use for fast wipes.
LO : Use for slow wipes.
INT : Move the lever up to INT for
intermittent wipes, then turn
the
x INT band up for more
frequent wipes or down for less
frequent wipes.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
the wiper lever down. For several
wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
n L : Pull the windshield wiper
lever toward you to spray windshield
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
The wipers will continue until the
lever is released or the maximum
wash time is reached. When the
windshield wiper lever is released,
additional wipes may occur
depending on how long the
windshield washer had been
activated. See Washer Fluid 0 258
for information on filling the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
{
Warning
In freezing weather, do not use
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the
windshield, blocking your vision.
Clear snow and ice from the wiper
blades and windshield before using
them. If frozen to the windshield,
carefully loosen or thaw them.
Damaged blades should be
replaced. See Wiper Blade
Replacement 0 265.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wiper motor.
Wiper Parking
If the ignition is turned off while the
wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they
will immediately stop.
If the windshield wiper lever is then
moved to OFF before the driver
door is opened or within 10 minutes,
the wipers will restart and move to
the base of the windshield.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
108 Instruments and Controls
If the ignition is turned off while the
wipers are performing wipes due to
windshield washing, the wipers
continue to run until they reach the
base of the windshield.
Compass
The vehicle may have a compass
display on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). The compass receives
its heading and other information
from the Global Positioning
System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak/
Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
and vehicle speed information.
The compass system is designed to
operate for a certain number of
miles or degrees of turn before
needing a signal from the GPS
satellites. When the compass
display shows CAL, drive the
vehicle for a short distance in an
open area where it can receive a
GPS signal. The compass system
will automatically determine when a
GPS signal is restored and provide
a heading again.
Clock
The time and date for the clock can
be set using the infotainment
system. See “Time/Date” in
“System” under “Settings” in the
infotainment manual.
Power Outlets
For USB charging port locations,
see the infotainment manual.
Accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone, MP3
player, etc.
The vehicle may have accessory
power outlets:
.
On the center stack below the
climate control system,
if equipped.
.
On the center floor console,
if equipped.
.
On the rear of the center storage
console.
Lift the cover to access and replace
when not in use.
{
Warning
Power is always supplied to the
outlets. Do not leave electrical
equipment plugged in when the
vehicle is not in use because the
vehicle could catch fire and cause
injury or death.
Caution
Leaving electrical equipment
plugged in for an extended period
of time while the vehicle is off will
drain the battery. Always unplug
electrical equipment when not in
use and do not plug in equipment
that exceeds the maximum
15 amp rating.
Certain power accessory plugs may
not be compatible with the
accessory power outlet and could
overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
If a problem is experienced, see
your dealer.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Instruments and Controls 109
When adding electrical equipment,
be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with
the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 237.
Caution
Hanging heavy equipment from
the power outlet can cause
damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. The power
outlets are designed for
accessory power plugs only, such
as cell phone charge cords.
Wireless Charging
If equipped, the vehicle has wireless
charging in front of the center floor
console. The system operates at
145 kHz and wirelessly charges one
Qi compatible smartphone. The
power output of the system is
capable of charging at a rate up to
1 amp (5W), as requested by the
compatible smartphone. See Radio
Frequency Statement 0 359.
{
Warning
Wireless charging can affect the
operation of an implanted
pacemaker or other medical
devices. If you have one, it is
recommended to consult with
your doctor before using the
wireless charging system.
The vehicle must be on, in ACC/
ACCESSORY, or Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) must be
active. The wireless charging
feature may not correctly indicate
charging when the vehicle is in RAP.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 179.
The operating temperature is −20 °C
(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the
charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to
35 °C (95 °F) for the smartphone.
{
Warning
Remove all objects from the
charging pad before charging
your compatible smartphone.
Objects, such as coins, keys,
rings, paper clips, or cards,
between the smartphone and
charging pad will become very
hot. On the rare occasion that the
charging system does not detect
an object, and the object gets
wedged between the smartphone
and charger, remove the
smartphone and allow the object
to cool before removing it from
the charging pad, to prevent
burns.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
110 Instruments and Controls
To charge a compatible smartphone:
1. Remove all objects from the
charging pad. The system may
not charge if there are any
objects between the
smartphone and charging pad.
2. Place the smartphone face up
on the charging symbol.
To maximize the charge rate,
ensure the smartphone is fully
seated and centered in the
holder with nothing under it.
A thick smartphone case may
prevent the wireless charger
from working, or may reduce
the charging performance. See
your dealer for additional
information.
3. A green
} next to V will
display on the infotainment
screen. This indicates that the
smartphone is properly
positioned and charging.
If
} turns yellow, ensure that
the charging pad is clear of any
objects and that the
smartphone is capable of
wireless charging before
repositioning it.
If
} does not illuminate, the
smartphone may need to be
repositioned.
To reposition, remove the
smartphone from the pad, turn
it 180 degrees, and wait
three seconds before placing/
aligning the smartphone on the
pad again.
Software Acknowledgements
Certain Wireless Charging Module
product from LG Electronics, Inc.
("LGE") contains the open source
software detailed below. Refer to
the indicated open source licenses
(as are included following this
notice) for the terms and conditions
of their use.
OSS Notice Information
To obtain the source code that is
contained in this product, please
visit http://opensource.lge.com. In
addition to the source code, all
referred license terms, warranty
disclaimers and copyright notices
are available for download. LG
Electronics will also provide open
source code to you on CD-ROM for
a charge covering the cost of
performing such distribution (such
as the cost of media, shipping, and
handling) upon email request to
valid for three (3) years from the
date on which you purchased the
product.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Instruments and Controls 111
Freescale-WCT library
Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale
Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights
reserved.
1. Redistributions of source code
must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions
and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form
must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of
conditions and the following
disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other
materials provided with the
distribution.
3. Neither the name of the
copyright holder nor the names
of its contributors may be used
to endorse or promote products
derived from this software
without specific prior written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER
OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY
OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF
THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
Some warning lights come on briefly
when the engine is started to
indicate they are working. When
one of the warning lights comes on
and stays on while driving, or when
one of the gauges shows there may
be a problem, check the section that
explains what to do. Waiting to do
repairs can be costly and even
dangerous.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
112 Instruments and Controls
Instrument Cluster (Base Level)
English Shown, Metric Similar
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Instruments and Controls 113
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel supplement
for more information.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
114 Instruments and Controls
Instrument Cluster (Uplevel)
English Shown, Metric Similar
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Instruments and Controls 115
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel supplement
for more information.
Uplevel Cluster Menu
There is an interactive display area
in the center of the instrument
cluster.
Use the right steering wheel control
to open and scroll through the
different items and displays.
Press
o or p to change between
the cluster applications. Press
w or
x to scroll through the list of
available features within each
application. Press
V to select. Not
all applications will be available on
all vehicles. Some may be
temporarily restricted when the
vehicle is off or in ACC/
ACCESSORY.
.
Home Page
.
Info App. This is where the
selected Driver Information
Center (DIC) displays can be
viewed. See “Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Uplevel)” in the
Index.
.
Audio
.
Phone
.
Navigation
.
Options
Home
Information displayed here can be
customized from the Options menu.
Speedometer : Displays how fast
the vehicle is moving in either
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
per hour (mph).
Speed Sign : Shows sign
information, which comes from a
roadway database in the onboard
navigation, if equipped.
Time : Displays the current time.
Fuel Range : Displays the
approximate distance the vehicle
can be driven without refueling. The
fuel range estimate is based on an
average of the vehicle’s fuel
economy over recent driving history
and the amount of fuel remaining in
the fuel tank. Fuel range cannot be
reset.
Audio
Press w or x to scroll through
radio stations or move to the next or
previous track of a CD/USB/
Bluetooth device that is connected
to the vehicle. Press
V to enter the
Audio menu to browse for music,
select from favorites, or change the
audio source.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
116 Instruments and Controls
Phone
In the Phone menu, if there is no
active phone call, view recent calls,
scroll through contacts, select from
the favorites, or change the phone
source. If there is an active call,
mute the phone or switch to handset
operation.
Navigation
In the Navigation menu, if there is
no active route, you can resume the
last route and turn the voice
prompts on or off. If there is an
active route, press
V to cancel
route guidance or turn the voice
prompts on or off.
Options
Press w or x to scroll through
items in the Options menu. Press
V
to select the item. Press o to exit
the item.
Units : Choose US or Metric units.
A selected mark will be displayed
next to the selected item.
Info Page Options : Select the
items to be displayed in the Info
app. A selected mark will be
displayed next to the selected item.
Home Page Options : Select the
available elements to display. Not all
elements will be available on all
vehicles: Speedometer, Speed Sign,
Time, and Fuel Range.
Speed Warning : Allows the driver
to set a speed that they do not want
to exceed. Press
w or x to adjust
the value. Press
V to set the speed.
Once the speed is set, this feature
can be turned off by pressing
V
while viewing this page. If the
selected speed limit is exceeded, a
pop-up warning is displayed with a
chime.
Software Information : Displays
open source software information.
Speedometer
The speedometer shows the
vehicle's speed in either kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph).
Odometer
The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either
kilometers or miles.
Trip Odometer
The trip odometer shows how far
the vehicle has been driven since
the trip odometer was last reset.
The trip odometer is accessed and
reset through the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 129 or Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 131.
Tachometer
The tachometer displays the engine
speed in revolutions per
minute (rpm).
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Instruments and Controls 117
Fuel Gauge
Metric
English
When the ignition is on, the fuel
gauge indicates about how much
fuel is left in the tank.
An arrow on the fuel gauge
indicates the side of the vehicle the
fuel door is on.
When the indicator nears empty, the
low fuel light comes on. There is a
small amount of fuel left, but the fuel
tank should be filled soon.
Here are four things that some
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
.
At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
.
It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge indicated the tank was
half full, but it actually took a
little more or less than half the
tank's capacity to fill the tank.
.
The gauge moves a little while
turning a corner or speeding up.
.
The gauge takes a few seconds
to stabilize after the ignition is
turned on, and goes back to
empty when the ignition is
turned off.
Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge
Metric
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
118 Instruments and Controls
English
This gauge shows the engine
coolant temperature.
If the pointer moves toward the
warning area at the high end of the
gauge, the engine is too hot.
This reading indicates the same
thing as the warning light. It means
that the engine coolant has
overheated. If the vehicle has been
operating under normal driving
conditions, pull off the road, stop the
vehicle, and turn off the engine as
soon as possible. See Engine
Overheating 0 256.
Seat Belt Reminders
Driver Seat Belt Reminder
Light
There is a driver seat belt reminder
light on the instrument cluster.
When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind the driver to fasten
their seat belt. Then the light stays
on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle may continue several
times if the driver remains or
becomes unbuckled while the
vehicle is moving.
If the driver seat belt is buckled,
neither the light nor the chime
comes on.
Passenger Seat Belt Reminder
Light
There is a passenger seat belt
reminder light near the passenger
airbag status indicator. See
Passenger Sensing System 0 65.
When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind passengers to fasten
their seat belt. Then the light stays
on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle continues several times if
the passenger remains or becomes
unbuckled while the vehicle is
moving.
If the passenger seat belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor the
light comes on.
The front passenger seat belt
reminder light and chime may turn
on if an object is put on the seat
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Instruments and Controls 119
such as a briefcase, handbag,
grocery bag, laptop, or other
electronic device. To turn off the
reminder light and/or chime, remove
the object from the seat or buckle
the seat belt.
Airbag Readiness Light
This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes
the airbag sensor(s), the passenger
sensing system, the pretensioners,
the airbag modules, the wiring, and
the crash sensing and diagnostic
module. For more information on the
airbag system, see Airbag System
0 59.
The airbag readiness light comes on
for several seconds when the
vehicle is started. If the light does
not come on then, have it fixed
immediately.
{
Warning
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or
comes on while driving, it means
the airbag system might not be
working properly. The airbags in
the vehicle might not inflate in a
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.
If there is a problem with the airbag
system, a Driver Information Center
(DIC) message may also come on.
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 65 for important
safety information. The overhead
console has a passenger airbag
status indicator.
United States
Canada and Mexico
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the
symbols for on and off, for several
seconds as a system check. Then,
after several more seconds, the
status indicator will light either ON
or OFF, or either the on or off
symbol, to let you know the status of
the front outboard passenger frontal
airbag.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
120 Instruments and Controls
If the word ON or the on symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag is
allowed to inflate.
If the word OFF or the off symbol is
lit on the airbag status indicator, it
means that the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
passenger sensing system. See
your dealer for service.
{
Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Light 0 119 for more information,
including important safety
information.
Charging System Light
The charging system light comes on
briefly when the ignition is turned
on, but the engine is not running, as
a check to show the light is working.
The light turns off when the engine
is started. If it does not, have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the light stays on, or comes on
while driving, there may be a
problem with the electrical charging
system. Have it checked by your
dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery.
When this light comes on, the Driver
Information Center (DIC) also
displays a message.
If a short distance must be driven
with the light on, be sure to turn off
all accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine
Light)
This light is part of the vehicle’s
emission control on-board
diagnostic system. If this light is on
while the engine is running, a
malfunction has been detected and
the vehicle may require service. The
light should come on to show that it
is working when the ignition is on
and the engine is not running. See
Ignition Positions 0 174.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Instruments and Controls 121
Malfunctions are often indicated by
the system before any problem is
noticeable. Being aware of the light
and seeking service promptly when
it comes on may prevent damage.
Caution
If the vehicle is driven continually
with this light on, the emission
control system may not work as
well, the fuel economy may be
lower, and the vehicle may not
run smoothly. This could lead to
costly repairs that might not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Caution
Modifications to the engine,
transmission, exhaust, intake,
or fuel system, or the use of
replacement tires that do not
meet the original tire
specifications, can cause this light
to come on. This could lead to
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. This could also
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass
an Emissions Inspection/
Maintenance test. See
Accessories and Modifications
0 241.
If the light is flashing : A
malfunction has been detected that
could damage the emission control
system and increase vehicle
emissions. Diagnosis and service
may be required.
To help prevent damage, reduce
vehicle speed and avoid hard
accelerations and uphill grades.
If towing a trailer, reduce the
amount of cargo being hauled as
soon as possible.
If the light continues to flash, find a
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle
off and wait at least 10 seconds
before restarting the engine. If the
light is still flashing, follow the
previous guidelines and see your
dealer for service as soon as
possible.
If the light is on steady : A
malfunction has been detected.
Diagnosis and service may be
required.
Check the following:
.
If fuel has been added to the
vehicle using the capless funnel
adapter, make sure that it has
been removed. See “Filling the
Tank with a Portable Gas Can”
under Filling the Tank 0 216.
The diagnostic system can
detect if the adapter has been
left installed in the vehicle,
allowing fuel to evaporate into
the atmosphere. A few driving
trips with the adapter removed
may turn off the light.
.
Poor fuel quality can cause
inefficient engine operation and
poor driveability, which may go
away once the engine is warmed
up. If this occurs, change the
fuel brand. It may require at
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
122 Instruments and Controls
least one full tank of the proper
fuel to turn the light off. See
Recommended Fuel 0 215.
If the light remains on, see your
dealer.
Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs
If the vehicle requires an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test, the
test equipment will likely connect to
the vehicle's Data Link
Connector (DLC).
The DLC is under the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. Connecting devices that are
not used to perform an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test or to
service the vehicle may affect
vehicle operation. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 237. See
your dealer if assistance is needed.
The vehicle may not pass
inspection if:
.
The light is on when the engine
is running.
.
The light does not come on
when the ignition is on while the
engine is off.
.
Critical emission control systems
have not been completely
diagnosed. If this happens, the
vehicle would not be ready for
inspection and might require
several days of routine driving
before the system is ready for
inspection. This can happen if
the 12-volt battery has recently
been replaced or run down, or if
the vehicle has been recently
serviced.
See your dealer if the vehicle will
not pass or cannot be made ready
for the test.
Brake System Warning
Light
The vehicle brake system consists
of two hydraulic circuits. If one
circuit is not working, the remaining
circuit can still work to stop the
vehicle. For normal braking
performance, both circuits need to
be working.
If the warning light comes on, there
is a brake problem. Have the brake
system inspected right away.
Metric English
This light should come on briefly
when the engine is started. If it does
not come on then, have it fixed so it
will be ready to warn you if there is
a problem.
When the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light also comes on
when the parking brake is set. The
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Instruments and Controls 123
light stays on if the parking brake
does not fully release. If it stays on
after the parking brake is fully
released, it means the vehicle has a
brake problem.
If the light comes on while driving,
pull off the road and stop carefully.
The pedal might be harder to push,
or the pedal can go closer to the
floor. It may take longer to stop.
If the light is still on, have the
vehicle towed for service. See
Towing the Vehicle 0 314.
{
Warning
The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake
system warning light is on.
Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a
crash. If the light is still on after
the vehicle has been pulled off
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have it
fixed so it will be ready to warn if
there is a problem.
If the light comes on while driving,
stop as soon as it is safely possible
and turn off the vehicle. Then start
the engine again to reset the
system. If the ABS light stays on,
or comes on again while driving, the
vehicle needs service. A chime may
also sound when the light comes on
steady.
If the ABS light is the only light on,
the vehicle has regular brakes, but
the antilock brakes are not
functioning.
Engagement of the front axle lock
will disable the ABS and illuminate
the ABS warning light. The ABS
light will turn off when the front axle
lock is disengaged.
If both the ABS and the brake
system warning light are on, the
vehicle's antilock brakes are not
functioning and there is a problem
with the regular brakes. See your
dealer for service.
See Brake System Warning Light
0 122.
Up-Shift Light (Manual
Transmission)
This light comes on when an
up-shift is recommended for best
fuel economy. The number
displayed with the arrow indicates
the recommended gear.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
124 Instruments and Controls
Tow/Haul Mode Light
For vehicles with the Tow/Haul
Mode feature, this light comes on
when the Tow/Haul Mode has been
activated.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 187.
Hill Descent Control Light
If equipped, the Hill Descent Control
light comes on when the system is
ready for use. When the light
flashes, the system is active.
See Hill Descent Control (HDC)
0 201.
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Light
If equipped, this light comes on
briefly while starting the vehicle. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced.
This light is green if LDW is on and
ready to operate.
This light changes to amber and
flashes to indicate that the lane
marking has been crossed without
using a turn signal in that direction.
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
0 214.
Vehicle Ahead Indicator
If equipped, this indicator will
display green when a vehicle is
detected ahead and amber when
you are following a vehicle ahead
much too closely.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 212.
Traction Off Light
This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Instruments and Controls 125
dealer. If the system is working
normally, the indicator light then
turns off.
The traction off light comes on when
the Traction Control System (TCS)
has been turned off by pressing and
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak/ESC
button.
This light and the StabiliTrak/ESC
OFF light come on when StabiliTrak/
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is
turned off.
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 199.
StabiliTrak OFF Light
This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer.
This light comes on when the
StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system is turned off.
If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the Traction
Control System (TCS) is also off.
If StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are off,
the system does not assist in
controlling the vehicle. Turn on the
TCS and the StabiliTrak/ESC
systems, and the warning light
turns off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 199.
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light
This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally,
the indicator light turns off.
If the light is on and not flashing, the
TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak/
ESC system have been disabled.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
message may display. Check the
DIC messages to determine which
feature(s) is no longer functioning
and whether the vehicle requires
service.
If the light is on and flashing, the
TCS and/or the StabiliTrak/ESC
system is actively working.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 199.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
126 Instruments and Controls
Tire Pressure Light
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine is
started. It provides information
about tire pressures and the TPMS.
When the Light Is On Steady
This indicates that one or more of
the tires are significantly
underinflated.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
tire pressure message may also
display. Stop as soon as possible,
and inflate the tires to the pressure
value shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See Tire
Pressure 0 285.
When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 288.
Engine Oil Pressure Light
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil
low can also damage the engine.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.
This light should come on briefly as
the engine is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.
If the light comes on and stays on, it
means that oil is not flowing through
the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
some other system problem. See
your dealer.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Instruments and Controls 127
Low Fuel Warning Light
(Base Level)
English Shown
This light comes on for a few
seconds when the ignition is turned
on as a check to indicate it is
working. If it does not come on,
have it fixed.
The low fuel warning light comes on
and a chime sounds when the
vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns
off when fuel is added to the
fuel tank.
Low Fuel Warning Light
(Uplevel)
This light is near the fuel gauge and
comes on briefly when the ignition is
turned on as a check to show it is
working.
It also comes on when the fuel tank
is low on fuel. The light turns off
when fuel is added. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced.
Security Light
The security light should come on
briefly as the engine is started. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See Immobilizer Operation
0 36.
High-Beam On Light
This light comes on when the
high-beam headlamps are in use.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer 0 140.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
128 Instruments and Controls
Front Fog Lamp Light
The fog lamp light comes on when
the fog lamps are in use.
The light goes out when the fog
lamps are turned off. See Fog
Lamps 0 143 for more information.
Lamps On Reminder
This light comes on when the
exterior lamps are in use, except
when only the Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) are active. See
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 139.
Cruise Control Light
The cruise control light is white
when the cruise control is on and
ready, and turns green when the
cruise control is set and active.
The light goes out when the cruise
control is turned off. See Cruise
Control 0 205.
Door Ajar Light (Uplevel
Cluster)
This light comes on when a door is
open or not securely latched. Before
driving, check that all doors are
properly closed.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Instruments and Controls 129
Information Displays
Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Base Level)
The DIC displays information about
your vehicle. It also displays
warning messages if a system
problem is detected. See Vehicle
Messages 0 135. All messages
appear in the DIC display in the
center of the instrument cluster.
DIC Operation and Displays
The DIC has different displays
which can be accessed by using the
DIC buttons on the turn signal lever.
DIC Buttons
1. SET/CLR: Press to set,
or press and hold to clear, the
menu item displayed.
2.
w x : Use the band to scroll
through the items in
each menu.
3. MENU: Press to display the
Trip/Fuel Menu, the Vehicle
Information Menu, and the
ECO Menu. This button is also
used to return to or exit the last
screen displayed on the DIC.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel supplement
for additional DIC pages.
Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items
Press MENU on the turn signal
lever until the TRIP menu displays.
Use
w x to scroll through the
menu items. Not all items are
available on every vehicle. The
following is a list of all possible
menu items:
Digital Speed : Displays how fast
the vehicle is moving in either
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
per hour (mph). The speedometer
cannot be reset.
Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average Fuel
Economy : Displays the current
distance traveled, in either
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), from
the last reset for the trip odometer.
The trip odometer can be reset to
zero by pressing and holding the
SET/CLR button while the trip
odometer display is showing.
Also displays the approximate
average liters per 100 kilometers
(L/100 km) or miles per gallon
(mpg). This number is based on the
number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded
since the last time this menu item
was reset. This number reflects only
the approximate average fuel
economy that the vehicle has right
now, and will change as driving
conditions change. Reset the
average consumption by pressing
SET/CLR when it is displayed.
Fuel Range : Displays the
approximate distance the vehicle
can be driven without refueling. The
fuel range estimate is based on an
average of the vehicle's fuel
economy over recent driving history
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
130 Instruments and Controls
and the amount of fuel remaining in
the fuel tank. Fuel range cannot be
reset.
Average Vehicle Speed : Displays
the average vehicle speed of the
vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)
or miles per hour (mph). This
average is based on the various
vehicle speeds recorded since the
last reset. Reset the average speed
by pressing SET/CLR when it is
displayed.
Timer : To start the timer, press
SET/CLR while Timer is displayed.
The display will show the amount of
time that has passed since the timer
was last reset, not including time the
ignition is off. Time will continue to
be counted as long as the ignition is
on, even if another display is being
shown on the DIC. The timer will
record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes,
and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after
which the display will return to zero.
To stop the timer, press SET/CLR
briefly while Timer is displayed. To
reset the timer to zero, press and
hold SET/CLR.
Blank Display : Displays no
information.
Vehicle Information Menu
(VEHICLE) Items
Press MENU on the turn signal
lever until the VEHICLE menu is
displayed. Use
w x to scroll
through the menu items. Not all
items are available on every vehicle.
The following is a list of all possible
menu items:
Remaining Oil Life : Displays an
estimate of the oil's remaining useful
life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
displayed, that means 99% of the
current oil life remains.
When the remaining oil life is low,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message will appear on the display.
The oil should be changed as soon
as possible. See Engine Oil 0 246.
In addition to the engine oil life
system monitoring the oil life,
additional maintenance is
recommended in the Maintenance
Schedule in this manual. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 331.
The Oil Life display must be reset
after each oil change. Do not reset
the Oil Life display accidentally at
any time other than when the oil has
just been changed. It cannot be
reset accurately until the next oil
change. To reset the engine oil life
system, see Engine Oil Life System
0 248.
Oil Pressure : Oil pressure is
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa)
or in pounds per square inch (psi).
Tire Pressure : Displays a vehicle
with the approximate pressures of
all four tires. Tire pressure is
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa)
or in pounds per square inch (psi).
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
0 286 and Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 288.
Battery Voltage : Displays the
current battery voltage, if equipped.
Battery voltage changes are normal
while driving. See Charging System
Light 0 120. If there is a problem
with the battery charging system,
the DIC will display a message.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Instruments and Controls 131
Engine Hours : Shows the total
number of hours the engine has run.
Transmission Fluid
Temperature : Shows the
temperature of the automatic
transmission fluid in either degrees
Celsius (°C) or degrees
Fahrenheit (°F).
Trailer Brake (If Equipped) :
TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer
gain setting. This setting can be
adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either
a trailer connected or disconnected.
OUTPUT shows the power output to
the trailer anytime a trailer with
electric brakes is connected. Output
is displayed as a bar graph. Dashes
may appear in the OUTPUT display
if a trailer is not connected.
Units : Move
w x to change
between Metric or US when the Unit
display is active. Press SET/CLR to
confirm the setting. This will change
the displays on the DIC to the type
of measurements you select.
ECO Drive Assist Menu (ECO)
Items
This menu is only available on some
vehicles. Press MENU on the turn
signal lever until the ECO menu is
displayed. Use
w x to scroll
through the menu items. Not all
items are available on every vehicle.
The following is a list of all possible
menu items:
Best Average Fuel Economy : The
bottom displays the best average
fuel economy (AFE) that is achieved
for a selected distance. The top
displays a running average of fuel
economy for the most recently
traveled selected distance. The
center bar graph displays the
instantaneous fuel economy.
Quickly press the SET/CLR button
to change the settings for the
distance options.
When viewing best AFE, a several
second press and hold of SET/CLR
will reset the best value. The best
value will show “- - -“ until the
selected distance has been
traveled.
The display provides feedback on
how current driving behavior in the
bar graph affects the running
average in the top display and how
well recent driving compares to the
best that has been achieved.
Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Uplevel)
The DIC displays are shown in the
center of the instrument cluster in
the Info app. See Instrument Cluster
(Base Level) 0 112 or Instrument
Cluster (Uplevel) 0 114. The
displays show the status of many
vehicle systems.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
132 Instruments and Controls
w or x : Press to move up or
down in a list.
o or p : Press to move between
the interactive display zones in the
cluster.
V : Press to open a menu or select
a menu item. Press and hold to
reset values on certain screens.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel supplement
for additional DIC pages.
DIC Info Page Options
The info pages on the DIC can be
turned on or off through the
Options menu.
1. Press
o or p to scroll to the
Options application.
2. Scroll to Info Page Options and
press
V.
3. Press
w or x to move
through the list of possible
information displays.
4. Press
V while an item is
highlighted to select or
deselect that item. When an
item is selected, a checkmark
will appear next to it.
DIC Info Pages
The following is the list of all
possible DIC info page displays.
Some may not be available for your
particular vehicle. Some items may
not be turned on by default but can
be turned on through the Options
app. See “DIC Info Page Options”
earlier in this section.
Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in
either kilometers per hour (km/h) or
miles per hour (mph). If equipped,
press
V to open the menu and
select to display speed limit signs.
The sign will show “− −” when there
is no detected speed limit or the
system is unavailable.
Trip A or Trip B : Shows the
current distance traveled, in either
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
the trip odometer was last reset.
This also shows the approximate
average liters per 100 kilometers
(L/100 km) or miles per
gallon (mpg). This number is
calculated based on the number of
L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the
last time this menu item was reset.
This number reflects only the
approximate average fuel economy
that the vehicle has right now, and
will change as driving conditions
change.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Instruments and Controls 133
Press and hold V while this display
is active to reset the trip odometer
and the average fuel economy. Trip
A and Trip B can also be reset by
pressing
p and choosing reset.
Fuel Range : Shows the
approximate distance the vehicle
can be driven without refueling.
LOW will be displayed when the
vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel
range estimate is based on an
average of the vehicle's fuel
economy over recent driving history
and the amount of fuel remaining in
the fuel tank.
Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the
oil's remaining useful life.
If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
displayed, that means 99% of the
current oil life remains.
When the remaining oil life is low,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message will appear on the display.
The oil should be changed as soon
as possible. See Engine Oil 0 246.
In addition to the engine oil life
system monitoring the oil life,
additional maintenance is
recommended. See Maintenance
Schedule 0 331.
The Oil Life display must be reset
after each oil change. It will not
reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil
Life display at any time other than
when the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until
the next oil change. To reset the
engine oil life system, press and
hold
V for several seconds while
the Oil Life display is active. See
Engine Oil Life System 0 248.
Tire Pressure : Shows the
approximate pressures of all four
tires. Tire pressure is displayed in
either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
per square inch (psi). If the pressure
is low, the value for that tire is
shown in amber. See Tire Pressure
Monitor System 0 286 and Tire
Pressure Monitor Operation 0 288.
Instantaneous Fuel Economy :
Displays the current fuel economy in
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)
or miles per gallon (mpg). This
number reflects only the
approximate fuel economy that the
vehicle has right now and changes
frequently as driving conditions
change. This display cannot be
reset.
Average Vehicle Speed : Displays
the average vehicle speed of the
vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)
or miles per hour (mph). This
average is based on the various
vehicle speeds recorded since the
last reset. Reset the average speed
by pressing
V when it is displayed.
Fuel Economy : The center
displays the approximate
instantaneous fuel economy as a
number and bar graph. Displayed
above the bar graph is a running
average of fuel economy for the
most recently traveled selected
distance. Displayed below the bar
graph is the best average fuel
economy that has been achieved for
the selected distance. The selected
distance is displayed at the top of
the page as “last xxx mi/km.”
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
134 Instruments and Controls
Press V to select the distance or
reset best value. Use
w and x to
choose the distance and press
V.
Press
w and x to select “Reset
Best Score.” Press
V to reset the
best average fuel economy. After
reset, the best value displays “-,-”
until the selected distance has been
traveled.
The display provides information on
how current driving behavior affects
the running average and how well
recent driving compares to the best
that has been achieved for the
selected distance.
Timer : This display can be used as
a timer. To start the timer, press
V
while this display is active. The
display will show the amount of time
that has passed since the timer was
last reset. To stop the timer, press
V
briefly while this display is active
and the timer is running. To reset
the timer to zero, press and hold
V
while this display is active.
Speed Limit : Shows sign
information, which comes from a
roadway database in the onboard
navigation, if equipped.
Battery Voltage : Displays the
current battery voltage, if equipped.
Battery voltage changes are normal
while driving. See Charging System
Light 0 120. If there is a problem
with the battery charging system,
the DIC will display a message.
Oil Pressure : Oil pressure is
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa)
or in pounds per square inch (psi).
Engine Hours : Shows the total
number of hours the engine has run.
Off Road Page : This page shows
the traction, four wheel drive, and
steering angle states. When the
front or rear axles are locked, a lock
icon is displayed. See Off-Road
Driving 0 159.
Transmission Fluid
Temperature : Shows the
temperature of the automatic
transmission fluid in either degrees
Celsius (°C) or degrees
Fahrenheit (°F).
Trailer Brake (If Equipped) :
TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer
gain setting. This setting can be
adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either
a trailer connected or disconnected.
OUTPUT shows the power output to
the trailer anytime a trailer with
electric brakes is connected. Output
is displayed as a bar graph. Dashes
may appear in the OUTPUT display
if a trailer is not connected.
Blank Page : Shows no
information.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Instruments and Controls 135
Vehicle Messages
Messages displayed on the DIC
indicate the status of the vehicle or
some action that may be needed to
correct a condition. Multiple
messages may appear one after
another.
The messages that do not require
immediate action can be
acknowledged and cleared by
pressing
V. The messages that
require immediate action cannot be
cleared until that action is
performed.
All messages should be taken
seriously; clearing the message
does not correct the problem.
If a SERVICE message appears,
see your dealer.
Follow the instructions given in the
messages. The system displays
messages regarding the following
topics:
.
Service Messages
.
Fluid Levels
.
Vehicle Security
.
Brakes
.
Steering
.
Ride Control Systems
.
Driver Assistance Systems
.
Cruise Control
.
Lighting and Bulb Replacement
.
Wiper/Washer Systems
.
Doors and Windows
.
Seat Belts
.
Airbag Systems
.
Engine and Transmission
.
Tire Pressure
.
Battery
Engine Power Messages
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
This message displays when the
vehicle's propulsion power is
reduced. A reduction in propulsion
power can affect the vehicle's ability
to accelerate. If this message is on,
but there is no observed reduction
in performance, proceed to your
destination. The performance may
be reduced the next time the vehicle
is driven. The vehicle may be driven
while this message is on, but
maximum acceleration and speed
may be reduced. Anytime this
message stays on, or displays
repeatedly, the vehicle should be
taken to your dealer for service as
soon as possible.
Vehicle Speed Messages
SPEED LIMITED TO
XXX KM/H (MPH)
This message shows that the
vehicle speed has been limited to
the speed displayed. The limited
speed is a protection for various
propulsion and vehicle systems,
such as lubrication, thermal,
suspension, Teen Driver if
equipped, or tires.
If equipped with a diesel engine,
see the Duramax Diesel
supplement.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
136 Instruments and Controls
Vehicle
Personalization
The following are all possible
vehicle personalization features.
Depending on the vehicle, some
may not be available.
For System, Apps, and Personal
features and functions, see
“Settings” in the infotainment
manual.
To access the vehicle
personalization menu:
1. Touch the SETTINGS icon on
the Home Page of the
infotainment display.
2. Touch Vehicle to display a list
of available options.
3. Touch to select the desired
feature setting.
4. Touch
9 or R to turn a feature
off or on.
5. Touch
z to go to the top level
of the Settings menu.
The menu may contain the
following:
Rear Seat Reminder
This allows for a chime and a
message when the rear door has
been opened before or during
operation of the vehicle.
Touch Off or On.
Climate and Air Quality
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Auto Fan Speed
.
Auto Defog
.
Auto Rear Defog
Auto Fan Speed
This setting specifies the amount of
airflow when the climate control fan
setting is Auto Fan.
Touch Low, Medium, or High.
Auto Defog
This setting automatically turns the
front defogger on when the engine
is started.
Touch Off or On.
Auto Rear Defog
This setting automatically turns the
rear defogger on when the engine is
started.
Touch Off or On.
Collision/Detection Systems
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Park Assist
.
Rear Camera Park Assist
Symbols
Park Assist
This allows the feature to be turned
on or off. See Assistance Systems
for Parking or Backing 0 209.
Select Off, On, or On with Towbar.
Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols
This setting enables the Rear
Camera Park Assist Symbols. See
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 209.
Touch Off or On.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Instruments and Controls 137
Comfort and Convenience
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Chime Volume
Chime Volume
This determines the chime volume
level.
Touch the controls on the
infotainment display to adjust the
volume.
Lighting
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Vehicle Locator Lights
.
Exit Lighting
Vehicle Locator Lights
This setting flashes the vehicle’s
headlamps when
K is pressed on
the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter.
Touch Off or On.
Exit Lighting
This setting specifies how long the
headlamps stay on after the vehicle
is turned off and exited.
Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,
or 120 Seconds.
Power Door Locks
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Open Door Anti-Lockout
.
Auto Door Unlock
.
Delayed Door Lock
Open Door Anti Lock Out
This setting prevents the driver door
from locking when the door is open.
If this setting is on, the Delayed
Door Lock menu will not be
available.
Touch Off or On.
Auto Door Unlock
This allows selection of which of the
doors will automatically unlock when
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.
Delayed Door Lock
When on, this feature will delay the
locking of the doors. To override the
delay, press the power door lock
switch on the door.
Touch Off or On.
Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Remote Unlock Light Feedback
.
Remote Lock Feedback
.
Remote Door Unlock
.
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
Remote Unlock Light Feedback
When on, the exterior lamps will
flash when unlocking the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter.
Touch Off or Flash Lights.
Remote Lock Feedback
This allows selection of what type of
feedback is given when locking the
vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights
Only, or Horn Only.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
138 Instruments and Controls
Remote Door Unlock
This allows selection of which doors
will unlock when pressing
K on the
RKE transmitter.
Touch All Doors or Driver Door.
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
If equipped and turned on, this
feature will turn on the heated seats
when using remote start on
cold days. See Heated Front Seats
0 48 and Remote Vehicle Start 0 30.
Touch Off or On.
Teen Driver
See “Teen Driver” under “Settings”
in the infotainment manual.
Valet Mode
This will lock the infotainment
system and steering wheel controls.
It may also limit access to vehicle
storage locations, if equipped.
To enable valet mode:
1. Enter a four-digit code on the
keypad.
2. Select Enter to go to the
confirmation screen.
3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or
unlock the system. Touch Back to
go back to the previous menu.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Lighting 139
Lighting
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 139
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 142
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Exterior Cargo Lamps . . . . . . . . 143
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Battery Load Management . . . 145
Battery Power Protection . . . . . 146
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls
The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.
O : Turns off the automatic
headlamps and Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
control to
O again to turn the
automatic headlamps or DRL
back on.
For vehicles first sold in Canada, off
will only work when the vehicle is in
P (Park).
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
140 Lighting
AUTO : Automatically turns on the
headlamps at normal brightness,
together with the following:
.
Parking Lamps
.
Instrument Panel Lights
.
Taillamps
.
License Plate Lamps
.
Front/Rear Sidemarker Lamps
When the vehicle is turned off and
the headlamps are in AUTO, the
headlamps turn off. When the key is
removed, they automatically turn on
for a set time. The time of the delay
can be changed using the DIC.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) 0 129 or Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 131.
; : Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.
2 : Turns on the headlamps
together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights.
When the headlamps are turned on
while the vehicle is on, the
headlamps turn off automatically
10 minutes after the ignition is
turned off. When the headlamps are
turned on while the vehicle is off,
the headlamps will stay on for
10 minutes before turning off to
prevent the battery from being
drained. Turn the headlamp control
off and then back to the headlamp
on position to make the headlamps
stay on for an additional 10 minutes.
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be on
or in ACC/ACCESSORY.
# : If equipped, this turns on the
fog lamps. See Fog Lamps 0 143.
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder
A reminder chime sounds when the
headlamps or parking lamps are
manually turned on, the ignition is
off, and a door is open. To disable
the chime, turn the lamps off.
Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer
Push the turn signal lever toward
the instrument panel to change the
headlamps from low to high beam.
Pull the turn signal lever toward you
and release it to return to low-beam
headlamps.
When the high-beam headlamps are
on, this indicator light on the
instrument cluster will also be on.
Flash-to-Pass
This feature lets you use the
high-beam headlamps to signal a
driver in front of you that you want
to pass. It works even if the
headlamps are in the automatic
position.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Lighting 141
To use it, pull the turn signal lever
toward you, then release it.
If the headlamps are in the
automatic position or on low beam,
the high-beam headlamps will turn
on. They will stay on as long as you
hold the lever toward you. The
high-beam indicator on the
instrument cluster will come on.
Release the lever to return to
normal operation.
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL)
DRL can make it easier for others to
see the front of the vehicle during
the day. Fully functional DRL are
required on all vehicles first sold in
Canada.
The DRL system comes on when
the following conditions are met:
.
The ignition is on.
.
The exterior lamp control is
in AUTO.
.
The parking brake is released or
the vehicle is not in P (Park).
.
The light sensor determines it is
daytime.
When the DRL system is on, only
the DRL are on. The taillamps,
sidemarker lamps, instrument panel
lights, and other lamps will not
be on.
When it begins to get dark, the
automatic headlamp system
switches from DRL to the
headlamps.
To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior
lamp control to
O and then release.
For vehicles first sold in Canada, off
will only work when the vehicle is
parked.
Automatic Headlamp
System
When the exterior lamp control is
set to AUTO and it is dark enough
outside, the headlamps come on
automatically.
There is a light sensor on top of the
instrument panel. Do not cover the
sensor, otherwise the headlamps
will come on when they are not
needed.
The system may also turn on the
headlamps when driving through a
parking garage or tunnel.
If the vehicle is started in a dark
garage, the automatic headlamp
system comes on immediately. If it
is light outside when the vehicle
leaves the garage, there is a slight
delay before the automatic
headlamp system changes to the
DRL. During that delay, the
instrument cluster may not be as
bright as usual. Make sure the
instrument panel brightness control
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
142 Lighting
is in the full bright position. See
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 144.
When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps will turn off or may
change to Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL).
The automatic headlamp system
turns off when the exterior lamp
control is turned to
O or the ignition
is off.
Lights On with Wipers
If the windshield wipers are
activated in daylight with the engine
on, and the exterior lamp control is
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
lamps, and other exterior lamps
come on. The transition time for the
lamps coming on varies based on
wiper speed. When the wipers are
not operating, these lamps turn off.
Move the exterior lamp control to
O
or ; to disable this feature.
Hazard Warning Flashers
| : Press to make the front and
rear turn signal lamps flash on and
off. Press again to turn the
flashers off.
When the hazard warning flashers
are on, the vehicle's turn signals will
not work.
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
An arrow on the instrument cluster
flashes in the direction of the turn or
lane change.
Move the turn signal lever all the
way up or down to signal a turn.
Raise or lower the lever for less
than one second until the arrow
starts to flash to signal a lane
change. This causes the turn
signals to automatically flash three
times. Holding the turn signal lever
for more than one second will cause
the turn signals to flash until the
lever is released.
The lever returns to its starting
position whenever it is released.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Lighting 143
If after signaling a turn or a lane
change the arrows flash rapidly or
do not come on, a signal bulb could
be burned out.
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a
bulb is not burned out, check the
fuse. See Fuses and Circuit
Breakers 0 271.
Turn Signal On Chime
If the turn signal is left on for more
than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime
sounds at each flash of the turn
signal. The message TURN
SIGNAL ON will also appear in the
Driver Information Center (DIC). To
turn the chime and message off,
move the turn signal lever to the off
position.
Fog Lamps
If equipped, the control is on the
center of the exterior lamp control,
to the left of the steering column.
The ignition must be on for the fog
lamps to come on.
# : Press to turn the fog lamps on
or off. A light will come on in the
instrument cluster.
When the fog lamps are turned on,
the parking lamps automatically
turn on.
When the headlamps are changed
to high beam, the fog lamps go off.
When the high-beam headlamps are
turned off, the fog lamps will come
on again.
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on with
the fog lamps.
Exterior Cargo Lamps
The cargo lamp provides more light
in the cargo area of the vehicle,
if needed. The lamps inside the
pickup box also turn on, if equipped.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
144 Lighting
Press the switch down to turn the
cargo lamp on or off. For automatic
transmission vehicles, the shift lever
must be in P (Park), R (Reverse),
or N (Neutral) to operate the cargo
lamp. For manual transmission
vehicles, a speed of less than
3 km/h (2 mph) is required to
operate the cargo lamp.
Become familiar with and follow all
state and local laws that apply to
cargo lamp operation.
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel
Illumination Control
This feature controls the brightness
of the steering wheel and instrument
panel lights. The instrument panel
illumination control is next to the
exterior lamp control.
D : Move the thumbwheel up or
down to brighten or dim the lights.
Dome Lamps
The interior lamps control in the
overhead console controls both the
front and rear interior lamps.
To operate:
( : Turns the lamps off.
H : Turns the lamps on when any
door is opened.
' : Keeps the lamps on all
the time.
The interior lamps turn on
automatically if the airbags are
deployed.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Lighting 145
Reading Lamps
The front reading lamps,
if equipped, are in the overhead
console.
The rear reading lamps, if equipped,
are in the headliner.
# or $ : Press to turn each lamp
on or off.
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting
Some exterior lamps and the interior
lamps turn on briefly at night, or in
areas with limited lighting, when
K
is pressed on the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a
door is opened, the interior lamps
come on if the dome lamp control is
in the
H position. After about
30 seconds the exterior lamps turn
off. Entry lighting can be disabled
manually by changing the ignition
out of the OFF position, or by
pressing
Q on the RKE transmitter.
This feature can be changed. See
“Vehicle Locator Lights” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 136.
Exit Lighting
Some exterior lamps and the interior
lamps come on at night, or in areas
with limited lighting when the key is
removed from the ignition. The
exterior and interior lamps remain
on for a set amount of time and then
automatically turn off. The interior
lamps do not come on if the dome
lamp control is in the Off position.
The exterior lamps turn off
immediately by turning the exterior
lamps control off.
This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 136.
Battery Load
Management
The vehicle has Electric Power
Management (EPM), which
estimates the battery's temperature
and state of charge. It then adjusts
the voltage for best performance
and extended life of the battery.
When the battery's state of charge
is low, the voltage is raised slightly
to quickly bring the charge back up.
When the state of charge is high,
the voltage is lowered slightly to
prevent overcharging. The voltmeter
gauge or the voltage display on the
Driver Information Center (DIC),
if equipped, may show the voltage
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
146 Lighting
moving up or down. This is normal.
If there is a problem, an alert will be
displayed.
The battery can be discharged at
idle if the electrical loads are very
high. This is true for all vehicles.
This is because the generator
(alternator) may not be spinning fast
enough at idle to produce all the
power that is needed for very high
electrical loads.
A high electrical load occurs when
several of the following are on, such
as: headlamps, high beams, fog
lamps, rear window defogger,
climate control fan at high speed,
heated seats, engine cooling fans,
trailer loads, and loads plugged into
accessory power outlets.
EPM works to prevent excessive
discharge of the battery. It does this
by balancing the generator's output
and the vehicle's electrical needs.
It can increase engine idle speed to
generate more power, whenever
needed. It can temporarily reduce
the power demands of some
accessories.
Normally, these actions occur in
steps or levels, without being
noticeable. In rare cases at the
highest levels of corrective action,
this action may be noticeable to the
driver. If so, a DIC message might
be displayed and it is recommended
that the driver reduce the electrical
loads as much as possible.
Battery Power Protection
This feature shuts off the dome and
reading lamps, if they are left on for
more than 10 minutes after the
ignition is turned off. The cargo
lamp shuts off after 20 minutes. This
prevents the battery from
running down.
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver
The exterior lamps turn off about
10 minutes after the ignition is
turned off, if the parking lamps or
headlamps have been manually left
on. This protects against draining
the battery. To restart the 10-minute
timer, turn the exterior lamp control
to the
O position and then back to
the
; or 2 position.
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be on
or in ACC/ACCESSORY.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Infotainment System 147
Infotainment
System
Introduction
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Introduction
Infotainment
See the infotainment manual for
information on the radio, audio
players, phone, navigation system,
and voice or speech recognition.
It also includes information on
settings.
Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)
If equipped, ANC reduces engine
noise in the vehicle’s interior. ANC
requires the factory-installed audio
system, radio, speakers, amplifier (if
equipped), induction system, and
exhaust system to work properly.
Deactivation is required by your
dealer if related aftermarket
equipment is installed.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
148 Climate Controls
Climate Controls
Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems . . . . . 148
Automatic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Climate Control Systems
With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation can be controlled.
1. Fan Control
2. A/C (Air Conditioning)
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
4. Defrost
5. TEMP (Temperature Control)
6. Rear Window Defogger (If
Equipped)
7. Air Recirculation
TEMP : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the temperature inside the
vehicle.
9 : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed. There is
about a five second delay when the
fan is turned on. Turn the knob all
the way counterclockwise to turn the
fan off.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Climate Controls 149
Air Delivery Mode Control :
Press
Y, \, [ , or - to change
the direction of the airflow. An
indicator light comes on in the
selected mode button.
Y : Air is directed to the instrument
panel outlets.
\ : Air is divided between the
instrument panel and floor outlets.
[ : Air is directed to the floor
outlets, with some air directed to the
windshield, outboard instrument
panel, and side window outlets.
- : This mode clears the windows
of fog or moisture. Air is directed to
the windshield, with some air
directed to the floor, outboard
instrument panel outlets, and side
window outlets.
0 : Press to clear the windshield
of fog or frost more quickly. Air is
directed to the windshield and side
window vents, with some air
directed to the outboard instrument
panel. The system automatically
forces outside air into the vehicle
and the air conditioning compressor
will run, unless the outside
temperature is close to freezing.
Do not drive the vehicle until all the
windows are clear.
See Air Vents 0 153.
@ : Press to turn on recirculation.
An indicator light comes on. Air is
recirculated to quickly cool the
inside of the vehicle. It can also be
used to help reduce outside air and
odors that enter the vehicle.
8 : If equipped, press to turn on
outside air. An indicator light comes
on. Outside air is circulated
throughout the vehicle.
A/C : Press to turn the air
conditioning system on or off. An
indicator light comes on to show
that the air conditioning is enabled.
If the fan is turned off, the air
conditioner will not run. The A/C
light will stay on even if the outside
temperatures are below freezing.
Rear Window Defogger
K : If equipped, press to turn the
rear window defogger on or off. An
indicator light on the button comes
on to show that the rear window
defogger is on.
The rear window defogger only
works when the ignition is on. The
defogger also turns off if the ignition
is turned to off or ACC/
ACCESSORY.
Caution
Using a razor blade or sharp
object to clear the inside rear
window can damage the rear
window defogger. Repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not clear the inside
rear window with sharp objects.
Heated Mirrors : If equipped with
heated outside mirrors, the mirrors
heat to help clear fog or frost from
the surface of the mirror when the
rear window defog button is
pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 37.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
150 Climate Controls
Automatic Climate Control System
With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be
controlled.
1. Fan Control
2. A/C (Air Conditioning)
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
4. Defrost
5. Temperature Control
6. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
7. Rear Window Defogger
8. Air Recirculation
9. Power Button
Climate Control Display
1. Temperature Setting
2. Fan Control
3. Air Delivery Mode Control
4. Air Recirculation
5. Auto (Automatic Operation)
6. A/C (Air Conditioning)
7. On/Off (Power)
8. Driver Temperature Controls
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Climate Controls 151
Climate Control Status Display
The climate control status display
appears briefly when the climate
controls on the center stack are
adjusted.
Automatic Operation
The system automatically heats or
cools the vehicle to the desired
temperature:
.
Fan Speed
.
Air Delivery Mode
.
Air Conditioning
.
Recirculation
When AUTO is lit, all functions
operate automatically. Each function
can also be manually set. Functions
not manually set will continue to be
automatically controlled.
To place the system in full automatic
operation:
1. Press AUTO.
2. Set the temperature.
To find your comfort setting,
start with 22 °C (72 °F) and
allow the system time to
stabilize. Then adjust the
temperature as needed for best
comfort.
To improve fuel efficiency and to
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
may be automatically selected in
warm weather.
The recirculation light will not come
on when automatically controlled.
Press
@ to manually select
recirculation; press it again to select
outside air.
Do not cover the solar sensor on the
top of the instrument panel near the
windshield. This sensor regulates
air temperature based on sun load.
See “Sensors” later in this section.
Manual Operation
O : Press to turn the climate control
system on or off. When the system
is turned off, air will stop flowing into
the cabin. Press
O again or adjust
any of the climate controls to turn
the system back on and the airflow
will continue based on the selected
climate control settings.
A : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed. There is
about a five second delay when the
fan is turned on. Press the knob to
turn the fan off. Press AUTO to
return to automatic operation.
Temperature Control : Turn the
knob clockwise or counterclockwise
to increase or decrease temperature
setting.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
152 Climate Controls
Air Delivery Mode Controls :
Press
Y, \, [ , or - to change
the direction of the airflow. An
indicator light comes on in the
selected mode button.
Changing the mode cancels the
automatic operation and the system
goes into manual mode.
Press AUTO to return to automatic
operation.
Y : Air is directed to the instrument
panel outlets.
\ : Air is divided between the
instrument panel and floor outlets.
[ : Air is directed to the floor
outlets, with some to the windshield,
outboard instrument panel outlets,
side window outlets, and second
row floor outlets.
- : This mode clears the windows
of fog or moisture. Air is directed to
the windshield, floor outlets,
outboard instrument panel outlets,
and side window outlets. The
system automatically forces outside
air into the vehicle and the air
conditioning compressor will run,
unless the outside temperature is
close to or below freezing.
0 : Press to clear the windshield
of fog or frost more quickly. Air is
directed to the windshield and the
side window vents, with some air
directed to the outboard instrument
panel outlets. The system
automatically forces outside air into
the vehicle and the air conditioning
compressor will run, unless the
outside temperature is close to or
below freezing.
Do not drive the vehicle until all
windows are clear.
See Air Vents 0 153.
A/C : Press to turn the air
conditioning system on or off. An
indicator light comes on to show
that the air conditioning is enabled.
The A/C light will stay on even if the
outside temperatures are below
freezing. If the fan is turned off, the
air conditioner will not run. Press
AUTO to return to automatic
operation.
@ : Press to turn on recirculation.
An indicator light comes on. Air is
recirculated to quickly cool the
inside of the vehicle. It can also be
used to help reduce outside air and
odors that enter the vehicle. The air
conditioning compressor also comes
on when this mode is activated.
Press AUTO to return to automatic
operation.
Auto Defog : The climate control
system may have a sensor to
automatically detect high humidity
inside the vehicle. When high
humidity is detected, the climate
control system may adjust air
delivery modes, outside air supply,
and turn on the air conditioner. If the
climate control system does not
detect possible window fogging, it
returns to normal operation. To turn
Auto Defog off or on, see “Climate
and Air Quality” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 136.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Climate Controls 153
Rear Window Defogger
The rear window defogger uses a
warming grid to remove fog from the
rear window.
K : Press to turn the rear window
defogger on or off. An indicator light
on the button comes on to show that
the rear window defogger is on.
The rear window defogger only
works when the ignition is on. The
defogger also turns off if the ignition
is turned to off or ACC/
ACCESSORY.
Caution
Using a razor blade or sharp
object to clear the inside rear
window can damage the rear
window defogger. Repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not clear the inside
rear window with sharp objects.
Heated Mirrors : If equipped with
heated outside mirrors, the mirrors
heat to help clear fog or frost from
the surface of the mirror when the
rear window defog button is
pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 37.
Air Vents
Adjustable air vents are in the
center and on the side of the
instrument panel. Use the sliding
knobs on the air vents to change
the direction of the airflow. Slide the
knob up or down to open or close
off the airflow.
Air vents blow warm air on the side
windows in cold weather. If Floor,
Defog, or Defrost modes are
selected, a small amount of air will
come from the vents close to the
window. If the airflow is shut off
using the sliding knobs, warm air
will be directed to the other
instrument panel vents. This is
normal operation.
Use the sliding knobs to turn vent
airflow on or off based on the mode
selected.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
154 Climate Controls
Operation Tips
.
Clear away any ice, snow,
or leaves from air inlets at the
base of the windshield that could
block the flow of air into the
vehicle.
.
Clear snow off the hood to
improve visibility and help
decrease moisture drawn into
the vehicle.
.
Keep the path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
circulate the air inside of the
vehicle more effectively.
.
Use of non-GM approved hood
deflectors can adversely affect
the performance of the system.
Check with your dealer before
adding equipment to the outside
of the vehicle.
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
The passenger compartment air
filter reduces dust, pollen, and other
airborne irritants from outside air
that is pulled into the vehicle. The
filter will need to be replaced
periodically. See Maintenance
Schedule 0 331.
Using the climate control system
without an air filter installed is not
recommended. Water or other
debris could enter the system and
result in leaks or noises. Always
install a new filter when removing
the old filter.
For more information on filter
replacement, see your dealer.
Service
All vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
the vehicle. The refrigerant system
should only be serviced by trained
and certified technicians. The air
conditioning evaporator should
never be repaired or replaced by
one from a salvage vehicle.
It should only be replaced by a new
evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
During service, all refrigerants
should be reclaimed with proper
equipment. Venting refrigerants
directly to the atmosphere is harmful
to the environment and may also
create unsafe conditions based on
inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
or other health-based concerns.
The air conditioning system requires
periodic maintenance. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 331.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 155
Driving and
Operating
Driving Information
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 164
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 165
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 167
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Truck-Camper Loading
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 174
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Parking (Manual
Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Engine Exhaust
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 183
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Manual Transmission
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 188
Drive Systems
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 198
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . 201
Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 202
Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . 203
Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Locking Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Driver Assistance Systems
Driver Assistance Systems . . . 208
Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 209
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Fuel
Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . 215
Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 216
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
156 Driving and Operating
Trailer Towing
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 235
Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Driving Information
Distracted Driving
Distraction comes in many forms
and can take your focus from the
task of driving. Exercise good
judgment and do not let other
activities divert your attention away
from the road. Many local
governments have enacted laws
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in
your area.
To avoid distracted driving, keep
your eyes on the road, keep your
hands on the steering wheel, and
focus your attention on driving.
.
Do not use a phone in
demanding driving situations.
Use a hands-free method to
place or receive necessary
phone calls.
.
Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
.
Designate a front seat
passenger to handle potential
distractions.
.
Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
programming favorite radio
stations and adjusting climate
control and seat settings.
Program all trip information into
any navigation device prior to
driving.
.
Wait until the vehicle is parked
to retrieve items that have fallen
to the floor.
.
Stop or park the vehicle to tend
to children.
.
Keep pets in an appropriate
carrier or restraint.
.
Avoid stressful conversations
while driving, whether with a
passenger or on a cell phone.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 157
{
Warning
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
Refer to the infotainment manual for
more information on using that
system and the navigation system,
if equipped, including pairing and
using a cell phone.
Defensive Driving
Defensive driving means “always
expect the unexpected.” The first
step in driving defensively is to wear
the seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 51.
.
Assume that other road users
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and
other drivers) are going to be
careless and make mistakes.
Anticipate what they might do
and be ready.
.
Allow enough following distance
between you and the driver in
front of you.
.
Focus on the task of driving.
Drunk Driving
Death and injury associated with
drinking and driving is a global
tragedy.
{
Warning
Drinking and then driving is very
dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and
judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You
can have a serious — or even
fatal — collision if you drive after
drinking.
Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
with a group, designate a driver
who will not drink.
Control of a Vehicle
Braking, steering, and accelerating
are important factors in helping to
control a vehicle while driving.
Braking
Braking action involves perception
time and reaction time. Deciding to
push the brake pedal is perception
time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
Average driver reaction time is
about three-quarters of a second. In
that time, a vehicle moving at
100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
(66 ft), which could be a lot of
distance in an emergency.
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
include:
.
Keep enough distance between
you and the vehicle in front
of you.
.
Avoid needless heavy braking.
.
Keep pace with traffic.
If the engine ever stops while the
vehicle is being driven, brake
normally but do not pump the
brakes. Doing so could make the
pedal harder to push down. If the
engine stops, there will be some
power brake assist but it will be
used when the brake is applied.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
158 Driving and Operating
Once the power assist is used up, it
can take longer to stop and the
brake pedal will be harder to push.
Steering
Electric Power Steering
The vehicle has electric power
steering. It does not have power
steering fluid. Regular maintenance
is not required.
If power steering assist is lost due
to a system malfunction, the vehicle
can be steered, but may require
increased effort.
If the steering assist is used for an
extended period of time while the
vehicle is not moving, power assist
may be reduced.
If the steering wheel is turned until it
reaches the end of its travel and is
held against that position for an
extended period of time, power
steering assist may be reduced.
Normal use of the power steering
assist should return when the
system cools down.
See your dealer if there is a
problem.
Curve Tips
.
Take curves at a reasonable
speed.
.
Reduce speed before entering a
curve.
.
Maintain a reasonable steady
speed through the curve.
.
Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating
gently into the straightaway.
Steering in Emergencies
.
There are some situations when
steering around a problem may
be more effective than braking.
.
Holding both sides of the
steering wheel allows you to turn
180 degrees without removing
a hand.
.
The Antilock Brake System
(ABS) allows steering while
braking.
Off-Road Recovery
The vehicle's right wheels can drop
off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow
these tips:
1. Ease off the accelerator and
then, if there is nothing in the
way, steer the vehicle so that it
straddles the edge of the
pavement.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the
right front tire contacts the
pavement edge.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 159
3. Turn the steering wheel to go
straight down the roadway.
Loss of Control
Skidding
There are three types of skids that
correspond to the vehicle's three
control systems:
.
Braking Skid — wheels are not
rolling.
.
Steering or Cornering Skid —
too much speed or steering in a
curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force.
.
Acceleration Skid — too much
throttle causes the driving
wheels to spin.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids
by taking reasonable care suited to
existing conditions, and by not
overdriving those conditions. But
skids are always possible.
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
these suggestions:
.
Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
The vehicle may straighten out.
Be ready for a second skid if it
occurs.
.
Slow down and adjust your
driving according to weather
conditions. Stopping distance
can be longer and vehicle
control can be affected when
traction is reduced by water,
snow, ice, gravel, or other
material on the road. Learn to
recognize warning clues — such
as enough water, ice, or packed
snow on the road to make a
mirrored surface — and slow
down when you have any doubt.
.
Try to avoid sudden steering,
acceleration, or braking,
including reducing vehicle speed
by shifting to a lower gear. Any
sudden changes could cause
the tires to slide.
Remember: Antilock brakes help
avoid only the braking skid.
Off-Road Driving
Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be
used for off-road driving. Vehicles
without four-wheel drive and
vehicles not equipped with All
Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR)
tires must not be driven off-road
except on a level, solid surface. For
contact information about the
original equipment tires, see the
warranty manual.
One of the best ways for successful
off-road driving is to control the
speed.
{
Warning
When driving off-road, bouncing
and quick changes in direction
can easily throw you out of
position. This could cause you to
lose control and crash. You and
your passengers should always
wear seat belts.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
160 Driving and Operating
Before Driving Off-Road
.
Have all necessary maintenance
and service work completed.
.
Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels,
and check inflation pressure in
all tires, including the spare,
if equipped.
.
Read all the information about
four-wheel-drive vehicles in this
manual.
.
Remove any underbody air
deflector, if equipped. Re-attach
the air deflector after off-road
driving.
.
Know the local laws that apply to
off-road driving.
To gain more ground clearance if
needed, it may be necessary to
remove the front fascia lower air
dam, if equipped. However, driving
without the air dam reduces fuel
economy.
Caution
Operating the vehicle for
extended periods without the front
fascia lower air dam installed can
cause improper airflow to the
engine. Reattach the front fascia
air dam after off-road driving.
Loading the Vehicle for
Off-Road Driving
{
Warning
.
Unsecured cargo on the
load floor can be tossed
about when driving over
rough terrain. You or your
passengers can be struck
by flying objects. Secure the
cargo properly.
.
Keep cargo in the cargo
area as far forward and as
low as possible. The
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
heaviest things should be
on the floor, forward of the
rear axle.
.
Heavy loads on the roof
raise the vehicle's center of
gravity, making it more likely
to roll over. You can be
seriously or fatally injured if
the vehicle rolls over. Put
heavy loads inside the
cargo area, not on the roof.
For more information about loading
the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits
0 168 and Tires 0 278.
Environmental Concerns
.
Always use established trails,
roads, and areas that have been
set aside for public off-road
recreational driving and obey all
posted regulations.
.
Do not damage shrubs, flowers,
trees, or grasses or disturb
wildlife.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 161
.
Do not park over things that
burn. See Parking over Things
That Burn 0 181.
Driving on Hills
Driving safely on hills requires good
judgment and an understanding of
what the vehicle can and cannot do.
{
Warning
Many hills are simply too steep
for any vehicle. Driving up hills
can cause the vehicle to stall.
Driving down hills can cause loss
of control. Driving across hills can
cause a rollover. You could be
injured or killed. Do not drive on
steep hills.
Before driving on a hill, assess the
steepness, traction, and
obstructions. If the terrain ahead
cannot be seen, get out of the
vehicle and walk the hill before
driving further.
When driving on hills:
.
Use a low gear and keep a firm
grip on the steering wheel.
.
Maintain a slow speed.
.
When possible, drive straight up
or down the hill.
.
Slow down when approaching
the top of the hill.
.
Use headlamps even during the
day to make the vehicle more
visible.
{
Warning
Driving to the top of a hill at high
speed can cause a crash. There
could be a drop-off, embankment,
cliff, or even another vehicle. You
could be seriously injured or
killed. As you near the top of a
hill, slow down and stay alert.
.
Never go downhill forward or
backward with either the
transmission or transfer case in
N (Neutral). The brakes could
overheat and you could lose
control.
{
Warning
If the vehicle has the two-speed
automatic or electronic transfer
case, shifting the transfer case to
N (Neutral) can cause your
vehicle to roll even if the
transmission is in P (Park). This is
because the N (Neutral) position
on the transfer case overrides the
transmission. You or someone
else could be injured. If leaving
the vehicle, set the parking brake
and shift the transmission to
P (Park). Shift the transfer case to
any position but N (Neutral).
.
When driving down a hill, keep
the vehicle headed straight
down. Use a low gear because
the engine will work with the
brakes to slow the vehicle and
help keep the vehicle under
control.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
162 Driving and Operating
{
Warning
Heavy braking when going down
a hill can cause your brakes to
overheat and fade. This could
cause loss of control and you or
others could be injured or killed.
Apply the brakes lightly when
descending a hill and use a low
gear to keep vehicle speed under
control.
If the vehicle stalls on a hill:
1. Apply the brakes to stop the
vehicle, and then apply the
parking brake.
2. Shift into P (Park) and then
restart the engine.
.
If driving uphill when the
vehicle stalls, shift to
R (Reverse), release the
parking brake, and back
straight down.
.
Never try to turn the vehicle
around. If the hill is steep
enough to stall the vehicle,
it is steep enough to cause
it to roll over.
.
If you cannot make it up the
hill, back straight down
the hill.
.
Never back down a hill in
N (Neutral) using only the
brake. The vehicle can roll
backward quickly and you
could lose control.
.
If driving downhill when the
vehicle stalls, shift to a
lower gear, release the
parking brake, and drive
straight down the hill.
3. If the vehicle cannot be
restarted after stalling, set the
parking brake, shift into
P (Park), and turn the
vehicle off.
3.1. Leave the vehicle and
seek help.
3.2. Stay clear of the path the
vehicle would take if it
rolled downhill.
.
Avoid turns that take the vehicle
across the incline of the hill.
A hill that can be driven straight
up or down might be too steep to
drive across. Driving across an
incline puts more weight on the
downhill wheels, which could
cause a downhill slide or a
rollover.
.
Surface conditions can be a
problem. Loose gravel, muddy
spots, or even wet grass can
cause the tires to slip sideways,
downhill. If the vehicle slips
sideways, it can hit something
that will trip it — a rock, a rut,
etc. — and roll over.
.
Hidden obstacles can make the
steepness of the incline more
severe. If a rock is driven across
with the uphill wheels, or if the
downhill wheels drop into a rut
or depression, the vehicle can tilt
even more.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 163
.
If an incline must be driven
across, and the vehicle starts to
slide, turn downhill. This should
help straighten out the vehicle
and prevent the side slipping.
{
Warning
Getting out of the vehicle on the
downhill side when stopped
across an incline is dangerous.
If the vehicle rolls over, you could
be crushed or killed. Always get
out on the uphill side of the
vehicle and stay well clear of the
rollover path.
Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow,
or Ice
Use a low gear when driving in mud
— the deeper the mud, the lower
the gear. Keep the vehicle moving
to avoid getting stuck.
Traction changes when driving on
sand. On loose sand, such as on
beaches or sand dunes, the tires
tend to sink into the sand. This
affects steering, accelerating, and
braking. Drive at a reduced speed
and avoid sharp turns or abrupt
maneuvers.
Traction is reduced on hard packed
snow and ice and it is easy to lose
control. Reduce vehicle speed when
driving on hard packed snow
and ice.
{
Warning
Driving on frozen lakes, ponds,
or rivers can be dangerous. Ice
conditions vary greatly and the
vehicle could fall through the ice;
you and your passengers could
drown. Drive your vehicle on safe
surfaces only.
Driving in Water
{
Warning
Driving through rushing water can
be dangerous. Deep water can
sweep your vehicle downstream
and you and your passengers
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
could drown. If it is only shallow
water, it can still wash away the
ground from under your tires.
Traction could be lost, and the
vehicle could roll over. Do not
drive through rushing water.
Caution
Do not drive through standing
water if it is deep enough to cover
the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
pipe. Deep water can damage the
axle and other vehicle parts.
If the standing water is not too deep,
drive through it slowly. At faster
speeds, water can get into the
engine and cause it to stall. Stalling
can occur if the exhaust pipe is
under water. Do not turn off the
ignition when driving through water.
If the exhaust pipe is under water,
the engine will not start. When going
through water, the brakes get wet
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
164 Driving and Operating
and it may take longer to stop. See
“Driving on Wet Roads” later in this
section.
After Off-Road Driving
Remove any brush or debris that
has collected on the underbody or
chassis, or under the hood. These
accumulations can be a fire hazard.
After operation in mud or sand,
have the brake linings cleaned and
checked. These substances can
cause glazing and uneven braking.
Check the body structure, driveline,
steering, suspension, wheels, tires,
and exhaust system for damage and
check the fuel lines and cooling
system for any leakage.
More frequent maintenance service
is required. See the Maintenance
Schedule 0 331.
Driving on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can reduce
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate.
Always drive slower in these types
of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and
deep-standing or flowing water.
{
Warning
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
They might not work as well in a
quick stop and could cause
pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large
puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wash, lightly apply the brake
pedal until the brakes work
normally.
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the
vehicle to be carried away. If this
happens, you and other vehicle
occupants could drown. Do not
ignore police warnings and be
very cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water.
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is
wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is
hydroplaning, it has little or no
contact with the road.
There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to
slow down when the road is wet.
Other Rainy Weather Tips
Besides slowing down, other wet
weather driving tips include:
.
Allow extra following distance.
.
Pass with caution.
.
Keep windshield wiping
equipment in good shape.
.
Keep the windshield washer fluid
reservoir filled.
.
Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires 0 278.
.
Turn off cruise control.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 165
Hill and Mountain Roads
Driving on steep hills or through
mountains is different than driving
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:
.
Keep the vehicle serviced and in
good shape.
.
Check all fluid levels and brakes,
tires, cooling system, and
transmission.
.
Shift to a lower gear when going
down steep or long hills.
{
Warning
Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle on a long downhill slope
can cause brake overheating, can
reduce brake performance, and
could result in a loss of braking.
Shift the transmission to a lower
gear to let the engine assist the
brakes on a steep downhill slope.
{
Warning
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
or with the ignition off is
dangerous. This can cause
overheating of the brakes and
loss of steering assist. Always
have the engine running and the
vehicle in gear.
.
Drive at speeds that keep the
vehicle in its own lane. Do not
swing wide or cross the
center line.
.
Be alert on top of hills;
something could be in your lane
(e.g., stalled car, crash).
.
Pay attention to special road
signs (e.g., falling rocks area,
winding roads, long grades,
passing or no-passing zones)
and take appropriate action.
Winter Driving
Driving on Snow or Ice
Snow or ice between the tires and
the road creates less traction or
grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when
freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
until roads can be treated.
For Slippery Road Driving:
.
Accelerate gently. Accelerating
too quickly causes the wheels to
spin and makes the surface
under the tires slick.
.
Turn on Traction Control. See
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 199.
.
The Antilock Brake System
(ABS) improves vehicle stability
during hard stops, but the
brakes should be applied sooner
than when on dry pavement.
See Antilock Brake System
(ABS) 0 196.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
166 Driving and Operating
.
Allow greater following distance
and watch for slippery spots. Icy
patches can occur on otherwise
clear roads in shaded areas.
The surface of a curve or an
overpass can remain icy when
the surrounding roads are clear.
Avoid sudden steering
maneuvers and braking while
on ice.
.
Turn off cruise control.
Blizzard Conditions
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and
signal for help. Stay with the vehicle
unless there is help nearby.
If possible, use Roadside
Assistance. See Roadside
Assistance Program 0 353. To get
help and keep everyone in the
vehicle safe:
.
Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.
Tie a red cloth to an outside
mirror.
{
Warning
Snow can trap engine exhaust
under the vehicle. This may
cause exhaust gases to get
inside. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO), which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
If the vehicle is stuck in snow:
.
Clear snow from the base of
the vehicle, especially any
blocking the exhaust pipe.
.
Open a window about 5 cm
(2 in) on the vehicle side
that is away from the wind,
to bring in fresh air.
.
Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
.
Adjust the climate control
system to circulate the air
inside the vehicle and set
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
the fan speed to the highest
setting. See “Climate
Control Systems.”
For more information about CO,
see Engine Exhaust 0 182.
To save fuel, run the engine for
short periods to warm the vehicle
and then shut the engine off and
partially close the window. Moving
about to keep warm also helps.
If it takes time for help to arrive,
when running the engine, push the
accelerator pedal slightly so the
engine runs faster than the idle
speed. This keeps the battery
charged to restart the vehicle and to
signal for help with the headlamps.
Do this as little as possible, to
save fuel.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 167
If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the
wheels to free the vehicle when
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get It
Out” later in this section.
If equipped, the front and rear axles
may be locked to improve traction.
See Locking Front Axle 0 204 and
Locking Rear Axle 0 203.
The Traction Control System (TCS)
can often help to free a stuck
vehicle. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 199.
If TCS cannot free the vehicle, see
“Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out”
following.
{
Warning
If the vehicle's tires spin at high
speed, they can explode, and you
or others could be injured. The
vehicle can overheat, causing an
engine compartment fire or other
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
damage. Spin the wheels as little
as possible and avoid going
above 56 km/h (35 mph).
For information about using tire
chains on the vehicle, see Tire
Chains 0 298.
Rocking the Vehicle to Get
It Out
Turn the steering wheel left and
right to clear the area around the
front wheels. For four-wheel-drive
vehicles, shift into Four-Wheel Drive
High. Turn the TCS off. Shift back
and forth between R (Reverse) and
a forward gear, spinning the wheels
as little as possible. To prevent
transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Slowly spinning the wheels in
the forward and reverse directions
causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
might need to be towed out. See
Towing the Vehicle 0 314. Recovery
hooks can be used, if the vehicle
has them.
Recovery Hooks
{
Warning
Never pull on recovery hooks
from the side. The hooks could
break and you and others could
be injured. When using recovery
hooks, always pull the vehicle
from the front.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
168 Driving and Operating
Caution
Never use recovery hooks to tow
the vehicle. The vehicle could be
damaged, and the repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
There are recovery hooks at the
front of the vehicle. Use them if the
vehicle is stuck off-road and needs
to be pulled some place to continue
driving.
Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how
much weight the vehicle can
carry. This weight is called the
vehicle capacity weight and
includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options.
Two labels on the vehicle may
show how much weight it was
designed to carry: the Tire and
Loading Information label and
the Certification /Tire label.
{
Warning
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
reduce stopping distance,
damage the tires, and shorten
the life of the vehicle.
Tire and Loading Information
Label
Label Example
A vehicle-specific Tire and
Loading Information label is
attached to the B-pillar or on the
forward edge of the rear door.
The Tire and Loading
Information label shows the
number of occupant seating
positions (1), and the maximum
vehicle capacity weight (2) in
kilograms and pounds.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 169
The Tire and Loading
Information label also shows the
size of the original equipment
tires (3) and the recommen ded
cold tire inflation pressures (4).
For more information on tires
and inflation see Tires 0 278
and Tire Pressure 0 285.
There is also important loading
information on the vehicle
Certification/Tire label. It may
show the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) and the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
the front and rear axles. See
“Certification/Tire Label” later in
this section.
“Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit–
1.
Locate the statement "The
combined weight of
occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
placard.
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers that will be
riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals
the available amount of
cargo and luggage load
capacity. For example, if the
"XXX" amount equals
1400 lbs. and there will be
five 150 lb passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) =
650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing
a trailer, load from your
trailer will be transferre d to
your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how
this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load
capacity of your vehicle.”
See Trailer Towing 0 224 for
important information on towing
a trailer, towing safety rules, and
trailering tips.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
170 Driving and Operating
Example 1
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 1 = (453 kg)
(1,000 lb)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 68 kg (150 lb) × 2 =
136 kg (300 lb)
3. Available Occupant and
Cargo Weight = 317 kg
(700 lb)
Example 2
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 2 = 453 kg
(1,000 lb)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 68 kg (150 lb) × 5 =
340 kg (750 lb)
3. Available Cargo Weight =
113 kg (250 lb)
Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lb)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 91 kg (200 lb) × 5 =
453 kg (1,000 lb)
3. Available Cargo Weight =
0 kg (0 lb)
Refer to the Tire and Loading
Information label for specific
information about the vehicle's
capacity weight and seating
positions. The combined weight
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 171
of the driver, passenge rs, and
cargo should never exceed the
vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification/Tire Label
Label Example
A vehicle-specific Certification/
Tire label is attached to the
B-pillar or on the forward edge
of the rear door. The label may
show the size of the vehicle's
original tires and the inflation
pressures needed to obtain the
gross weight capacity of the
vehicle. This is called Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
The GVWR includes the weight
of the vehicle, all occupants,
fuel, and cargo.
The Certification/Tire label may
also show the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). To find out the
actual loads on the front and
rear axles, weigh the vehicle at
a weigh station. Your dealer can
help with this. Be sure to spread
the load equally on both sides of
the centerline.
{
Warning
In the case of a sudden stop
or collision, things carried in
the bed of your truck could
shift forward and come into
the passenger area, injuring
you and others. If you put
things in the bed of your truck,
you should make sure they
are properly secured.
{
Warning
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
reduce stopping distance,
damage the tires, and shorten
the life of the vehicle.
Caution
Overloading the vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
172 Driving and Operating
Using heavier suspension
components to get added
durability might not change the
weight ratings. Ask your dealer
to help load the vehicle the
right way.
{
Warning
Things you put inside the
vehicle can strike and injure
people in a sudden stop or
turn, or in a crash.
.
Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. Try to
spread the weight evenly.
.
Never stack heavier
things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above
the tops of the seats.
.
Do not leave an
unsecured child restraint
in the vehicle.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
When you carry
something inside the
vehicle, secure it
whenever you can.
.
Do not leave a seat
folded down unless you
need to.
There is also important loading
information for off-road driving in
this manual. See “Loading the
Vehicle for Off-Road Driving“
under Off-Road Driving 0 159.
Two-Tiered Loading
Depending on the model of the
pickup, an upper load platform
can be created by positioning
three or four 5 cm (2 in) by
15 cm (6 in) wooden planks
across the width of the pickup
box. The planks must be
inserted in the pickup box
depressions.
When using this upper load
platform, be sure the load is
securely tied down to prevent it
from shifting. The load's center
of gravity should be positioned
in a zone over the rear axle. The
zone is located in the area
between the front of each wheel
well and the rear of each wheel
well. The center of gravity height
must not extend above the top
of the pickup box flareboard.
Any load that extends beyond
the vehicle's taillamp area must
be properly marked according to
local laws and regulations.
Remember not to exceed the
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR) of the front or
rear axle.
Add-On Equipment
When carrying removable items,
a limit on how many people
carried inside the vehicle may
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 173
be necessary. Be sure to weigh
the vehicle before buying and
installing the new equipment.
Caution
Overloading the vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle.
Remember not to exceed the
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR) of the front or
rear axle.
* Equipment
Maximum
Weight
Ladder Rack
and Cargo
340 kg (750 lb)
Cross Toolbox
and Cargo
181 kg (400 lb)
Side Boxes
and Cargo
113 kg per
side (250 lb
per side)
* Equipment
Maximum
Weight
* The combined weight for all
rail-mounted equipment should
not exceed 454 kg (1,000 lb).
Loading Points
1. Primary Load Points
2. Secondary Load Areas
3. GM Approved Accessory
Mounting Points
Structural members (1) and (2) are
included in the pickup box design.
Additional accessories should use
these load points. Depending on the
accessory design, use a spacer
under the accessory at the load
points to remove gap. The holes for
GM approved accessories (3) are
not intended for aftermarket
equipment. See www.gmupfitter.com
for additional pickup box load
bearing structural information.
Truck-Camper Loading
Information
The vehicle was neither
designed nor intended to carry a
slide-in camper.
Caution
Adding a slide-in camper or
similar equipment to the vehicle
can damage it, and the repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Do not install a
slide-in camper or similar
equipment on the vehicle.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
174 Driving and Operating
Starting and
Operating
New Vehicle Break-In
Caution
The vehicle does not need an
elaborate break-in. But it will
perform better in the long run if
you follow these guidelines:
.
Keep the vehicle speed at
88 km/h (55 mph) or less for
the first 805 km (500 mi).
.
Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
for the first 805 km (500 mi).
Do not make full-throttle
starts. Avoid downshifting to
brake or slow the vehicle.
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
.
Avoid making hard stops for
the first 322 km (200 mi) or
so. During this time the new
brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with
new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this
breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake
linings.
.
Do not tow a trailer during
break-in. See Trailer Towing
0 224 for the trailer towing
capabilities of the vehicle
and more information.
Following break-in, engine speed
and load can be gradually
increased.
Ignition Positions
0. Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF
1. ACC/ACCESSORY
2. ON/RUN
3. START
The ignition switch has four
positions.
To shift out of P (Park) with an
automatic transmission, the ignition
must be in ON/RUN and the brake
pedal must be applied.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 175
0 (Stopping the Engine/LOCK/
OFF) : This position turns off the
vehicle. It also locks the ignition, the
transmission on an automatic
transmission vehicle, and the
steering column, if equipped with a
locking steering column.
To turn off the vehicle:
1. Make sure that the vehicle is
stopped.
2. Shift to P (Park) with an
automatic transmission,
or Neutral with a manual
transmission.
3. Continue to hold the brake
pedal, then set the parking
brake. See Parking Brake
0 197.
4. Push the key all the way in
toward the steering column (1),
then turn the key to
LOCK/OFF (2).
5. Remove the key.
6. Release the brake pedal.
See your dealer if the key can be
removed in any other position.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
will remain active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 179.
A warning chime will sound when
the driver door is opened and the
key is in the ignition.
If equipped with a locking steering
column, the steering can bind with
the front wheels turned off center,
which may prevent key rotation out
of LOCK/OFF. If this happens, move
the steering wheel from right to left
while turning the key to ACC/
ACCESSORY. If this does not work,
then the vehicle needs service.
{
Warning
Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, turn off the vehicle
only in an emergency.
In an emergency, if the vehicle
cannot be pulled over and must be
turned off while driving:
1. Push the key all the way in
toward the steering column,
then turn the key to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
2. Brake using firm and steady
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the
vehicle is moving. Continue
braking and steer the vehicle to
a safe location.
4. Come to a complete stop.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
176 Driving and Operating
5. Shift to P (Park) with an
automatic transmission,
or Neutral with a manual
transmission.
6. Continue to hold the brake
pedal, then set the parking
brake. See Parking Brake
0 197.
7. Push the key all the way in
toward the steering column,
then turn the ignition to
LOCK/OFF.
8. Remove the key.
9. Release the brake pedal.
Caution
Use the correct key, make sure it
is all the way in — or pushed all
the way in toward the steering
column when turning off the
vehicle — and turn it only with
your hand.
1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This
position allows features such as the
infotainment system to operate
while the vehicle is off. It also
unlocks the steering column,
if equipped with a locking steering
column. Use this position if the
vehicle must be pushed or towed.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 179.
From ON/RUN, push the key all the
way in toward the steering column,
then turn the key to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
If the key is left in ACC/
ACCESSORY with the engine off,
the battery could drain and the
vehicle may not start.
A warning chime will sound when
the driver door is opened and the
key is in the ignition.
2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be
used to operate the electrical
accessories and to display some
instrument cluster warning and
indicator lights. This position can
also be used for service and
diagnostics, and to verify the proper
operation of the malfunction
indicator lamp as may be required
for emission inspection purposes.
The switch stays in this position
when the engine is running. The
transmission is also unlocked in this
position on automatic transmission
vehicles.
If the key is left in ON/RUN with the
engine off, the battery could drain
and the vehicle may not start.
3 (START) : This is the position that
starts the engine. When the engine
starts, release the key. The ignition
returns to ON/RUN for driving.
Starting the Engine
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
Caution
If you add electrical parts or
accessories, you could change
the way the engine operates. Any
resulting damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
See Add-On Electrical Equipment
0 237.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 177
Place the transmission in the
proper gear.
Automatic Transmission
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
N (Neutral). The engine will not start
in any other position. To restart the
engine when the vehicle is already
moving, use N (Neutral) only.
Caution
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
vehicle is moving. If you do, you
could damage the transmission.
Shift to P (Park) only when the
vehicle is stopped.
Manual Transmission
The shift lever should be in Neutral
and the parking brake engaged.
Hold the clutch pedal down to the
floor and start the engine. The
vehicle will not start if the clutch
pedal is not all the way down.
Starting Procedure
1. With your foot off the
accelerator pedal, turn the
ignition key to START. When
the engine starts, let go of the
key. The idle speed will go
down as the engine gets warm.
Do not race the engine
immediately after starting it.
Operate the engine and
transmission gently to allow the
oil to warm up and lubricate all
moving parts.
Caution
Cranking the engine for long
periods of time, by returning the
ignition to the START position
immediately after cranking has
ended, can overheat and damage
the cranking motor, and drain the
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to let the
cranking motor cool down.
2. If the engine does not start
after five to 10 seconds,
especially in very cold weather
(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
be flooded with too much
gasoline. Try pushing the
accelerator pedal all the way to
the floor and holding it there
while holding the key in START
for up to 15 seconds. Wait at
least 15 seconds between each
try, to allow the cranking motor
to cool down. When the engine
starts, let go of the key and
accelerator. If the vehicle starts
briefly but then stops again, do
the same thing. This clears the
extra gasoline from the engine.
Do not race the engine
immediately after starting it.
Operate the engine and
transmission gently until the oil
warms up and lubricates all
moving parts.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
178 Driving and Operating
Engine Heater
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
{
Warning
Do not plug in the engine block
heater while the vehicle is parked
in a garage or under a carport.
Property damage or personal
injury may result. Always park the
vehicle in a clear open area away
from buildings or structures.
If equipped, the engine heater can
provide easier starting and better
fuel economy during engine
warm-up in cold weather conditions
at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles
with an engine heater should be
plugged in at least four hours before
starting. An internal thermostat in
the plug-end of the cord may exist,
which will prevent engine heater
operation at temperatures above
−18 °C (0 °F).
Heater Cord Near Engine Air
Cleaner, 2.5L L4 Engine Shown,
3.6L V6 Engine Similar
To Use the Engine Heater
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the
electrical cord. The cord is
secured near the coolant surge
tank or to the engine air
cleaner. Carefully remove
the cord.
Check the heater cord for
damage. If it is damaged, do
not use it. See your dealer for
a replacement. Inspect the
cord for damage yearly.
3. Plug the cord into a normal,
grounded 110-volt AC outlet.
{
Warning
Improper use of the heater cord
or an extension cord can damage
the cord and may result in
overheating and fire.
.
Plug the cord into a
three-prong electrical utility
receptacle that is protected
by a ground fault detection
function. An ungrounded
outlet could cause an
electric shock.
.
Use a weatherproof,
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated
extension cord if needed.
Failure to use the
recommended extension
cord in good operating
condition, or using a
damaged heater or
extension cord, could make
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 179
Warning (Continued)
it overheat and cause a fire,
property damage, electric
shock, and injury.
.
Do not operate the vehicle
with the heater cord
permanently attached to the
vehicle. Possible heater
cord and thermostat
damage could occur.
.
While in use, do not let the
heater cord touch vehicle
parts or sharp edges. Never
close the hood on the
heater cord.
.
Before starting the vehicle,
unplug the cord, reattach
the cover to the plug, and
securely fasten the cord.
Keep the cord away from
any moving parts.
4. Before starting the engine, be
sure to unplug and store the
cord as it was before to keep it
away from moving engine
parts. If you do not, it could be
damaged.
The length of time the heater should
remain plugged in depends on
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
area where you will be parking the
vehicle for the best advice on this.
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP)
Some vehicle accessories may be
used after the ignition is turned off.
The power windows and sunroof,
if equipped, will continue to work for
up to 10 minutes or until any door is
opened.
The infotainment system will
continue to work for 10 minutes,
until the driver door is opened,
or until the ignition is turned on or
placed in ACC/ACCESSORY.
Shifting Into Park
{
Warning
It can be dangerous to get out of
the vehicle if the shift lever is not
fully in P (Park) with the parking
brake firmly set. The vehicle can
roll. If you have left the engine
running, the vehicle can move
suddenly. You or others could be
injured. To be sure the vehicle will
not move, even when you are on
fairly level ground, use the steps
that follow. With four-wheel drive,
if the transfer case is in
N (Neutral), the vehicle will be
free to roll, even if the shift lever
is in P (Park). Be sure the transfer
case is in a drive gear. If towing a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips 0 218.
1. Hold the brake pedal down,
then set the parking brake.
See Parking Brake 0 197.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
180 Driving and Operating
2. Hold the button on the shift
lever and push the lever toward
the front of the vehicle into
P (Park).
3. Be sure the transfer case (if
equipped) is in a drive
gear — not in N (Neutral).
4. Push the ignition key in,
towards the steering column
and then turn the ignition off.
5. Remove the key and take it
with you. If you can leave the
vehicle with the ignition key in
your hand, the vehicle is in
P (Park).
Leaving the Vehicle with the
Engine Running
{
Warning
It can be dangerous to leave the
vehicle with the engine running.
The vehicle could move suddenly
if the shift lever is not fully in
P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
If you have four-wheel drive and
the transfer case is in N (Neutral),
the vehicle will be free to roll,
even if the shift lever is in
P (Park). So be sure the transfer
case is in a drive gear – not in
N (Neutral).
And, if you leave the vehicle with
the engine running, it could
overheat and even catch fire. You
or others could be injured. Do not
leave the vehicle with the engine
running unless you have to.
If you have to leave the vehicle with
the engine running, be sure the
vehicle is in P (Park) and the
parking brake is firmly set before
you leave it. After you move the shift
lever into P (Park), hold the regular
brake pedal down. Then, see if you
can move the shift lever away from
P (Park) without pressing the button
on the shift lever. If you can, it
means that the shift lever was not
fully locked into P (Park).
Torque Lock
If you are parking on a hill and you
do not shift the transmission into
P (Park) properly, the weight of the
vehicle may put too much force on
the parking pawl in the
transmission. You may find it difficult
to pull the shift lever out of P (Park).
This is called torque lock. To
prevent torque lock, set the parking
brake and then shift into P (Park)
properly before you leave the driver
seat. To find out how, see Shifting
Into Park 0 179.
When you are ready to drive, move
the shift lever out of P (Park) before
you release the parking brake.
If torque lock does occur, you may
need to have another vehicle push
yours a little uphill to take some of
the pressure from the parking pawl
in the transmission. You will then be
able to pull the shift lever out of
P (Park).
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 181
Shifting out of Park
This vehicle is equipped with an
electronic shift lock release system.
The shift lock release is
designed to:
.
Prevent ignition key removal
unless the shift lever is in
P (Park).
.
Prevent movement of the shift
lever out of P (Park), unless the
ignition is on and the regular
brake pedal is applied.
To shift out of P (Park):
1. Apply the brake pedal.
2. Press the button on the shift
lever.
3. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.
If you still are unable to shift out of
P (Park):
1. Ease the pressure on the shift
lever.
2. While holding down the brake
pedal and pressing the shift
lever button, move the shift
lever all the way into P (Park).
3. While holding the shift lever
button, move the shift lever to
the desired position.
If you are still having a problem
shifting, then have the vehicle
serviced soon.
This vehicle may have the Seat Belt
Assurance System, which may
prevent the vehicle from shifting out
of P (Park). See Seat Belts 0 51.
Parking (Manual
Transmission)
{
Warning
If the vehicle has a manual
transmission, never get out of the
vehicle without first moving the
shift lever into 1st or R (Reverse),
setting the parking brake and
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
turning the ignition off. The
vehicle can roll, which could
cause serious injury or death.
If you are parking on a hill, or if the
vehicle is pulling a trailer, see
Driving Characteristics and Towing
Tips 0 218.
Parking over Things
That Burn
{
Warning
Things that can burn could touch
hot exhaust parts under the
vehicle and ignite. Do not park
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
182 Driving and Operating
Engine Exhaust
{
Warning
Engine exhaust contains carbon
monoxide (CO), which cannot be
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
can cause unconsciousness and
even death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
.
The vehicle idles in areas
with poor ventilation
(parking garages, tunnels,
deep snow that may block
underbody airflow or tail
pipes).
.
The exhaust smells or
sounds strange or different.
.
The exhaust system leaks
due to corrosion or damage.
.
The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not
completely sealed.
If unusual fumes are detected or
if it is suspected that exhaust is
coming into the vehicle:
.
Drive it only with the
windows completely down.
.
Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
area such as a garage or a
building that has no fresh air
ventilation.
Running the Vehicle
While Parked
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
If the vehicle is left with the engine
running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move.
See Shifting Into Park 0 179 and
Engine Exhaust 0 182. If the vehicle
has a manual transmission, see
Parking (Manual Transmission)
0 181.
If parking on a hill and pulling a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips 0 218.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 183
Automatic
Transmission
If equipped, there is an electronic
shift lever position indicator within
the instrument cluster. This display
comes on when the ignition key is in
ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN.
P : This position locks the drive
wheels. Use P (Park) when starting
the engine because the vehicle
cannot move easily. When parked
on a hill, especially when the
vehicle has a heavy load, you might
notice an increase in the effort to
shift out of P (Park). See “Torque
Lock” under Shifting Into Park
0 179.
{
Warning
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park 0 179 and
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips 0 218.
{
Warning
If you have four-wheel drive, the
vehicle will be free to roll — even
if the shift lever is in P (Park) — if
the transfer case is in N (Neutral).
So, be sure the transfer case is in
a drive gear, Two-Wheel Drive
High or Four-Wheel Drive High or
Four-Wheel Drive Low — not in
N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park
0 179.
R : Use this gear to back up.
Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
vehicle is moving forward could
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
is stopped.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
184 Driving and Operating
To rock the vehicle back and forth to
get out of snow, ice, or sand without
damaging the transmission, see If
the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 167.
N : In this position, the engine does
not connect with the wheels. To
restart the engine when the vehicle
is already moving, use
N (Neutral) only.
{
Warning
Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running at high speed is
dangerous. Unless your foot is
firmly on the brake pedal, the
vehicle could move very rapidly.
You could lose control and hit
people or objects. Do not shift
into a drive gear while the engine
is running at high speed.
Caution
Shifting out of P (Park) or
N (Neutral) with the engine
running at high speed may
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
engine is not running at high
speed when shifting the vehicle.
Caution
A transmission hot message may
display if the automatic
transmission fluid is too hot.
Driving under this condition can
damage the vehicle. Stop and idle
the engine to cool the automatic
transmission fluid. This message
clears when the transmission fluid
has cooled sufficiently.
D : This position is for normal
driving. If more power is needed for
passing, press the accelerator
pedal down.
D (Drive) can be used when towing
a trailer, carrying a heavy load,
driving on steep hills, or driving
off-road. Shift the transmission to a
lower gear range selection if the
transmission shifts too often. See
Manual Mode 0 185.
Downshifting the transmission in
slippery road conditions could result
in skidding. See “Skidding” under
Loss of Control 0 159.
The vehicle has a shift stabilization
feature that adjusts the transmission
shifting to the current driving
conditions in order to reduce rapid
upshifts and downshifts. This shift
stabilization feature is designed to
determine, before making an
upshift, if the engine is able to
maintain vehicle speed by analyzing
things such as vehicle speed,
throttle position, and vehicle load.
If the shift stabilization feature
determines that a current vehicle
speed cannot be maintained, the
transmission does not upshift and
instead holds the current gear.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 185
In some cases, this could appear to
be a delayed shift, however the
transmission is operating normally.
The transmission uses adaptive
shift controls. The adaptive shift
control process continually
compares key shift parameters to
pre-programmed ideal shifts stored
in the transmission’s computer. The
transmission constantly makes
adjustments to improve vehicle
performance according to how the
vehicle is being used, such as with
a heavy load or when the
temperature changes. During this
adaptive shift control process,
shifting might feel different as the
transmission determines the best
settings.
When temperatures are very cold,
the transmission's gear shifting
could be delayed providing more
stable shifts until the engine warms
up. Shifts could be more noticeable
with a cold transmission. This
difference in shifting is normal.
L : This position allows selection of
a range of gears appropriate for
current driving conditions. See
Manual Mode 0 185.
Caution
Spinning the tires or holding the
vehicle in one place on a hill
using only the accelerator pedal
may damage the transmission.
The repair will not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle
is stuck, do not spin the tires.
When stopping on a hill, use the
brakes to hold the vehicle in
place.
Normal Mode Grade Braking
Normal Mode Grade Braking is
enabled when the vehicle is started,
but is not enabled in Range
Selection Mode. It assists in
maintaining desired vehicle speeds
when driving on downhill grades by
using the engine and transmission
to slow the vehicle.
Manual Mode
Range Selection Mode
Range Selection Mode helps control
the vehicle's transmission and
vehicle speed while driving downhill
or towing a trailer by letting you
select a desired range of gears.
To use this feature:
1. Move the shift lever to
L (Manual Mode).
2. Press the plus/minus button on
the shift lever to select the
desired range of gears for
current driving conditions.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
186 Driving and Operating
When the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a
number displays next to the L,
indicating the current transmission
range.
This number is the highest gear that
the transmission will command while
operating in L (Manual Mode). All
gears below that number are
available. As driving conditions
change, the transmission can
automatically shift to lower gears.
For example, when L5 is selected,
1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are
automatically shifted by the
transmission, but 6 (Sixth) cannot be
used until the plus/minus button on
the shift lever is used to change to
the range.
When the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a
downshift may occur. The gear that
the transmission is operating in
when the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)
determines if a downshift occurs.
See the following chart.
6-Speed Automatic Transmission
Gear before shifting from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)
6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st
Range after shifting from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)
L4 L4 L3 L2 L2 L1
8-Speed Automatic Transmission
Gear before
shifting from
D (Drive) to
L (Manual Mode)
8th 7th 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st
Range after
shifting from
D (Drive) to
L (Manual Mode) –
Tow/Haul not
engaged
L6 L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L2 L1
Range after
shifting from
D (Drive) to
L (Manual Mode) –
Tow/Haul engaged
L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L3 L2 L1
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 187
Grade Braking is not available when
Range Selection Mode is active.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 187.
While using Range Selection Mode,
cruise control and the Tow/Haul
Mode can be used.
Caution
Spinning the tires or holding the
vehicle in one place on a hill
using only the accelerator pedal
may damage the transmission.
The repair will not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle
is stuck, do not spin the tires.
When stopping on a hill, use the
brakes to hold the vehicle in
place.
Low Traction Mode
If equipped, Low Traction Mode
assists in vehicle acceleration when
road conditions are slippery, such
as with ice or snow. While the
vehicle is at a stop, select L2 using
Range Selection Mode. This will
limit torque to the wheels and help
to prevent the tires from spinning.
Tow/Haul Mode
If equipped, Tow/Haul Mode adjusts
the transmission shift pattern to
reduce shift cycling. This provides
increased performance, vehicle
control, and transmission cooling
when driving down steep hills or
mountain grades, towing, or hauling
heavy loads.
Turn the Tow/Haul Mode on and off
by pressing the button on the center
stack. When the Tow/Haul Mode is
enabled, a light on the instrument
cluster will come on.
See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 124 and
Hill and Mountain Roads 0 165.
Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under
Towing Equipment 0 229.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
the Tow/Haul button activates the
exhaust brake system
simultaneously. See “Exhaust
Brake” in the Duramax diesel
supplement.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
188 Driving and Operating
Manual Transmission
If equipped with a manual
transmission, this is the shift
pattern.
Caution
Do not rest your hand on the shift
lever while driving. The pressure
could cause premature wear in
the transmission. The repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Caution
Do not rest your foot on the clutch
pedal while driving or while
stopped. The pressure can cause
premature wear in the clutch. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Caution
A transmission hot message may
display if the manual transmission
fluid is too hot. Driving at high
speed under this condition can
damage the vehicle. Drive at a
slower speed, or stop and idle the
engine to cool the manual
transmission fluid. The message
clears when the vehicle has
slowed and the transmission fluid
has cooled sufficiently.
To operate the manual transmission:
1 (First) : Press the clutch pedal
fully to the pedal stop and shift into
1 (First). Then, slowly let up on the
clutch pedal as you slowly press
down on the accelerator pedal.
You can shift into 1 (First) when you
are going less than 30 km/h
(20 mph). If you have come to a
complete stop and it is hard to shift
into 1 (First), put the shift lever in
Neutral and let up on the clutch.
Then press the clutch pedal back
down and shift into 1 (First).
2 (Second) : Press the clutch pedal
fully to the pedal stop while letting
up on the accelerator pedal and
shift into 2 (Second). Then, slowly
let up on the clutch pedal as you
press the accelerator pedal.
3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth) and
6 (Sixth) : Shift into 3 (Third),
4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth) and 6 (Sixth) the
same way you do for 2 (Second).
Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as
you press the accelerator pedal.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 189
To stop, let up on the accelerator
pedal and press the brake pedal.
Just before the vehicle stops, press
the clutch pedal and the brake
pedal, and shift to Neutral.
Neutral : Use this position when
you start or idle the engine.
R (Reverse) : To back up, with the
vehicle at a complete stop, press
the clutch pedal. Press down on
shift lever in the 3–4 Neutral
position, then shift into R (Reverse).
If it is hard to shift, let the shift lever
return to the 3–4 Neutral position
and release the clutch pedal. Then
follow the steps again to shift into
R (Reverse). Slowly let up on the
clutch pedal as you press the
accelerator pedal.
Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
vehicle is moving forward could
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
is stopped.
Use R (Reverse), along with the
parking brake, for parking the
vehicle.
Shift Speeds
{
Warning
If you skip a gear when
downshifting, you could lose
control of the vehicle. You could
injure yourself or others. Do not
shift down more than one gear at
a time when downshifting.
Shift Indicator
This light comes on when an
up-shift is recommended for best
fuel economy. The number
displayed with the arrow indicates
the recommended gear.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
190 Driving and Operating
Drive Systems
Four-Wheel Drive
If equipped, four-wheel drive
engages the front axle for extra
traction.
Caution
Do not drive on clean, dry
pavement in 4
m, or 4 n for an
extended period of time. These
conditions may cause:
.
Overheating.
.
Oil leakage.
.
Damage to internal and
external components of the
front axle.
.
Premature wear on the
vehicle’s powertrain.
Driving on clean, dry pavement in
4
m or 4 n may:
.
Cause a vibration to be felt in
the steering system.
.
Cause tires to wear faster.
.
Cause additional driveline noise.
{
Warning
If equipped with four-wheel drive,
the vehicle will be free to roll if the
transfer case is in N (Neutral),
even when the shift lever is in
P (Park). You or someone else
could be seriously injured. Be
sure the transfer case is in a drive
gear — 2
m, 4 m, or 4 n — or set the
parking brake before placing the
transfer case in N (Neutral). See
Shifting Into Park 0 179.
Caution
Extended high-speed operation in
4
n may damage or shorten the
life of the drivetrain.
Engagement noise and bump when
shifting between 4
n and 4 m or from
N (Neutral), with the engine running,
is normal.
Shifting into 4
n will turn Traction
Control and StabiliTrak/Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) off. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 199.
Electronic Transfer Case
Use the transfer case shift knob,
next to the steering wheel, to shift
into and out of four-wheel drive for
extra traction.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 191
All of the lights will flash on then off
momentarily when the ignition is
turned on. The light that remains on
will indicate the state of the
transfer case.
If the indicator mark on the shift
knob does not match up with the
light then that likely means the knob
was moved when the ignition
was off.
The indicator mark on the shift knob
must line up with the indicator light
before a shift can be commanded.
To command a shift rotate the
transfer case shift knob to the new
desired position. The light will flash
meaning that the shift is in progress.
When the shift is completed the new
position will be illuminated. If the
transfer case cannot complete a
shift command, it will go back to its
last chosen setting.
In extreme cold weather it may be
necessary to slow or stop the
vehicle to shift from 2
m to 4 m.
Delayed shifts from 4
m to 2 m may
be experienced due to uneven tire
wear, low tire pressure, high vehicle
loading, or cold temperatures.
Caution
Shifting the transmission into gear
before the requested mode
indicator light has stopped
flashing could damage the
transfer case.
The settings are:
N (Neutral) : Use only when the
vehicle needs to be towed.
See Recreational Vehicle Towing
0 315 or Towing the Vehicle 0 314.
2
m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use
for driving on most streets and
highways. The front axle is not
engaged. This setting provides the
best fuel economy.
4
n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This
setting engages the front axle and
delivers extra torque. Choose 4
n if
driving off-road in deep sand, deep
mud, or deep snow, and while
climbing or descending steep hills.
When engaged, keep vehicle speed
below 72 km/h (45 mph).
Shifting into 4
n will turn Traction
Control and StabiliTrak/ESC off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 199.
4
m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use
when extra traction is needed. The
front axle engages and helps when
driving on snowy or icy roads, and
when off-roading. The vehicle can
be shifted from 2
m to 4 m while the
vehicle is moving.
Shifting Into 4
m
Turn the knob to 4 m at any speed
up to 121 km/h (75 mph), except
from 4
n. The indicator light will flash
while shifting and will remain on the
selected setting.
Shifting Into 2
m
Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed,
except when shifting from 4
n.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
192 Driving and Operating
Shifting Into 4 n
When 4 n is engaged, vehicle speed
should be kept below 72 km/h
(45 mph).
1. The ignition must be on and
the vehicle must be stopped or
moving less than 5 km/h
(3 mph) with the transmission
in N (Neutral). It is best for the
vehicle to be moving
1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
2. Turn the knob to 4
n. Wait for
the 4
n indicator light to stop
flashing before shifting the
transmission into gear.
If the transmission is in gear and/or
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph),
the 4
n indicator light will flash for
30 seconds, but will not complete
the shift. After 30 seconds the
transfer case will shift to 4
m. Turn
the knob to 4
m to see the indicator.
With the vehicle moving less than
5 km/h (3 mph), and the
transmission in N (Neutral), attempt
the shift again.
Shifting Out of 4
n
1. To shift out of 4 n the vehicle
must be stopped or moving
less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with
the transmission in N (Neutral)
and the ignition on. It is best for
the vehicle to be moving
1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
2. Turn the knob to 4
m or 2 m.
Wait for the 4
m or 2 m indicator
light to stop flashing before
shifting the transmission
into gear.
If the transmission is in gear and/or
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph),
the 4
m or 2 m indicator light will flash
for 30 seconds, but will not complete
the shift. With the vehicle moving
less than 5 km/h (3 mph), and the
transmission in N (Neutral), attempt
the shift again.
Shifting Into N (Neutral)
To shift:
1. Park the vehicle on a level
surface.
2. Set the parking brake and
press and hold the brake
pedal. See Parking Brake
0 197.
3. Start the vehicle or turn the
ignition on.
4. Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).
5. Shift the transfer case to 2
m.
6. Turn the transfer case knob
clockwise past the 4
n detent to
N (Neutral) until it stops and
hold it there until the
N (Neutral) light starts flashing.
This will take at least
10 seconds. Then slowly
release the knob to the 4
n
position. The N (Neutral) light
will come on when the transfer
case shift to N (Neutral) is
complete.
7. With the engine running, verify
that the transfer case is in
N (Neutral) by shifting the
transmission to R (Reverse),
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 193
then to D (Drive). There should
be no movement of the vehicle
while shifting the transmission.
8. Turn the engine off, and the
ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.
9. Place the transmission shift
lever in P (Park). See
Recreational Vehicle Towing
0 315.
Shifting Out of N (Neutral)
To shift:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition on with the
engine off.
3. Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).
4. Turn the transfer case shift
knob to 2
m.
After the transfer case has
shifted out of N (Neutral), the
N (Neutral) light will go out.
5. Shift to P (Park).
Caution
Shifting the transmission into gear
before the requested mode
indicator light has stopped
flashing could damage the
transfer case.
6. Release the parking brake.
Automatic Transfer Case
Except ZR2
ZR2 Only
For ZR2 locking axle information,
see Locking Rear Axle 0 203 and
Locking Front Axle 0 204.
For ZR2 Off-Road Mode
information, see Driver Mode
Control 0 202.
Use the transfer case shift knob
next to the steering wheel to shift
into and out of four-wheel drive.
All of the lights will flash on then off
momentarily when the ignition is
turned on. The light that remains on
will indicate the state of the
transfer case.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
194 Driving and Operating
If the indicator mark on the knob
does not match up with the light
then that likely means the knob was
moved when the ignition was off.
The indicator mark on the knob
must line up with the indicator light
before a shift can be commanded.
To command a shift rotate the
transfer case shift knob to the new
desired position. The light will flash
meaning that the shift is in progress.
When the shift is completed the new
position will be illuminated. If the
transfer case cannot complete a
shift command, it will go back to its
last chosen setting.
The settings are:
N (Neutral) : Use only when the
vehicle needs to be towed.
See Recreational Vehicle Towing
0 315 or Towing the Vehicle 0 314.
2
m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use
for driving on most streets and
highways. The front axle is not
engaged. This setting provides the
best fuel economy.
AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel
Drive) : Use when road surface
conditions are variable. When
driving in AUTO, the front axle is
engaged, and the vehicle's power is
sent to the front and rear wheels
automatically based on driving
conditions. This setting provides
slightly lower fuel economy than 2
m.
Do not use AUTO mode,
if equipped, to park on a steep
grade with poor traction such as ice,
snow, mud, or gravel. In AUTO
mode only the rear wheels will hold
the vehicle from sliding when
parked. If parking on a steep grade,
use 4
m to keep all four wheels
engaged.
4
m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : This
setting engages the front axle. Use
this position when extra traction is
needed, such as when driving on
snowy or icy roads, or when
off-roading.
4
n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This
setting engages the front axle and
delivers extra torque. Choose 4
n
when driving off-road in deep sand,
deep mud, or deep snow, and while
climbing or descending steep hills.
Shifting into 4
n will turn Traction
Control and StabiliTrak/ESC off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 199.
Shifting Into 4
m or AUTO
Turn the knob to the 4
m or AUTO
position at any speed, except from
4
n. The indicator light will flash
while shifting and will remain on
when the shift is completed.
Shifting Into 2
m
Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed,
except when shifting from 4
n. The
indicator light will flash while shifting
and will remain on when the shift is
completed.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 195
Shifting Into 4 n
When 4 n is engaged, keep vehicle
speed below 72 km/h (45 mph).
To shift into 4
n:
1. The ignition must be on and
the vehicle must be stopped or
moving less than 5 km/h
(3 mph) with the transmission
in N (Neutral). It is best for the
vehicle to be moving
1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
2. Turn the knob to 4
n. Wait for
the 4
n indicator light to stop
flashing before shifting the
transmission into gear.
Caution
Shifting the transmission into gear
before the requested mode
indicator light has stopped
flashing could damage the
transfer case.
If the transmission is in gear and/or
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph),
the 4
n indicator light will flash for
30 seconds, but will not complete
the shift. After 30 seconds the
transfer case will shift to 4
m. Turn
the knob to 4
m to display the
indicator. With the vehicle moving
less than 5 km/h (3 mph), and the
transmission in N (Neutral), attempt
the shift again.
Shifting Out of 4
n
To shift:
1. The vehicle must be stopped or
moving less than 5 km/h
(3 mph) with the transmission
in N (Neutral) and the ignition
on. It is best for the
vehicle to be moving
1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
2. Turn the knob to 4
m, AUTO,
or 2
m. Wait for the 4 m, AUTO,
or 2
m indicator light to stop
flashing before shifting the
transmission into gear.
Caution
Shifting the transmission into gear
before the requested mode
indicator light has stopped
flashing could damage the
transfer case.
If the transmission is in gear and/or
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph),
the 4
m, AUTO, or 2 m indicator light
will flash for 30 seconds but will not
complete the shift. With the vehicle
moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph),
and the transmission in N (Neutral),
attempt the shift again.
Shifting Into N (Neutral)
To shift:
1. Park the vehicle on a level
surface.
2. Set the parking brake and
press and hold the brake
pedal. See Parking Brake
0 197.
3. Start the vehicle or turn the
ignition on.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
196 Driving and Operating
4. Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).
5. Shift the transfer case to 2
m.
6. Turn the transfer case shift
knob clockwise past the 4
n
detent to N (Neutral) until it
stops and hold it there until the
N (Neutral) light starts flashing.
This will take at least
10 seconds. Then slowly
release the knob to the 4
n
position. The N (Neutral) light
will come on when the transfer
case shift to N (Neutral) is
complete.
7. With the engine running, verify
that the transfer case is in
N (Neutral) by shifting the
transmission to R (Reverse),
then shift the transmission to
D (Drive). There should be no
movement of the vehicle while
shifting the transmission.
8. Turn the engine off, and the
ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.
9. Place the transmission shift
lever in P (Park).
Shifting Out of N (Neutral)
To shift:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition on with the
engine off.
3. Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).
4. Turn the transfer case shift
knob to 2
m.
After the transfer case has
shifted out of N (Neutral), the
N (Neutral) light will go out and
the new 2
m state will be
displayed.
5. Place the transmission shift
lever in P (Park).
6. Release the parking brake.
Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS)
This vehicle has an Antilock Brake
System (ABS), an advanced
electronic braking system that helps
prevent a braking skid.
When the vehicle begins to drive
away, ABS checks itself.
A momentary motor or clicking noise
may be heard while this test is going
on, and it may even be noticed that
the brake pedal moves a little. This
is normal.
If there is a problem with ABS, this
warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
0 123.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 197
If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
brakes and continue braking to
avoid a sudden obstacle, a
computer senses the wheels are
slowing down. If one of the wheels
is about to stop rolling, the computer
will separately work the brakes at
each wheel.
ABS can change the brake pressure
to each wheel, as required, faster
than any driver could. This can help
you steer around the obstacle while
braking hard.
As the brakes are applied, the
computer keeps receiving updates
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.
Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
the brake pedal down firmly and let
ABS work. You may hear the ABS
pump or motor operating and feel
the brake pedal pulsate. This is
normal.
Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows you to steer and brake
at the same time. In many
emergencies, steering can help
more than even the very best
braking.
Parking Brake
Set the parking brake by holding the
regular brake pedal down, then
pushing down the parking brake
pedal.
If the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light will come on.
See Brake System Warning Light
0 122.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
198 Driving and Operating
Caution
Driving with the parking brake on
can overheat the brake system
and cause premature wear or
damage to brake system parts.
Make sure that the parking brake
is fully released and the brake
warning light is off before driving.
To release the parking brake, hold
the regular brake pedal down, then
push down momentarily on the
parking brake pedal until you feel
the pedal release. Slowly pull your
foot up off the parking brake pedal.
If the parking brake is not released
when you begin to drive, the brake
system warning light will flash and a
chime will sound warning you that
the parking brake is still on.
If you are towing a trailer and are
parking on a hill, see Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips
0 218.
Brake Assist
The Brake Assist feature is
designed to assist the driver in
stopping or decreasing vehicle
speed in emergency driving
conditions. This feature uses the
stability system hydraulic brake
control module to supplement the
power brake system under
conditions where the driver has
quickly and forcefully applied the
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly
stop or slow down the vehicle. The
stability system hydraulic brake
control module increases brake
pressure at each corner of the
vehicle until the ABS activates.
Minor brake pedal pulsation or
pedal movement during this time is
normal and the driver should
continue to apply the brake pedal as
the driving situation dictates. The
Brake Assist feature will
automatically disengage when the
brake pedal is released or brake
pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.
Hill Start Assist (HSA)
This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist
(HSA) feature, which may be useful
when the vehicle is stopped on a
grade sufficient enough to activate
HSA. This feature is designed to
prevent the vehicle from rolling,
either forward or rearward, during
vehicle drive off. After the driver
completely stops and holds the
vehicle in a complete standstill on a
grade, HSA will be automatically
activated. During the transition
period between when the driver
releases the brake pedal and starts
to accelerate to drive off on a grade,
HSA holds the braking pressure for
a maximum of two seconds to
ensure that there is no rolling. The
brakes will automatically release
when the accelerator pedal is
applied within the two-second
window. It will not activate if the
vehicle is in a drive gear and facing
downhill, or if the vehicle is facing
uphill and in R (Reverse).
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 199
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
System Operation
The vehicle has a Traction Control
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak/
Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
an electronic stability control
system. These systems help limit
wheel spin and assist the driver in
maintaining control, especially on
slippery road conditions.
TCS activates if it senses that any
of the drive wheels are spinning or
beginning to lose traction. When this
happens, TCS applies the brakes to
the spinning wheels and reduces
engine power to limit wheel spin.
StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the
vehicle senses a difference between
the intended path and the direction
the vehicle is actually traveling.
StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the
vehicle wheel brakes to assist the
driver in keeping the vehicle on the
intended path.
If cruise control is being used and
TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to
limit wheel spin, cruise control will
disengage. Cruise control may be
turned back on when road
conditions allow.
Both systems come on
automatically when the vehicle is
started and begins to move. The
systems may be heard or felt while
they are operating or while
performing diagnostic checks. This
is normal and does not mean there
is a problem with the vehicle.
It is recommended to leave both
systems on for normal driving
conditions, but it may be necessary
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 167
and “Turning the Systems Off and
On” later in this section.
When the transfer case (if equipped)
is in 4
n, the stability system is
automatically disabled, and
g
comes on in the instrument cluster.
Both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC are
automatically disabled.
The indicator light for both systems
is in the instrument cluster. This
light will:
.
Flash when TCS is limiting
wheel spin.
.
Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is
activated.
.
Turn on and stay on when either
system is not working.
If either system fails to turn on or to
activate, a message displays in the
Driver Information Center (DIC), and
d comes on and stays on to
indicate that the system is inactive
and is not assisting the driver in
maintaining control. The vehicle is
safe to drive, but driving should be
adjusted accordingly.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
200 Driving and Operating
If d comes on and stays on:
1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
3. Start the engine.
Drive the vehicle. If
d comes on
and stays on, the vehicle may need
more time to diagnose the problem.
If the condition persists, see your
dealer.
Turning the Systems Off and
On (Except ZR2)
The button for TCS and StabiliTrak/
ESC is on the center stack.
Caution
Do not repeatedly brake or
accelerate heavily when TCS is
off. The vehicle driveline could be
damaged.
To turn off only TCS, press and
release
g. The Traction Off light i
displays in the instrument cluster. To
turn TCS on again, press and
release
g. The Traction Off light i
in the instrument cluster will turn off.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when
g
is pressed, the system will not turn
off until the wheels stop spinning.
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/
ESC, press and hold
g until the
Traction Off light
i and StabiliTrak/
ESC Off light
g come on and stay
on in the instrument cluster. To turn
TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again,
press and release
g. The Traction
Off light
i and StabiliTrak/ESC Off
light
g in the instrument cluster
turn off.
StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically
turn on if the vehicle exceeds
56 km/h (35 mph). TCS will remain
off until
g is pressed or until the
ignition is turned off and then
back on.
Adding accessories can affect the
vehicle performance. See
Accessories and Modifications
0 241.
Turning the Systems Off and
On (ZR2 Only)
The button for TCS and StabiliTrak/
ESC is on the center stack.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 201
Caution
Do not repeatedly brake or
accelerate heavily when TCS is
off. The vehicle driveline could be
damaged.
To turn off only TCS, press and
release
g. The Traction Off light i
and StabiliTrak/ESC Off light g
display in the instrument cluster. To
turn TCS on again, press and
release
g. The Traction Off light i
and StabiliTrak/ESC Off light g in
the instrument cluster will turn off.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when
g
is pressed, the system will not turn
off until the wheels stop spinning.
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/
ESC, press and hold
g until the
Traction Off light
i and StabiliTrak/
ESC Off light
g come on and stay
on in the instrument cluster. To turn
TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again,
press and release
g. The Traction
Off light
i and StabiliTrak/ESC Off
light
g in the instrument cluster
turn off.
StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically
turn on if the vehicle exceeds
56 km/h (35 mph). TCS will remain
off until
g is pressed or until the
ignition is turned off and then
back on.
Adding accessories can affect the
vehicle performance. See
Accessories and Modifications
0 241.
Stability Control Interaction
with Off-Road Mode (ZR2 Only)
The TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC
calibrations are different while in
Off-Road Mode. They provide
optimum performance in an off-road
environment.
Pressing and releasing
g while in
Off-Road Mode disables TCS and
changes the StabiliTrak/ESC
calibration to allow a greater
difference between vehicle path and
intended path. This reduces the
amount of correction StabiliTrak/
ESC will provide in the event the
vehicle is not traveling on the
intended path.
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/
ESC, press and hold
g until a
StabiliTrak/ESC off message
displays in the instrument cluster. To
turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on
again, press and release
g. i
and g in the instrument cluster will
turn off.
StabiliTrak/ESC will not
automatically turn on while in
Off-Road Mode. TCS and
StabiliTrak/ESC will remain off in
Off-Road Mode until
g is pressed or
the ignition is turned off and then
back on.
Hill Descent
Control (HDC)
If equipped, HDC can be used when
driving downhill. It sets and
maintains vehicle speed while
descending a very steep incline in a
forward or reverse gear.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
202 Driving and Operating
The HDC switch is on the center
stack, below the climate controls.
Press
5 to enable or disable HDC.
Vehicle speed must be below
60 km/h (37 mph).
The HDC light displays on the
instrument cluster when enabled.
HDC can maintain vehicle speeds
between 4 and 30 km/h (3 and
19 mph) on an incline greater than
or equal to a 10% grade. A blinking
HDC light indicates that the system
is actively applying the brakes to
maintain vehicle speed.
When HDC is set, that is the initial
set speed. It can be increased or
decreased by applying the
accelerator or brake pedal. Smaller
HDC speed control adjustments are
accomplished using the cruise up or
down buttons. Each tap of the
+RES will increase the set speed by
0.8 km/h (0.5 mph), while each tap
of the SET– will decrease the set
speed by 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph). This
adjusted speed becomes the new
set speed.
HDC will remain enabled between
30 and 60 km/h (19 and 37 mph),
however vehicle speed cannot be
set or maintained in this range.
It will automatically disable if the
vehicle speed is above 80 km/h
(50 mph) or above 60 km/h
(37 mph) for at least 30 seconds.
5
must be pressed again to
re-enable HDC.
When enabled, if the vehicle is at a
speed above 30 km/h (19 mph) and
less than 60 km/h (37 mph), a DIC
message will display instructing the
driver to reduce speed for HDC
operation.
Cruise control will not function while
HDC is enabled and vehicle speed
is below 40 km/h (25 mph).
Driver Mode Control
If equipped, the Off-Road Driving
Mode attempts to maximize
performance on terrain with limited
traction. It is turned on by pressing
and releasing
7 on the center of
the transfer case knob next to the
steering wheel. The Off-Road Mode
is accessible in all transfer case
modes and is turned off
automatically when the ignition is
turned off.
Transfer Case Knob with
Off-Road Mode
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 203
Off-Road Mode facilitates limited
traction driving by:
.
Modifying the sensitivity of the
accelerator pedal for fine linear
control of torque on uneven
terrain.
.
Modifying the transmission shift
map to hold gears for longer, in
order to limit slip while driving
over obstacles.
.
Optimizing the performance of
the antilock brake (ABS),
Traction Control System (TCS)
and StabiliTrak/Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) systems
on slippery surfaces.
For more information, on disabling
the TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC
systems see Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 199.
Off-Road Mode also interacts with
the axle locking system. It allows
the vehicle to travel at higher
speeds with a locked rear axle. See
Locking Rear Axle 0 203.
Limited-Slip Differential
If equipped, the limited-slip
differential can give more traction on
snow, mud, ice, sand, or gravel.
It works like a standard axle most of
the time, but when traction is low,
this feature allows the drive wheel
with the most traction to move the
vehicle. For vehicles with the
limited-slip differential, driven under
severe conditions, the rear axle fluid
should be changed. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 331.
Locking Rear Axle
If equipped, the locking rear axle
can give the vehicle additional
traction from the rear wheels when
traveling in off-road situations such
as mud, snow, steep hills, and
uneven terrain.
Caution
If you try to lock the axle while the
vehicle is stuck and the tires are
spinning, the vehicle’s drivetrain
could be damaged. The repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always lock the
axle before attempting situations
and/or navigating terrain that
could cause the vehicle to
become stuck.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
204 Driving and Operating
Caution
If the vehicle’s axle is locked
while driving on pavement, the
drivetrain could be damaged.
Repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Do not use
the locking axle on pavement.
Before the front axle can be locked,
the rear axle must be locked and
the transfer case must be in 4
n.
To lock the rear axle:
1. Press the rear axle locking
switch with the vehicle moving
less than 40 km/h (25 mph).
2. Wait for the light in the switch
to stop flashing and remain
illuminated to show that the
rear axle is locked.
The locking rear axle will be
disengaged when the vehicle speed
exceeds 40 km/h (25 mph). The
Off-Road Mode allows the axle lock
to remain engaged at higher vehicle
speeds.
After pressing the switch to unlock
the axle, it may remain locked due
to torque in the driveline. The axle is
more easily unlocked by turning the
steering wheel to the right and to
the left while traveling at a low
speed.
Locking Front Axle
If equipped, the locking front axle
can give the vehicle additional
traction when traveling in off-road
situations such as mud, snow, steep
hills, and uneven terrain.
Caution
If you try to lock the axle while the
vehicle is stuck and the tires are
spinning, the vehicle’s drivetrain
could be damaged. The repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always lock the
axle before attempting situations
and/or navigating terrain that
could cause the vehicle to
become stuck.
Caution
If the vehicle’s axle is locked
while driving on pavement, the
drivetrain could be damaged.
Repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Do not use
the locking axle on pavement.
Before the front axle can be locked,
the rear axle must be locked and
the transfer case must be in 4
n.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 205
To lock the front and rear axles:
1. Place the transfer case in 4
n.
This is the only mode that
allows the front axle to lock.
See Four-Wheel Drive 0 190
for more information regarding
the transfer case and
four-wheel drive low operation.
2. Press the rear axle locking
switch with the vehicle stopped
or moving less than 40 km/h
(25 mph).
3. Wait for the light in the switch
to stop flashing and remain
illuminated to show that the
rear axle is locked.
4. Press the front axle locking
switch with the vehicle stopped
or moving less than 40 km/h
(25 mph).
5. Wait for the light in the switch
to stop flashing and remain
illuminated to show that the
front axle is locked.
Engagement of the front axle
lock will disable the Antilock
Brake System (ABS) and
illuminate the ABS warning
light. Hill Decent Control (HDC)
will also be disabled.
The locking front axle will be
disengaged when the vehicle speed
exceeds 40 km/h (25 mph) or the
transfer case is shifted out of 4
n.
ABS will be automatically enabled
and the ABS warning light will turn
off when the locking front axle is
disengaged.
If HDC was enabled prior to axle
lock, it will be automatically enabled
when the locking front axle is
disengaged.
After pressing the switch to unlock
the axle, it may remain locked due
to torque in the driveline. The axle is
more easily unlocked by turning the
steering wheel to the right and to
the left while traveling at a low
speed.
Cruise Control
With cruise control a speed of about
40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be
maintained without keeping your
foot on the accelerator. Cruise
control does not work at speeds
below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
{
Warning
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at
a steady speed. Do not use
cruise control on winding roads or
in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
206 Driving and Operating
If equipped with a manual
transmission, the cruise control will
remain active when the gears are
shifted. The cruise is deactivated if
the clutch is pressed for several
seconds. If the cruise control is
being used and the Traction Control
(TCS) system or StabiliTrak/
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
begins to limit wheel spin, the cruise
control will automatically disengage.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 199. If a collision
alert occurs when cruise control is
activated, cruise control is
disengaged. See Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) System 0 212. When
road conditions allow you to safely
use it again, cruise control can be
turned back on.
If equipped with Hill Descent Control
(HDC), the cruise control will
disengage if HDC is active.
If the brakes are applied, the cruise
control disengages.
5 : Press to turn the system on or
off. A white indicator comes on in
the instrument cluster when cruise
control is turned on.
+RES : If there is a set speed in
memory, press briefly to resume to
that speed or press and hold to
accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
SET− : Press briefly to set the
speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease vehicle speed.
* : Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
Setting Cruise Control
If
5 is on when not in use, SET− or
+RES could get pressed and go into
cruise when not desired. Keep
5
off when cruise is not being used.
1. Press
5 to turn the cruise
system on.
2. Get up to the desired speed.
3. Press and release SET−.
4. Remove foot from the
accelerator.
The cruise control indicator on the
instrument cluster turns green after
cruise control has been set to the
desired speed. See Instrument
Cluster (Base Level) 0 112 or
Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 114.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 207
Resuming a Set Speed
If the cruise control is set at a
desired speed and then the brakes
are applied or
* is pressed, the
cruise control is disengaged without
erasing the set speed from memory.
Once the vehicle speed reaches
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,
press +RES briefly. The vehicle
returns to the previous set speed.
Increasing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
.
Press and hold +RES until the
desired speed is reached, then
release it.
.
To increase vehicle speed in
small increments, briefly press
+RES. For each press, the
vehicle goes about 1 km/h
(1 mph) faster.
The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Base Level) 0 129 or Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 131. The increment value used
depends on the units displayed.
Reducing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
.
Press and hold SET– until the
desired lower speed is reached,
then release it.
.
To slow down in small
increments, briefly press SET– .
For each press, the vehicle goes
about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.
The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Base Level) 0 129 or Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 131. The increment value used
depends on the units displayed.
Passing Another Vehicle While
Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to
increase the vehicle speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, the
vehicle will slow down to the
previous set cruise speed. While
pressing the accelerator pedal or
shortly following the release to
override cruise control, briefly
pressing SET– will result in cruise
control set to the current vehicle
speed.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well the cruise control will work
on hills depends on the vehicle
speed, load, and the steepness of
the hills. When going up steep hills,
you might have to step on the
accelerator pedal to maintain your
speed. When going downhill, you
might have to brake or shift to a
lower gear to keep your speed
down. If the brake pedal is applied,
cruise control will disengage.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
208 Driving and Operating
Ending Cruise Control
There are four ways to end cruise
control:
.
Step lightly on the brake pedal.
.
Press
*.
.
Press the clutch pedal for
several seconds or shift the
transmission to N (Neutral).
.
To turn off cruise control,
press
5.
Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is
erased from memory if
5 is pressed
or if the ignition is turned off.
Driver Assistance
Systems
This vehicle may have features that
work together to help avoid crashes
or reduce crash damage while
driving, backing, and parking. Read
this entire section before using
these systems.
{
Warning
Do not rely on the Driver
Assistance Systems. These
systems do not replace the need
for paying attention and driving
safely. You may not hear or see
alerts or warnings provided by
these systems. Failure to use
proper care when driving may
result in injury, death, or vehicle
damage. See Defensive Driving
0 157.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Under many conditions, these
systems will not:
.
Detect children,
pedestrians, bicyclists,
or animals.
.
Detect vehicles or objects
outside the area monitored
by the system.
.
Work at all driving speeds.
.
Warn you or provide you
with enough time to avoid a
crash.
.
Work under poor visibility or
bad weather conditions.
.
Work if the detection sensor
is not cleaned or is covered
by ice, snow, mud, or dirt.
.
Work if the detection sensor
is covered up, such as with
a sticker, magnet, or metal
plate.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 209
Warning (Continued)
.
Work if the area surrounding
the detection sensor is
damaged or not properly
repaired.
Complete attention is always
required while driving, and you
should be ready to take action
and apply the brakes and/or steer
the vehicle to avoid crashes.
Audible Alert
Some driver assistance features
alert the driver of obstacles by
beeping. To change the volume of
the warning chime, see “Comfort
and Convenience” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 136.
Cleaning
Depending on vehicle options, keep
these areas of the vehicle clean to
ensure the best driver assistance
feature performance. Driver
Information Center (DIC) messages
may display when the systems are
unavailable or blocked.
.
Front and rear bumpers and the
area below the bumpers
.
Front grille and headlamps
.
Front camera lens in the front
grille or near the front emblem
.
Front side and rear side panels
.
Outside of the windshield in front
of the rearview mirror
.
Side camera lens on the bottom
of the outside mirrors
.
Rear side corner bumpers
.
Rear Vision Camera above the
license plate
Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing
If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera
(RVC) and Rear Park Assist (RPA)
may help the driver park or avoid
objects. Always check around the
vehicle when parking or backing.
Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
When the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse), the RVC displays an
image of the area behind the vehicle
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
210 Driving and Operating
in the infotainment display. The
previous screen displays when the
vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)
after a short delay. To return to the
previous screen sooner, press any
button on the infotainment system,
shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle
speed of approximately 12 km/h (8
mph). Select the guidance lines
button on the infotainment display to
turn guidance lines on or off.
The RVC is under the tailgate
handle. The RVC will not work
properly if the tailgate is down.
1. View Displayed by the
Camera
1. View Displayed by the
Camera
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper
Displayed images may be farther or
closer than they appear. The area
displayed is limited and objects that
are close to either corner of the
bumper or under the bumper do not
display.
A warning triangle may display to
show that RPA has detected an
object. This triangle changes from
amber to red and increases in size
the closer the object.
{
Warning
The camera(s) do not display
children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
crossing traffic, animals, or any
other object outside of the
cameras’ field of view, below the
bumper, or under the vehicle.
Shown distances may be different
from actual distances. Do not
drive or park the vehicle using
only these camera(s). Always
check behind and around the
vehicle before driving. Failure to
use proper care may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.
Hitch Guidance
This feature displays a single,
centered guideline on the camera
display to assist with aligning a
vehicle’s hitch ball with a trailer
coupler. Select the trailer guidance
line button, then align the trailer
guidance line over the trailer
coupler. Continuously steer the
vehicle to keep the guidance line
centered on the coupler when
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 211
backing. RVC Park Assist overlays
will not display when the trailer
guidance line is active. Hitch
Guidance is only available in
Standard View.
To check the trailer when in a
forward gear above 12 km/h
(8 mph), touch CAMERA on the
infotainment display to view the rear
camera. Touch X to exit the view or
it will be removed automatically after
eight seconds.
{
Warning
Use Hitch Guidance only to help
back the vehicle to a trailer hitch
or, when travelling above 12 km/h
(8 mph), to briefly check the
status of your trailer. Do not use
for any other purpose, such as
making lane change decisions.
Before making a lane change,
always check the mirrors and
glance over your shoulder.
Improper use could result in
serious injury to you or others.
Park Assist
With RPA, as the vehicle backs up
at speeds of less than 8 km/h
(5 mph), the sensors on the rear
bumper may detect objects up to
2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle within
a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off the
ground and below bumper level.
These detection distances may be
shorter during warmer or humid
weather.
Blocked sensors will not detect
objects and can also cause false
detections. Keep the sensors clean
of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush;
and clean sensors after a car wash
in freezing temperatures.
{
Warning
The Park Assist system does not
detect children, pedestrians,
bicyclists, animals, or objects
below the bumper or that are too
close or too far from the vehicle.
It is not available at speeds
greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
prevent injury, death, or vehicle
damage, even with Park Assist,
always check the area around the
vehicle and check all mirrors
before backing.
The instrument cluster may have a
park assist display with bars that
show “distance to object” and object
location information for RPA. As the
object gets closer, more bars light
up and the bars change color from
yellow to amber to red.
When an object is first detected in
the rear, one beep will be heard
from the rear. When an object is
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
212 Driving and Operating
very close, <0.6 m (2 ft) in the
vehicle rear, continuous beeps will
sound from the rear.
Turning the Features On or Off
RPA can be turned on and off. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 136.
Turn off RPA when towing a trailer.
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System
If equipped, the FCA system may
help to avoid or reduce the harm
caused by front-end crashes. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
alert on the windshield, and rapidly
beeps. FCA also lights an amber
visual alert if following another
vehicle much too closely.
FCA detects vehicles within a
distance of approximately 60 m
(197 ft) and operates at speeds
above 40 km/h (25 mph).
{
Warning
FCA is a warning system and
does not apply the brakes. When
approaching a slower-moving or
stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
or when following a vehicle too
closely, FCA may not provide a
warning with enough time to help
avoid a crash. It also may not
provide any warning at all. FCA
does not warn of pedestrians,
animals, signs, guardrails,
bridges, construction barrels,
or other objects. Be ready to take
action and apply the brakes. See
Defensive Driving 0 157.
FCA can be disabled with either the
FCA steering wheel control or,
if equipped, through vehicle
personalization. See “Collision/
Detection Systems” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 136.
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
FCA warnings will not occur unless
the FCA system detects a vehicle
ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
the vehicle ahead indicator will
display green. Vehicles may not be
detected on curves, highway exit
ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
or if a vehicle ahead is partially
blocked by pedestrians or other
objects. FCA will not detect another
vehicle ahead until it is completely
in the driving lane.
{
Warning
FCA does not provide a warning
to help avoid a crash, unless it
detects a vehicle. FCA may not
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 213
Warning (Continued)
or ice, or if the windshield is
damaged. It may also not detect a
vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
or in conditions that can limit
visibility such as fog, rain,
or snow, or if the headlamps or
windshield are not cleaned or in
proper condition. Keep the
windshield, headlamps, and FCA
sensors clean and in good repair.
Collision Alert
When your vehicle approaches
another detected vehicle too rapidly,
the red lights will flash on the
windshield. Also, eight rapid
high-pitched beeps will sound from
the front. When this Collision Alert
occurs, the brake system may
prepare for driver braking to occur
more rapidly which can cause a
brief, mild deceleration. Continue to
apply the brake pedal as needed.
Cruise control may be disengaged
when the Collision Alert occurs.
Tailgating Alert
The vehicle ahead indicator will
display amber when you are
following a detected vehicle ahead
much too closely.
Selecting the Alert Timing
The Collision Alert control is on the
steering wheel. Press
[ to set the
FCA timing to Far, Medium, Near,
or Off. The first button press shows
the current setting on the DIC.
Additional button presses will
change this setting. The chosen
setting will remain until it is changed
and will affect the timing of both the
Collision Alert and the Tailgating
Alert features. The timing of both
alerts will vary based on vehicle
speed. The faster the vehicle speed,
the farther away the alert will occur.
Consider traffic and weather
conditions when selecting the alert
timing. The range of selectable alert
timing may not be appropriate for all
drivers and driving conditions.
Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may provide unnecessary
alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles
in other lanes, objects that are not
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
are normal operation and the
vehicle does not need service.
Cleaning the System
If the FCA system does not seem to
operate properly, this may correct
the issue:
.
Clean the outside of the
windshield in front of the
rearview mirror.
.
Clean the entire front of the
vehicle.
.
Clean the headlamps.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
214 Driving and Operating
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)
If equipped, LDW may help avoid
crashes due to unintentional lane
departures. It may provide an alert if
the vehicle is crossing a lane
marking without using a turn signal
in that direction. LDW uses a
camera sensor to detect the lane
markings at speeds of 56 km/h
(35 mph) or greater.
{
Warning
The LDW system does not steer
the vehicle. The LDW system
may not:
.
Provide enough time to
avoid a crash.
.
Detect lane markings under
poor weather or visibility
conditions. This can occur if
the windshield or
headlamps are blocked by
dirt, snow, or ice; if they are
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
not in proper condition; or if
the sun shines directly into
the camera.
.
Detect road edges.
.
Detect lanes on winding or
hilly roads.
If LDW only detects lane
markings on one side of the road,
it will only warn you when
departing the lane on the side
where it has detected a lane
marking. Always keep your
attention on the road and
maintain proper vehicle position
within the lane, or vehicle
damage, injury, or death could
occur. Always keep the
windshield, headlamps, and
camera sensors clean and in
good repair. Do not use LDW in
bad weather conditions.
How the System Works
The LDW camera sensor is on the
windshield ahead of the rearview
mirror.
To turn LDW on and off, press
@ on
the center stack. The control
indicator will light when LDW is on.
When LDW is on, @ is green if
LDW is available to warn of a lane
departure. If the vehicle crosses a
detected lane marking without using
the turn signal in that direction,
@
changes to amber and flashes.
Additionally, there will be three
beeps on the right or left, depending
on the lane departure direction.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 215
When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
The system may not detect lanes as
well when there are:
.
Close vehicles ahead.
.
Sudden lighting changes, such
as when driving through tunnels.
.
Banked roads.
If the LDW system is not functioning
properly when lane markings are
clearly visible, cleaning the
windshield may help.
LDW alerts may occur due to tar
marks, shadows, cracks in the road,
temporary or construction lane
markings, or other road
imperfections. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not need
service. Turn LDW off if these
conditions continue.
Fuel
Top Tier Fuel
GM recommends the use of TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline to keep
the engine clean, reduce engine
deposits, and maintain optimal
vehicle performance. Look for the
TOP TIER Logo or see
www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline marketers
and applicable countries.
Recommended Fuel
For diesel engine vehicles, see
“Fuel for Diesel Engines” in the
Duramax diesel supplement.
Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or
FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with
ethanol levels greater than 15% by
volume.
Use regular unleaded gasoline
meeting ASTM specification D4814
with a posted octane rating of 87 or
higher. Do not use gasoline with a
posted octane rating of less than 87,
as this may cause engine knock and
will lower fuel economy.
Prohibited Fuels
Caution
Do not use fuels with any of the
following conditions; doing so
may damage the vehicle and void
its warranty:
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
216 Driving and Operating
Caution (Continued)
.
For vehicles that are not
FlexFuel, fuel labeled
greater than 15% ethanol by
volume, such as mid-level
ethanol blends (16–50%
ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.
.
Fuel with any amount of
methanol, methylal,
ferrocene, and aniline.
These fuels can corrode
metal fuel system parts or
damage plastic and rubber
parts.
.
Fuel containing metals such
as methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl
(MMT), which can damage
the emissions control
system and spark plugs.
.
Fuel with a posted octane
rating of less than the
recommended fuel. Using
this fuel will lower fuel
economy and performance,
and may decrease the life of
the emissions catalyst.
Fuels in Foreign
Countries
The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post
fuel octane ratings in anti-knock
index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a
foreign country, see Prohibited
Fuels 0 215.
Fuel Additives
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
highly recommended for use with
your vehicle. If your country does
not have TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel
System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to
the vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at
every oil change or 15,000 km
(9,000 mi), whichever occurs first.
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and
ACDelco Fuel System Treatment
Plus−Gasoline will help keep your
vehicle’s engine fuel deposit free
and performing optimally.
Filling the Tank
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see “Filling the Tank” in the
Duramax diesel supplement.
{
Warning
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
violently and can cause injury or
death.
Follow these guidelines:
.
To help avoid injuries to you
and others, read and follow
all the instructions on the
fuel pump island.
.
Turn off the engine when
refueling.
.
Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away
from fuel.
.
Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended.
.
Avoid using electronic
devices while refueling.
.
Do not reenter the vehicle
while pumping fuel.
.
Keep children away from
the fuel pump and never let
children pump fuel.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 217
Warning (Continued)
.
Fuel can spray out if the
refueling nozzle is inserted
too quickly. This spray can
happen if the tank is nearly
full, and is more likely in hot
weather. Insert the refueling
nozzle slowly and wait for
any hiss noise to stop prior
to beginning to flow fuel.
The hinged fuel door is on the driver
side of the vehicle. To open the fuel
door, push and release the rearward
center edge of the door.
The vehicle has a capless refueling
system and does not have a fuel
cap. The filling nozzle must be fully
inserted and latched prior to starting
fuel flow.
{
Warning
Overfilling the fuel tank by more
than three clicks of a standard fill
nozzle may cause:
.
Vehicle performance issues,
including engine stalling and
damage to the fuel system.
.
Fuel spills.
.
Potential fuel fires.
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a
few seconds after you have finished
pumping before removing the
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care 0 319.
{
Warning
If a fire starts while you are
refueling, do not remove the
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
shutting off the pump or by
notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.
Filling the Tank with a Portable
Gas Can
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and
must be filled from a portable
gas can:
1. Locate the capless funnel
adapter from inside the vehicle.
2. Insert and latch the funnel into
the capless fuel system.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
218 Driving and Operating
{
Warning
Attempting to refuel without using
the funnel adapter may cause fuel
spillage and damage the capless
fuel system. This could cause a
fire and you or others could be
badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged.
3. Remove and clean the funnel
adapter and return to the
storage location.
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container
{
Warning
Never fill a portable fuel container
while it is in the vehicle. Static
electricity discharge from the
container can ignite the fuel
vapor. You can be badly burned
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
and the vehicle damaged if this
occurs. To help avoid injury to you
and others:
.
Dispense fuel only into
approved containers.
.
Do not fill a container while
it is inside a vehicle, in a
vehicle's trunk, pickup bed,
or on any surface other than
the ground.
.
Bring the fill nozzle in
contact with the inside of
the fill opening before
operating the nozzle.
Contact should be
maintained until the filling is
complete.
.
Do not smoke while
pumping fuel.
.
Avoid using electronic
devices.
Trailer Towing
General Towing
Information
Only use towing equipment that has
been designed for the vehicle.
Contact your dealer or trailering
dealer for assistance with preparing
the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read the
entire section before towing a trailer.
To tow a disabled vehicle, see
Towing the Vehicle 0 314. To tow
the vehicle behind another vehicle
such as a motor home, see
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 315.
Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips
{
Warning
You can lose control when towing
a trailer if the correct equipment is
not used or the vehicle is not
driven properly. For example,
if the trailer is too heavy or the
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 219
Warning (Continued)
trailer brakes are inadequate for
the load, the vehicle may not stop
as expected. You and others
could be seriously injured. The
vehicle may also be damaged,
and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Pull a trailer only if all the steps in
this section have been followed.
Ask your dealer for advice and
information about towing a trailer
with the vehicle.
Driving with a Trailer
Trailering is different than just
driving the vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in
handling, acceleration, braking,
durability, and fuel economy.
Successful, safe trailering takes
correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly.
The following information has many
time-tested, important trailering tips
and safety rules. Many of these are
important for your safety and that of
your passengers. Read this section
carefully before pulling a trailer.
When towing a trailer:
.
Become familiar with and follow
all state and local laws that
apply to trailer towing. These
requirements vary from state to
state.
.
State laws may require the use
of extended side view mirrors.
Even if not required, you should
install extended side view
mirrors if your visibility is limited
or restricted while towing.
.
Do not tow a trailer during the
first 800 km (500 mi) of vehicle
use to prevent damage to the
engine, axle, or other parts.
.
It is recommended to perform
the first oil change before heavy
towing.
.
During the first 800 km (500 mi)
of trailer towing, do not drive
over 80 km/h (50 mph) and do
not make starts at full throttle.
.
Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).
Tow/Haul Mode is recommended
for heavier trailers. See Tow/
Haul Mode 0 187. If the
transmission downshifts too
often, a lower gear may be
selected using Manual Mode.
See Manual Mode 0 185.
If equipped, the following driver
assistance features should be
turned off when towing a trailer:
.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
.
Super Cruise Control
.
Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
.
Park Assist
.
Reverse Automatic
Braking (RAB)
If equipped, the following driver
assistance features should be
turned to alert or off when towing a
trailer:
.
Forward Automatic
Braking (FAB)
.
Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
.
Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
220 Driving and Operating
If equipped with Lane Change Alert
(LCA), the LCA detection zones that
extend back from the side of the
vehicle do not move further back
when a trailer is towed. Use caution
while changing lanes when towing a
trailer.
If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic
Alert (RCTA), use caution while
backing up when towing a trailer, as
the RCTA detection zones that
extend out from the back of the
vehicle do not move further back
when a trailer is towed.
{
Warning
To prevent serious injury or death
from carbon monoxide (CO),
when towing a trailer:
.
Do not drive with the
liftgate, trunk/hatch,
or rear-most window open.
.
Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air.
See “Climate Control
Systems” in the Index.
For more information about
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust 0 182.
Towing a trailer requires experience.
The combination of the vehicle and
trailer is longer and not as
responsive as the vehicle itself. Get
used to the handling and braking of
the combination by driving on a
level road surface before driving on
public roads.
The trailer structure, the tires, and
the brakes must all be rated to carry
the intended cargo. Inadequate
trailer equipment can cause the
combination to operate in an
unexpected or unsafe manner.
Before driving, inspect all trailer
hitch parts and attachments, safety
chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
tires, and mirrors. See Towing
Equipment 0 229. If the trailer has
electric brakes, start the
combination moving and then
manually apply the trailer brake
controller to check the trailer brakes
work. During the trip, occasionally
check that the cargo and trailer are
secure and that the lamps and any
trailer brakes are working.
Towing with a Stability Control
System
When towing, the stability control
system might be heard. The system
reacts to vehicle movement caused
by the trailer, which mainly occurs
during cornering. This is normal
when towing heavier trailers.
Following Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when
driving without a trailer. This can
help to avoid heavy braking and
sudden turns.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 221
Passing
More passing distance is needed
when towing a trailer. The
combination of the vehicle and
trailer will not accelerate as quickly
and is much longer than the vehicle
alone. It is necessary to go much
farther beyond the passed vehicle
before returning to the lane. Pass
on level roadways. Avoid passing
on hills if possible.
Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering
wheel with one hand. To move the
trailer to the left, move that hand to
the left. To move the trailer to the
right, move that hand to the right.
Always back up slowly and,
if possible, have someone
guide you.
Making Turns
Caution
Turn more slowly and make wider
arcs when towing a trailer to
prevent damage to your vehicle.
Making very sharp turns could
cause the trailer to contact the
vehicle.
Make wider turns than normal when
towing, so trailer will not go over soft
shoulders, over curbs, or strike road
signs, trees, or other objects.
Always signal turns well in advance.
Do not steer or brake suddenly.
Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
gear before starting down a long or
steep downhill grade. If the
transmission is not shifted down, the
brakes may overheat and result in
reduced braking efficiency.
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).
Shift the transmission to a lower
gear if the transmission shifts too
often under heavy loads and/or hilly
conditions.
When towing at higher altitudes,
engine coolant will boil at a lower
temperature than at lower altitudes.
If the engine is turned off
immediately after towing at high
altitude on steep uphill grades, the
vehicle could show signs similar to
engine overheating. To avoid this,
let the engine run, preferably on
level ground, with the transmission
in P (Park) for a few minutes before
turning the engine off. If the
overheat warning comes on, see
Engine Overheating 0 256.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
222 Driving and Operating
Parking on Hills
{
Warning
To prevent serious injury or death,
always park your vehicle and
trailer on a level surface when
possible.
When parking your vehicle and your
trailer on a hill:
1. Press the brake pedal, but do
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
the wheels into the curb if
facing downhill or into traffic if
facing uphill.
2. Have someone place chocks
under the trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel chocks are in
place, gradually release the
brake pedal to allow the chocks
to absorb the load of the trailer.
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
apply the parking brake and
shift into P (Park).
5. Release the brake pedal.
If equipped with a manual
transmission, move the shift
lever into R (Reverse) if
parking on a downhill slope,
or shift into 1 (first) gear if
parking on an uphill slope.
Leaving After Parking on a Hill
1. Apply and hold the brake
pedal.
.
Start the engine.
.
Shift into a gear.
.
Release the parking brake.
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is
clear of the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick
up and store the chocks.
Launching and Retrieving
a Boat
Backing the Trailer into the Water
{
Warning
.
Have all passengers get out
of the vehicle before
backing onto the sloped part
of the ramp. Lower the
driver and passenger side
windows before backing
onto the ramp. This will
provide a means of escape
in the unlikely event the
vehicle slides into the water.
.
If the boat launch surface is
slippery, have the driver
remain in the vehicle with
the brake pedal applied
while the boat is being
launched. The boat launch
can be especially slippery at
low tide when part of the
ramp was previously
submerged at high tide. Do
not back onto the ramp to
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 223
Warning (Continued)
launch the boat if you are
not sure the vehicle can
maintain traction.
.
Do not move the vehicle if
someone is in the path of
the trailer. Some parts of the
trailer might be underwater
and not visible to people
who are assisting in
launching the boat.
Disconnect the wiring to the trailer
before backing the trailer into the
water to prevent damage to the
electrical circuits on the trailer.
Reconnect the wiring to the trailer
after removing the trailer from the
water. If the trailer has electric
brakes that can function when the
trailer is submerged, it might help to
leave the electrical trailer connector
attached to maintain trailer brake
functionality while on the boat ramp.
To back the trailer into the water:
1. If equipped, place the vehicle
in four-wheel-drive high.
2. Slowly back down the boat
ramp until the boat is floating,
but no further than necessary.
3. Press and hold the brake
pedal, but do not shift into
P (Park) yet.
4. Have someone place chocks
under the front wheels of the
vehicle.
5. Gradually release the brake
pedal to allow the chocks to
absorb the load of the trailer.
6. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
apply the parking brake and
shift into P (Park). If equipped
with a manual transmission,
turn off the engine and move
the shift lever into
1 (First) gear.
7. Release the brake pedal.
Pulling the Trailer from the Water
To pull the trailer of the water:
1. Press and hold the brake
pedals.
2. Start the engine and shift
into gear.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Let up on the brake pedal.
5. Drive slowly until the tires are
clear of the chocks.
6. Stop and have someone pick
up and store the chocks.
7. Slowly pull the trailer from the
water.
8. Once the vehicle and trailer
have been driven from the
sloped part of the boat ramp,
the vehicle can be shifted from
four-wheel-drive high. Shift into
the drive mode that is
appropriate for the road
conditions.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
224 Driving and Operating
Caution
If the vehicle tires begin to spin
and the vehicle begins to slide
toward the water, remove your
foot from the accelerator pedal
and apply the brake pedal. Seek
help to have the vehicle towed up
the ramp.
Maintenance when Trailer
Towing
The vehicle needs service more
often when used to tow trailers. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 331. It is
especially important to check the
automatic transmission fluid, engine
oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling
system, and brake system before
and during each trip.
Check periodically to see that all
nuts and bolts on the trailer hitch
are tight.
Engine Cooling When Trailer
Towing
The cooling system may temporarily
overheat during severe operating
conditions. See Engine Overheating
0 256.
Trailer Towing
If equipped with a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
Caution
Towing a trailer improperly can
damage the vehicle and result in
costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. To tow a trailer
correctly, follow the directions in
this section and see your dealer
for important information about
towing a trailer with the vehicle.
Trailering is different than just
driving the vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in
handling, acceleration, braking,
durability, and fuel economy.
Successful, safe trailering takes
correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly.
The following information has many
time-tested, important trailering tips
and safety rules. Many of these are
important for your safety and that of
your passengers. Read this section
carefully before pulling a trailer.
Trailer Weight
{
Warning
Never exceed the towing capacity
for your vehicle.
Safe trailering requires monitoring
the weight, speed, altitude, road
grades, outside temperature, and
how frequently the vehicle is used to
tow a trailer.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 225
Trailer Weight Ratings
When towing a trailer, the combined
weight of the vehicle, vehicle
contents, trailer, and trailer contents
must be below all of the maximum
weight ratings for the vehicle,
including:
.
GCWR: Gross Combined Weight
Rating
.
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating
.
Maximum Trailer Weight Rating
.
GAWR-RR: Gross Axle Weight
Rating-Rear
.
Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight
Rating
See “Weight-Distributing Hitch
Adjustment” under Towing
Equipment 0 229 to determine if
equalizer bars are required to obtain
the maximum trailer weight rating.
See “Trailer Brakes” under Towing
Equipment 0 229 to determine if
brakes are required based on your
trailer's weight.
The only way to be sure the weight
is not exceeding any of these
ratings is to weigh the tow vehicle
and trailer combination, fully loaded
for the trip, getting individual
weights for each of these items.
{
Warning
You and others could be seriously
injured or killed if the trailer is too
heavy or the trailer brakes are
inadequate for the load. The
vehicle may be damaged, and the
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Only tow a trailer if all the steps in
this section have been followed.
Ask your dealer for advice and
information about towing a trailer.
Gross Combined Weight
Rating (GCWR)
GCWR is the total allowable weight
of the completely loaded vehicle
and trailer including any fuel,
passengers, cargo, equipment, and
accessories. Do not exceed the
GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR
for the vehicle is on the Tow Rating
Chart following.
To check that the weight of the
vehicle and trailer are within the
GCWR for the vehicle, follow these
steps:
1. Start with the "curb weight"
from the Trailering Information
Label.
2. Add the weight of the trailer
loaded with cargo and ready
for the trip.
3. Add the weight of all
passengers.
4. Add the weight of all cargo in
the vehicle.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
226 Driving and Operating
5. Add the weight of hitch
hardware such as a draw bar,
ball, load equalizer bars,
or sway bars.
6. Add the weight of any
accessories or aftermarket
equipment added to the
vehicle.
The resulting weight cannot exceed
the GCWR for the vehicle.
The gross combined weight can
also be confirmed by weighing the
truck and trailer on a public scale.
The truck and trailer should be
loaded for the trip with passengers
and cargo.
Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR)
For information about the vehicle's
maximum load capacity, see Vehicle
Load Limits 0 168. When calculating
the GVWR with a trailer attached,
the trailer tongue weight must be
included as part of the weight the
vehicle is carrying.
Maximum Trailer Weight
The maximum trailer weight rating is
calculated assuming the tow vehicle
has a driver, a front seat passenger,
and all required trailering
equipment. This value represents
the heaviest trailer the vehicle can
tow, but it may be necessary to
reduce the trailer weight to stay
within the GCWR, GVWR, maximum
trailer tongue load, or GAWR-RR for
the vehicle.
Use the tow rating chart to
determine how much the trailer can
weigh, based on the vehicle model,
powertrain and trailering options.
Weights listed apply for
conventional trailers unless
otherwise noted.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 227
SAE J2807 Compliant
Engine Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a)
2.5L L4 4.10 1 587 kg (3,500 lb) 3 856 kg (8,500 lb)
3.6L V6 * 3.42 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
3.6L V6 (ZR2) 3.42 2 268 kg (5,000 lb) 4 672 kg (10,300 lb)
(a) The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle
and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.
(*) Valid only for vehicles with Z82 trailering package. If the vehicle has a bumper mounted hitch then the maximum
trailer weight is limited to 1 587 kg (3,500 lb) and GCWR is limited to 3 856 kg (8,500 lb).
A step bumper trailer hitch can only
support a total trailer weight up to
2,271 kg (5,000 lb). If a trailer hitch
ball is added to the step bumper,
check the hitch ball rating to be sure
it is higher than the total trailer
weight.
Maximum Trailer Tongue
Weight Rating
The Maximum Trailer Tongue
Weight Rating is the allowable
trailer tongue weight that the vehicle
can support using a conventional
trailer hitch. It may be necessary to
reduce the overall trailer weight to
stay within the maximum trailer
tongue weight rating while still
maintaining the correct trailer load
balance.
Do not exceed a maximum trailer
tongue weight of 349 (770 lb).
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
228 Driving and Operating
The trailer tongue weight contributes
to the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW).
GVW includes the curb weight of
your vehicle, any passengers,
cargo, equipment, and the trailer
tongue weight. Vehicle options,
passengers, cargo, and equipment
reduce the maximum allowable
tongue weight the vehicle can carry,
which also reduces the maximum
allowable trailer weight.
Trailer Load Balance
The correct trailer load balance
must be maintained to ensure trailer
stability. Incorrect load balance is a
leading cause of trailer sway.
The trailer tongue weight (1) should
be 10–15% of the total loaded trailer
weight (2). Some specific trailer
types, such as boat trailers, fall
outside of this range. Always refer
to the trailer owner’s manual for the
recommended trailer tongue weight
for each trailer. Never exceed the
maximum loads for the vehicle,
hitch and trailer.
After loading the trailer, separately
weigh the trailer and then the trailer
tongue and calculate the trailer load
balance percentage to see if the
weights and distribution are
appropriate for your vehicle. If the
trailer weight is too high, it may be
possible to transfer some of the
cargo into your vehicle. If the trailer
tongue weight is too high or too low,
it may be possible to rearrange
some of the cargo inside of the
trailer.
Do not exceed the maximum
allowable tongue weight for your
vehicle. Use the shortest hitch
extension available to position the
hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This
will help reduce the effect of the
trailer tongue weight on the trailer
hitch and the rear axle.
If a cargo carrier is used in the
trailer hitch receiver, choose a
carrier that positions the load as
close to the vehicle as possible.
Make sure the total weight,
including the carrier, is no more than
half of the maximum allowable
tongue weight for the vehicle or
227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 229
Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR-RR)
The GAWR-RR is the total weight
that can be supported by the rear
axle of the vehicle. Do not exceed
the GAWR-RR for the vehicle, with
the tow vehicle and trailer fully
loaded for the trip including the
weight of the trailer tongue. If using
a weight-distributing hitch, do not
exceed the GAWR-RR before
applying the weight distribution
spring bars.
Ask your dealer for trailering
information or assistance.
Towing Equipment
Hitches
Always use the correct hitch
equipment for your vehicle.
Crosswinds, large trucks going by,
and rough roads can affect the
trailer and the hitch.
Proper hitch equipment for your
vehicle helps maintain control of the
vehicle-trailer combination. Many
trailers can be towed using a
weight-carrying hitch which has a
coupler latched to the hitch ball, or a
tow eye latched to a pintle hook.
Other trailers may require a
weight-distributing hitch that uses
spring bars to distribute the trailer
tongue weight between your vehicle
and trailer axles. See “Maximum
Trailer Tongue Weight” under Trailer
Towing 0 224 for weight limits with
various hitch types.
Avoid sharp turns when using a
step-bumper hitch to prevent
damage. Make wider turns to
prevent contact between your trailer
and your bumper.
Consider using mechanical sway
controls with any trailer. Ask a
trailering professional about sway
controls or refer to the trailer
manufacturer's recommendations
and instructions.
Weight-Distributing Hitch and
Adjustment
A weight-distributing hitch may be
useful with some trailers.
1. Front of Vehicle
2. Body to Ground Distance
When using a weight-distributing
hitch, measure the front fender
height distance (2) before
connecting the trailer. Adjust the
spring bars until the front fender
height distance (2) is the same
height before the trailer was
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
230 Driving and Operating
connected. Do not reduce the front
fender height below the initial
distance (2).
Tires
.
Do not tow a trailer while using a
compact spare tire on the
vehicle.
.
Tires must be properly inflated to
support loads while towing a
trailer. See Tires 0 278 for
instructions on proper tire
inflation.
Safety Chains
Always attach chains between the
vehicle and the trailer, and attach
the chains to the holes on the trailer
hitch platform. Instructions about
safety chains may be provided by
the hitch manufacturer or by the
trailer manufacturer.
Cross the safety chains under the
tongue of the trailer to help prevent
the tongue from contacting the road
if it becomes separated from the
hitch. Always leave just enough
slack so the combination can turn.
Never allow safety chains to drag on
the ground.
Trailer Brakes
Loaded trailers over 900 kg
(2,000 lb) must be equipped with
brake systems and with brakes for
each axle. Trailer braking equipment
conforming to Canadian Standards
Association (CSA) requirement
CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is
recommended.
State or local regulations may
require trailers to have their own
braking system if the loaded weight
of the trailer exceeds certain
minimums that can vary from state
to state. Read and follow the
instructions for the trailer brakes so
they are installed, adjusted, and
maintained properly. Never attempt
to tap into your vehicle's hydraulic
brake system. If you do, both the
vehicle anti-lock brakes and the
trailer brakes may not function,
which could result in a crash.
Trailer Wiring Harness
For vehicles not equipped with
heavy-duty trailering, a harness is
secured underneath the left side of
the vehicle, next to the spare tire.
The harness requires the installation
of a trailer connector, which is
available through your dealer. The
seven-wire harness contains the
following trailer circuits:
.
Yellow: Left stop/turn signal
.
Green: Right stop/turn signal
.
Brown: Taillamps/parking lamps
.
Black: Ground
.
Gray: Back-up lamps
.
Orange: Battery feed
.
Blue: Trailer brake
To help charge a remote
(non-vehicle) battery, press the Tow/
Haul Mode button on the center
stack. If the trailer is too light for
Tow/Haul Mode, turn on the
headlamps to help charge the
battery.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 231
Trailer Brake Control Wiring
Harness
A four-wire harness, without
connector, is secured behind the left
side kick panel. The harness
contains the following circuits:
.
Red/Green: Battery feed
.
Black: Ground
.
White/Blue: Brake signal to
controller
.
Blue: Trailer Brake power to
trailer connector
To remove the left side kick panel,
start at the front of the panel pulling
toward the rear of the vehicle and lift
upward to disengage the integral
clips.
Turn Signals When Towing a
Trailer
When properly connected, the trailer
turn signals will illuminate to indicate
the vehicle is turning, changing
lanes, or stopping. When towing a
trailer, the arrows on the instrument
cluster will illuminate even if the
trailer is not properly connected or
the bulbs are burned out.
Tow/Haul Mode
For instructions on how to enter
Tow/Haul Mode, see Tow/Haul
Mode 0 187.
Tow/Haul assists when pulling a
heavy trailer or a large or
heavy load.
Tow/Haul Mode is designed to be
most effective when the vehicle and
trailer combined weight is at least
75% of the vehicle's Gross
Combined Weight Rating (GCWR).
See “Weight of the Trailer” under
Trailer Towing 0 224.
Tow/Haul Mode is most useful when
towing a heavy trailer or carrying a
large or heavy load:
.
through rolling terrain.
.
in stop-and-go traffic.
.
in busy parking lots.
Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul
Mode when lightly loaded or not
towing will not cause damage;
however, it is not recommended and
may result in unpleasant engine and
transmission driving characteristics
and reduced fuel economy.
Integrated Trailer Brake
Control System
The vehicle may have an Integrated
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system
for use with electric trailer brakes or
most electric over hydraulic trailer
brake systems. These instructions
apply to both types of electric trailer
brakes.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
232 Driving and Operating
This symbol is on the Trailer Brake
Control Panel on vehicles with an
ITBC system. The power output to
the trailer brakes is proportional to
the amount of vehicle braking. This
available power output to the trailer
brakes can be adjusted to a wide
range of trailering situations.
The ITBC system is integrated with
the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake,
and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) systems. In trailering
conditions that cause the vehicle’s
antilock brake or StabiliTrak/ESC
systems to activate, power sent to
the trailer's brakes will be
automatically adjusted to minimize
trailer wheel lock-up. This does not
imply that the trailer has
StabiliTrak/ESC.
If the vehicle’s brake, anti-lock
brake, or StabiliTrak/ESC systems
are not functioning properly, the
ITBC system may not function fully
or at all. Make sure all of these
systems are fully operational to
allow the ITBC system to function
properly.
The ITBC system is powered
through the vehicle's electrical
system. Turning the ignition off will
also turn off the ITBC system. The
ITBC system is fully functional only
when the ignition is in ON/RUN.
{
Warning
Connecting a trailer that has an
air brake system may result in
reduced or complete loss of trailer
braking, including increased
stopping distance or trailer
instability which could result in
serious injury, death, or property
damage. Only use the ITBC
system with electric or electric
over hydraulic trailer brake
systems.
Trailer Brake Control Panel
1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply
Lever
2. Trailer Gain Adjustment
Buttons
The ITBC control panel is on the
instrument panel to the right of the
steering column. See Instrument
Panel 0 6. The control panel allows
adjustment to the amount of output,
referred to as Trailer Gain, available
to the trailer brakes and allows
manual application of the trailer
brakes. Use the ITBC control panel
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 233
and the DIC trailer brake display
page to adjust and display power
output to the trailer brakes.
Trailer Brake DIC Display Page
The ITBC display page indicates:
.
Trailer Gain setting
.
Output to the trailer brakes
.
Trailer connection
.
System operational status
To display:
.
Scroll through the DIC menu
pages
.
Press a Trailer Gain (+) or (−)
button
.
Activate the Manual Trailer
Brake Apply Lever
TRAILER GAIN: Press a Trailer
Gain button to recall the current
Trailer Gain setting. Each press and
release of the gain buttons will then
change the Trailer Gain setting.
Press the Trailer Gain (+) or (−) to
adjust. Press and hold to
continuously adjust the Trailer Gain.
To turn the output to the trailer off,
adjust the Trailer Gain setting to 0.0.
This setting can be adjusted from
0.0 to 10.0 with a trailer connected
or disconnected.
TRAILER OUTPUT: This displays
anytime a trailer with electric brakes
is connected. Output to the trailer
brakes is based on the amount of
vehicle braking present and relative
to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is
displayed from 0 to 100% for each
gain setting.
The Trailer Output will indicate
“- - - - - -” on the Trailer Brake
Display Page whenever the
following occur:
.
No trailer is connected.
.
A trailer without electric brakes
is connected, no DIC message
displays.
.
A trailer with electric brakes has
become disconnected, a CHECK
TRAILER WIRING message
displays on the DIC.
.
There is a fault present in the
wiring to the trailer brakes, a
CHECK TRAILER WIRING
message displays on the DIC.
.
The ITBC system is not working
due to a fault, a SERVICE
TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM
message displays in the DIC.
Manual Trailer Brake Apply
Lever
Slide this lever right to apply the
trailer ’s electric brakes independent
of the vehicle’s brakes. Use this
lever to adjust Trailer Gain to
achieve proper power output to the
trailer brakes. The trailer's and the
vehicle's brake lamps will come on
when either vehicle brakes or
manual trailer brakes are applied
and properly connected.
Trailer Gain Adjustment
Procedure
Trailer Gain should be set for a
specific trailering condition and it
must be readjusted anytime vehicle
loading, trailer loading, or road
surface conditions change.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
234 Driving and Operating
{
Warning
Trailer brakes that are
over-gained or under-gained may
not stop the vehicle and the trailer
as intended and can result in a
crash. Always follow the
instructions to set the Trailer Gain
for the proper trailer stopping
performance.
To adjust Trailer Gain for each
towing condition:
1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer
attached on a level road
surface representative of the
towing condition and free of
traffic at about 32 - 40 km/h
(20 - 25 mph) and fully apply
the Manual Trailer Brake Apply
Lever.
Adjusting Trailer Gain at
speeds lower than 32 to
40 km/h (20 to 25 mph) may
result in an incorrect gain
setting.
2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using
the Trailer Gain (+) or (-)
adjustment buttons, to just
below the point of trailer wheel
lock-up, indicated by trailer
wheel squeal or tire smoke
when a trailer wheel locks.
Trailer wheel lock-up may not
occur if towing a heavily loaded
trailer. Adjust the Trailer Gain
to the highest allowable setting
for the towing condition.
3. Readjust Trailer Gain anytime
vehicle loading, trailer loading,
or road surface conditions
change or if trailer wheel
lock-up is noticed at any time
while towing.
Other ITBC-Related DIC
Messages
TRAILER CONNECTED: This
message will briefly display when a
trailer with electric brakes is first
connected to the vehicle. This
message will automatically turn off
in about 10 seconds. This message
can be acknowledged before it
automatically turns off.
CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This
message will display if:
.
The ITBC system first
determines connection to a
trailer with electric brakes and
then the trailer harness becomes
disconnected from the vehicle.
If the disconnect occurs while
the vehicle is stationary, this
message will automatically turn
off in about 30 seconds. This
message will also turn off if it is
acknowledged or if the trailer
harness is reconnected.
If the disconnect occurs while
the vehicle is moving, this
message will continue until the
ignition is turned off. This
message will also turn off if it is
acknowledged or if the trailer
harness is reconnected.
.
There is an electrical fault in the
wiring to the trailer brakes. This
message will continue as long
as there is an electrical fault in
the trailer wiring. This message
will also turn off if it is
acknowledged.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 235
To determine whether the electrical
fault is on the vehicle side or trailer
side of the trailer wiring harness
connection:
1. Disconnect the trailer wiring
harness from the vehicle.
2. Turn the ignition off.
3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the
ignition back to RUN.
4. If the CHECK TRAILER
WIRING message reappears,
the electrical fault is on the
vehicle side.
If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING
message only reappears when
connecting the trailer wiring harness
to the vehicle, the electrical fault is
on the trailer side.
SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE
SYSTEM: This message will display
when there is a problem with the
ITBC system. If this message
continues over multiple ignition
cycles, have the vehicle serviced.
If either the CHECK TRAILER
WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER
BRAKE SYSTEM message displays
while driving, the ITBC system may
not be fully functional or may not
function at all. When traffic
conditions allow, carefully pull the
vehicle over to the side of the road
and turn the ignition off. Check the
wiring connection to the trailer and
turn the ignition back on. If either of
these messages continues, either
the vehicle or trailer needs service.
A GM dealer may be able to
diagnose and repair problems with
the trailer. However, any diagnosis
and repair of the trailer is not
covered under the vehicle warranty.
Contact your trailer dealer for
assistance with trailer repairs and
trailer warranty information.
Trailer Sway
Control (TSC)
Vehicles with StabiliTrak/Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) have a
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) feature.
Trailer sway is unintended
side-to-side motion of a trailer while
towing. If the vehicle is towing a
trailer and the TSC detects that
sway is increasing, the vehicle
brakes are selectively applied at
each wheel, to help reduce
excessive trailer sway. If equipped
with the Integrated Trailer Brake
Control (ITBC) system, and the
trailer has an electric brake system,
StabiliTrak/ESC may also apply the
trailer brakes.
If TSC is enabled, the Traction
Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak/
ESC warning light will flash on the
instrument cluster. Reduce vehicle
speed by gradually removing your
foot from the accelerator. If trailer
sway continues, StabiliTrak/ESC
can reduce engine torque to help
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
236 Driving and Operating
slow the vehicle. TSC will not
function if StabiliTrak/ESC is turned
off. See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 199.
{
Warning
Trailer sway can result in a crash
and in serious injury or death,
even if the vehicle is equipped
with TSC.
If the trailer begins to sway,
reduce vehicle speed by
gradually removing your foot from
the accelerator. Then pull over to
check the trailer and vehicle to
help correct possible causes,
including an improperly or
overloaded trailer, unrestrained
cargo, improper trailer hitch
configuration, or improperly
inflated or incorrect vehicle or
trailer tires. See Towing
Equipment 0 229 for trailer ratings
and hitch setup
recommendations.
Aftermarket Electronic Trailer
Sway Control Devices
Some trailers may come equipped
with an electronic device designed
to reduce or control trailer sway.
Aftermarket equipment
manufacturers also offer similar
devices that connect to the wiring
between the trailer and the vehicle.
These devices may interfere with
the vehicle’s trailer brake or other
systems, including integrated
anti-sway systems, if equipped.
Messages related to trailer
connections or trailer brakes could
appear on the DIC. The effects of
these aftermarket devices may have
on vehicle handling or trailer brake
performance is not known.
{
Warning
Use of aftermarket electronic
trailer sway control devices could
result in reduced trailer brake
performance, loss of trailer
brakes, or other malfunctions, and
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
result in a crash. You or others
could be seriously injured or
killed. Before using one of these
devices:
.
Ask the device or trailer
manufacturer if the device
has been thoroughly tested
for compatibility with the
make, model, and year of
your vehicle and any
optional equipment installed
on your vehicle.
.
Before driving, check the
trailer brakes are working
properly, if equipped. Drive
the vehicle with the trailer
attached on a level road
surface that is free of traffic
at about 32-40 km/h
(20-25 mph) and fully apply
the manual trailer brake
apply lever. Also, check the
trailer brake lamps and
other lamps are functioning
correctly.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Driving and Operating 237
Warning (Continued)
.
If the trailer brakes are not
operating properly at any
time, or if a DIC message
indicates problems with the
trailer connections or trailer
brakes, carefully pull the
vehicle over to the side of
the road when traffic
conditions allow.
Trailer Tires
Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from
vehicle tires. Trailer tires are
designed with stiff sidewalls to help
prevent sway and to support heavy
loads. These features can make it
difficult to determine if the trailer tire
pressures are low only based on a
visual inspection.
Always check all trailer tire
pressures before each trip when the
tires are cool. Low trailer tire
pressure is a leading cause of trailer
tire blow-outs.
Trailer tires deteriorate over time.
The trailer tire sidewall will show the
week and year the tire was
manufactured. Many trailer tire
manufacturers recommend
replacing tires more than six
years old.
Overloading is another leading
cause of trailer tire blow-outs. Never
load your trailer with more weight
than the tires are designed to
support. The load rating is located
on the trailer tire sidewall.
Always know the maximum speed
rating for the trailer tires before
driving. This may be significantly
lower than the vehicle tire speed
rating. The speed rating may be on
the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed
rating is not shown, the default
trailer tire speed rating is 105 km/h
(65 mph).
Conversions and
Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment
{
Warning
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
used for vehicle service
and Emission Inspection/
Maintenance testing. See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) 0 120.
A device connected to the DLC —
such as an aftermarket fleet or
driver-behavior tracking device —
may interfere with vehicle
systems. This could affect vehicle
operation and cause a crash.
Such devices may also access
information stored in the vehicle’s
systems.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
238 Driving and Operating
Caution
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause
components to not work and
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always check
with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the
vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 70 and Adding Equipment
to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
0 70.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 239
Vehicle Care
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 240
California Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements . . . . . 241
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Engine Compartment
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 248
Automatic Transmission
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Manual Transmission Fluid . . . 250
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 251
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 256
Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Battery - North America . . . . . . 260
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 263
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 265
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 265
Windshield Replacement . . . . . 266
Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Bulb Replacement
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Headlamps, Front Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, and Parking
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Stoplamps, and Back-Up
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Electrical System
Electrical System Overload . . . 270
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 271
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Wheels and Tires
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 280
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Tire Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Tire Pressure Monitor
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
240 Vehicle Care
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 297
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 310
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 311
Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Towing the Vehicle
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Appearance Care
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
General Information
For service and parts needs, visit
your dealer. You will receive
genuine GM parts and GM-trained
and supported service people.
Genuine GM parts have one of
these marks:
California Proposition
65 Warning
{
Warning
Most motor vehicles, including
this one, as well as many of its
service parts and fluids, contain
and/or emit chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Engine
exhaust, many parts and
systems, many fluids, and some
component wear by-products
contain and/or emit these
chemicals. For more information
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.
See Battery - North America 0 260
and Jump Starting - North America
0 312 and the back cover.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 241
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements
Certain types of automotive
applications, such as airbag
initiators, seat belt pretensioners,
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
Accessories and
Modifications
Adding non-dealer accessories or
making modifications to the vehicle
can affect vehicle performance and
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and
electronic systems like antilock
brakes, traction control, and stability
control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to suspension components
caused by modifying vehicle height
outside of factory settings will not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to vehicle components
resulting from modifications or the
installation or use of non-GM
certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is
not covered under the terms of the
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.
GM Accessories are designed to
complement and function with other
systems on the vehicle. See your
dealer to accessorize the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories
installed by a dealer technician.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 70.
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work
{
Warning
It can be dangerous to work on
your vehicle if you do not have
the proper knowledge, service
manual, tools, or parts. Always
follow owner’s manual procedures
and consult the service manual
for your vehicle before doing any
service work.
If doing some of your own service
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see
Publication Ordering Information
0 359.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
242 Vehicle Care
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 70.
If equipped with remote vehicle
start, open the hood before
performing any service work to
prevent remote starting the vehicle
accidentally. See Remote Vehicle
Start 0 30.
Keep a record with all parts receipts
and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records 0 344.
Caution
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
Hood
To open the hood:
1. Pull the hood release lever with
this symbol on it. It is inside the
vehicle to the lower left of the
steering wheel.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle to
find the secondary hood
release handle. The handle is
under the front edge of the
hood near the center. Push the
handle to the right and at the
same time raise the hood.
To close the hood:
1. Before closing the hood, be
sure all the filler caps are
properly installed.
2. Lower the hood to 20 cm (8 in)
above the vehicle and release
it so it fully latches. Check to
make sure the hood is firmly
closed by lifting up on the front
edge of the hood. Repeat the
process if necessary.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 243
Engine Compartment Overview
2.5L L4 Engine
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
244 Vehicle Care
1. Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Cooling
System 0 253.
2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 251.
3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See
Engine Oil 0 246.
4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of
View). See Cooling System
0 253.
5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
Engine Oil 0 246.
6. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 272.
7. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir.
See Brake Fluid 0 259 or
Hydraulic Clutch 0 250 (If
Equipped).
8. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
0 258.
9. Battery - North America 0 260.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 245
3.6L V6 Engine
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
246 Vehicle Care
1. Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Cooling
System 0 253.
2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 251.
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
Engine Oil 0 246.
4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of
View). See Cooling System
0 253.
5. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See
Engine Oil 0 246.
6. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 272.
7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brake Fluid 0 259.
8. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
0 258.
9. Battery - North America 0 260.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
Engine Oil
For diesel engine vehicles, see
“Engine Oil” in the Duramax diesel
supplement.
To ensure proper engine
performance and long life, careful
attention must be paid to engine oil.
Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect
your investment:
.
Use engine oil approved to the
proper specification and of the
proper viscosity grade. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
in this section.
.
Check the engine oil level
regularly and maintain the
proper oil level. See “Checking
Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Engine Oil” in this section.
.
Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System 0 248.
.
Always dispose of engine oil
properly. See “What to Do with
Used Oil” in this section.
Checking Engine Oil
Check the engine oil level regularly,
every 650 km (400 mi), especially
prior to a long trip. The engine oil
dipstick handle is a loop. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 243 for the location.
{
Warning
The engine oil dipstick handle
may be hot; it could burn you.
Use a towel or glove to touch the
dipstick handle.
If a low oil Driver Information Center
(DIC) message displays, check the
oil level.
Follow these guidelines:
.
To get an accurate reading, park
the vehicle on level ground.
Check the engine oil level after
the engine has been off for at
least two hours. Checking the
engine oil level on steep grades
or too soon after engine shutoff
can result in incorrect readings.
Accuracy improves when
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 247
checking a cold engine prior to
starting. Remove the dipstick
and check the level.
.
If unable to wait two hours, the
engine must be off for at least
15 minutes if the engine is
warm, or at least 30 minutes if
the engine is not warm. Pull out
the dipstick, wipe it with a clean
paper towel or cloth, then push it
back in all the way. Remove it
again, keeping the tip down, and
check the level.
When to Add Engine Oil
2.5L L4 Engine
3.6L V6 Engine
If the oil is below the cross-hatched
area at the tip of the dipstick and
the engine has been off for at least
15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the
recommended oil and then recheck
the level. See “Selecting the Right
Engine Oil” later in this section for
an explanation of what kind of oil to
use. For engine oil crankcase
capacity, see Capacities and
Specifications 0 346.
Caution
Do not add too much oil. Oil
levels above or below the
acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful
to the engine. If the oil level is
above the operating range (i.e.,
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
the engine has so much oil that
the oil level gets above the
cross-hatched area that shows
the proper operating range), the
engine could be damaged. Drain
the excess oil or limit driving of
the vehicle, and seek a service
professional to remove the
excess oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview
0 243 for the location of the engine
oil fill cap.
Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through.
Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Selecting the right engine oil
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade.
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 341.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
248 Vehicle Care
Specification
Use full synthetic engine oils that
meet the dexos1 specification.
Engine oils that have been
approved by GM as meeting the
dexos1 specification are marked
with the dexos1 approved logo. See
www.gmdexos.com.
Caution
Failure to use the recommended
engine oil or equivalent can result
in engine damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Viscosity Grade
Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade
engine oil for the 2.5L L4 engine.
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade
engine oil for the 3.6L V6 engine.
Cold Temperature Operation: In an
area of extreme cold, where the
temperature falls below −29 °C
(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be
used. An oil of this viscosity grade
will provide easier cold starting for
the engine at extremely low
temperatures.
When selecting an oil of the
appropriate viscosity grade, it is
recommended to select an oil of the
correct specification. See
“Specification” earlier in this section.
Engine Oil Additives/Engine
Oil Flushes
Do not add anything to the oil. The
recommended oils meeting the
dexos1 specification are all that is
needed for good performance and
engine protection.
Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause
engine damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty.
What to Do with Used Oil
Used engine oil contains certain
elements that can be unhealthy for
your skin and could even cause
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
your skin for very long. Clean your
skin and nails with soap and water,
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
properly dispose of clothing or rags
containing used engine oil. See the
manufacturer's warnings about the
use and disposal of oil products.
Used oil can be a threat to the
environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the
trash or pouring it on the ground,
into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
it to a place that collects used oil.
Engine Oil Life System
When to Change Engine Oil
This vehicle has a computer system
that indicates when to change the
engine oil and filter. This is based
on a combination of factors which
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 249
include engine revolutions, engine
temperature, and miles driven.
Based on driving conditions, the
mileage at which an oil change is
indicated can vary considerably. For
the oil life system to work properly,
the system must be reset every time
the oil is changed.
On some vehicles, when the system
has calculated that oil life has been
diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message comes on to
indicate that an oil change is
necessary. Change the oil as soon
as possible within the next 1 000 km
(600 mi). It is possible that, if driving
under the best conditions, the oil life
system might indicate that an oil
change is not necessary for up to a
year. The engine oil and filter must
be changed at least once a year
and, at this time, the system must
be reset. For vehicles without the
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message, an oil change is needed
when the OIL LIFE REMAINING
percentage is near 0%. Your dealer
has trained service people who will
perform this work and reset the
system. It is also important to check
the oil regularly over the course of
an oil drain interval and keep it at
the proper level.
If the system is ever reset
accidentally, the oil must be
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
since the last oil change.
Remember to reset the oil life
system whenever the oil is changed.
How to Reset the Engine Oil
Life System
Reset the system whenever the
engine oil is changed so that the
system can calculate the next
engine oil change. Always reset the
engine oil life to 100% after every oil
change. It will not reset itself. To
reset the engine oil life system:
1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING
on the DIC. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 129 or Driver
Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 131. If the vehicle
does not have DIC buttons, the
vehicle must be in P (Park) to
access this display.
2. Press and hold
V on the DIC,
or SET/CLR on the turn signal
lever if the vehicle does not
have DIC buttons, for several
seconds. The oil life will
change to 100%.
The oil life system can also be reset
as follows:
1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING
on the DIC. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 129 or Driver
Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 131.
2. Fully press the accelerator
pedal slowly three times within
five seconds.
If the display shows 100%, the
system is reset.
If the vehicle has a CHANGE
ENGINE OIL SOON message and it
comes back on when the vehicle is
started and/or the OIL LIFE
REMAINING is near 0%, the engine
oil life system has not been reset.
Repeat the procedure.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
250 Vehicle Care
Automatic Transmission
Fluid
How to Check Automatic
Transmission Fluid
It is not necessary to check the
transmission fluid level.
A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak
occurs, take the vehicle to your
dealer and have it repaired as soon
as possible.
There is a special procedure for
checking and changing the
transmission fluid. Because this
procedure is difficult, this should be
done at your dealer. Contact your
dealer for additional information or
the procedure can be found in the
service manual. To purchase a
service manual, see Publication
Ordering Information 0 359.
Caution
Use of the incorrect automatic
transmission fluid may damage
the vehicle, and the damage may
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Always use the correct
automatic transmission fluid. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 341.
Change the fluid and filter at the
intervals listed in Maintenance
Schedule 0 331, and be sure to use
the fluid listed in Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 341.
Manual Transmission
Fluid
How to Check Manual
Transmission Fluid
It is not necessary to check the
manual transmission fluid level.
A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak
occurs, take the vehicle to your
dealer and have it repaired as soon
as possible. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 341 for the
proper fluid to use.
Hydraulic Clutch
For vehicles with a manual
transmission, it is not necessary to
regularly check brake/clutch fluid
unless there is a leak suspected.
Adding fluid will not correct a leak.
A fluid loss in this system could
indicate a problem. Have the
system inspected and repaired.
When to Check and What
to Use
The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid
reservoir cap has this symbol on it.
The common brake/clutch fluid
reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake
fluid as indicated on the reservoir
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 251
cap. See Engine Compartment
Overview 0 243 for reservoir
location.
How to Check and Add Fluid
Visually check the brake/clutch fluid
reservoir to make sure the fluid level
is at the MIN (minimum) line on the
front of the reservoir. The brake/
hydraulic clutch fluid system should
be closed and sealed.
Do not remove the cap to check the
fluid level or to top-off the fluid level.
Remove the cap only when
necessary to add the proper fluid
until the level reaches the MIN line.
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
The engine air cleaner/filter is in the
engine compartment on the
passenger side of the vehicle. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 243.
When to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
For intervals on changing and
inspecting the engine air cleaner/
filter, see Maintenance Schedule
0 331.
How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
Do not start the engine or have the
engine running with the engine air
cleaner/filter housing open. Before
removing the engine air cleaner/
filter, make sure that the engine air
cleaner/filter housing and nearby
components are free of dirt and
debris. Remove the engine air
cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
the engine air cleaner/filter (away
from the vehicle), to release loose
dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air
cleaner/filter for damage, and
replace if damaged. Do not clean
the engine air cleaner/filter or
components with water or
compressed air.
To inspect or replace the air cleaner/
filter:
2.5L L4 Gas Engine Shown, 2.8L
L4 Diesel Engine Similar
1. Screws
2. Electrical Connector
3. Air Duct Clamp
To inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter:
1. Remove the screws (1) on top
of the engine air cleaner/filter
housing.
2. Disconnect the electrical
connector (2).
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
252 Vehicle Care
3. Disconnect the outlet duct by
loosening the air duct
clamp (3).
4. Lift the filter cover housing
away from the engine air
cleaner/filter housing.
5. Pull out the filter.
6. Inspect or replace the engine
air cleaner/filter.
7. Reverse Steps 2–5 to reinstall
the filter cover housing.
3.6L V6 Engine
1. Screws
2. Electrical Connector
3. Air Duct Clamp
To inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter:
1. Remove the screws (1) on top
of the engine air cleaner/filter
housing.
2. Disconnect the electrical
connector (2).
3. Disconnect the outlet duct by
loosening the air duct
clamp (3).
4. Lift the filter cover housing
away from the engine air
cleaner/filter housing.
5. Pull out the filter.
6. Inspect or replace the engine
air cleaner/filter.
7. Reverse Steps 2–5 to reinstall
the filter cover housing.
{
Warning
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. Use caution
when working on the engine. Do
not start the engine or drive the
vehicle with the air cleaner/filter
off, as flames may be present if
the engine backfires.
Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
can easily get into the engine,
which could damage it. Always
have the air cleaner/filter in place
when driving.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 253
Cooling System
The cooling system allows the
engine to maintain the correct
working temperature.
2.5L L4 Gas Engine Shown, 2.8L
L4 Diesel Engine Similar
1. Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap
2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View)
3.6L V6 Engine
1. Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap
2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View)
{
Warning
An underhood electric fan can
start up even when the engine is
not running and can cause injury.
Keep hands, clothing, and tools
away from any underhood
electric fan.
{
Warning
Do not touch heater or radiator
hoses, or other engine parts.
They can be very hot and can
burn you. Do not run the engine if
there is a leak; all coolant could
leak out. That could cause an
engine fire and can burn you. Fix
any leak before driving the
vehicle.
Engine Coolant
The cooling system in the vehicle is
filled with DEX-COOL engine
coolant mixture. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 341 and
Maintenance Schedule 0 331.
The following explains the cooling
system and how to check and add
coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating 0 256.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
254 Vehicle Care
What to Use
{
Warning
Plain water, or other liquids such
as alcohol, can boil before the
proper coolant mixture will. With
plain water or the wrong mixture,
the engine could get too hot but
there would not be an overheat
warning. The engine could catch
fire and you or others could be
burned.
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
drinkable water and DEX-COOL
coolant. This mixture:
.
Gives freezing protection down
to −37 °C (−34 °F) outside
temperature.
.
Gives boiling protection up to
129 °C (265 °F) engine
temperature.
.
Protects against rust and
corrosion.
.
Will not damage aluminum parts.
.
Helps keep the proper engine
temperature.
Caution
Do not use anything other than a
mix of DEX-COOL coolant that
meets GM Standard
GMW3420 and clean, drinkable
water. Anything else can cause
damage to the engine cooling
system and the vehicle, which
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Never dispose of engine coolant by
putting it in the trash, or by pouring
it on the ground, or into sewers,
streams or, bodies of water. Have
the coolant changed by an
authorized service center, familiar
with legal requirements regarding
used coolant disposal. This will help
protect the environment and your
health.
Checking Coolant
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant
level.
Check to see if coolant is visible in
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
inside the coolant surge tank is
boiling, do not do anything else until
it cools down.
If coolant is visible but the coolant
level is not at or above the mark
pointed to, add a 50/50 mixture of
clean, drinkable water and
DEX-COOL coolant.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 255
Be sure the cooling system is cool
before this is done.
If no coolant is visible in the coolant
surge tank, add coolant as follows:
How to Add Coolant to the
Coolant Surge Tank
{
Warning
Spilling coolant on hot engine
parts can burn you. Coolant
contains ethylene glycol and it will
burn if the engine parts are hot
enough.
{
Warning
Plain water, or other liquids such
as alcohol, can boil before the
proper coolant mixture will. With
plain water or the wrong mixture,
the engine could get too hot but
there would not be an overheat
warning. The engine could catch
fire and you or others could be
burned.
{
Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system are under
pressure. Turning the pressure
cap, even a little, can cause them
to come out at high speed and
you could be burned. Never turn
the cap when the cooling system,
including the pressure cap, is hot.
Wait for the cooling system and
pressure cap to cool.
Caution
Failure to follow the specific
coolant fill procedure could cause
the engine to overheat and could
cause system damage. If coolant
is not visible in the surge tank,
contact your dealer.
The coolant surge tank pressure
cap can be removed when the
cooling system, including the surge
tank pressure cap and upper
radiator hose, is no longer hot.
1. Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise. If a hiss is
heard, wait for that to stop.
A hiss means there is still
some pressure left.
2. Keep turning the cap and
remove it.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
256 Vehicle Care
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
the proper mixture to the mark
pointed to on the front of the
coolant surge tank.
4. With the coolant surge tank
cap off, start the engine and let
it run until the upper radiator
hose starts getting hot. Watch
out for the engine cooling fan.
By this time, the coolant level
inside the coolant surge tank
may be lower. If the level is
lower, add more of the proper
mixture to the coolant surge
tank until the level reaches the
mark pointed to on the front of
the coolant surge tank.
5. Replace the cap tightly.
6. Verify coolant level after the
engine is shut off and the
coolant is cold. If necessary,
repeat coolant fill procedure
Steps 1–6.
Caution
If the pressure cap is not tightly
installed, coolant loss and engine
damage may occur. Be sure the
cap is properly and tightly
secured.
Engine Overheating
The vehicle has an engine coolant
temperature gauge on the
instrument cluster to warn of engine
overheating. See Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge 0 117.
Caution
Do not run the engine if there is a
leak in the engine cooling system.
This can cause a loss of all
coolant and can damage the
system and vehicle. Have any
leaks fixed right away.
If the decision is made not to lift the
hood when this warning appears,
get service help right away. See
Roadside Assistance Program
0 353.
If the decision is made to lift the
hood, make sure the vehicle is
parked on a level surface.
Then check to see if the engine
cooling fan is running. If the engine
is overheating, the fan should be
running. If it is not, do not continue
to run the engine and have the
vehicle serviced.
If Steam Is Coming from the
Engine Compartment
{
Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system are under
pressure. Turning the pressure
cap, even a little, can cause them
to come out at high speed and
you could be burned. Never turn
the cap when the cooling system,
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 257
Warning (Continued)
including the pressure cap, is hot.
Wait for the cooling system and
pressure cap to cool.
If No Steam Is Coming from
the Engine Compartment
If an engine overheat warning is
displayed but no steam can be seen
or heard, the problem may not be
too serious. Sometimes the engine
can get a little too hot when the
vehicle:
.
Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
.
Stops after high-speed driving.
.
Idles for long periods in traffic.
If the overheat warning is displayed
with no sign of steam:
1. Turn the air conditioning off.
2. Turn the heater on to the
highest temperature and to the
highest fan speed. Open the
windows as necessary.
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
the road, shift to P (Park) or
N (Neutral), and let the
engine idle.
If the engine coolant temperature
gauge is no longer in the overheat
zone, the vehicle can be driven.
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
distance from the vehicle in front.
If the warning does not come back
on, continue to drive normally and
have the cooling system checked
for proper fill and function.
If the warning continues, pull over,
stop, and park the vehicle
right away.
If there is no sign of steam, idle the
engine for three minutes while
parked. If the warning is still
displayed, turn off the engine until it
cools down.
Engine Fan
If the vehicle has a clutched engine
cooling fan, when the clutch is
engaged, the fan spins faster to
provide more air to cool the engine.
In most everyday driving conditions,
the fan is spinning slower and the
clutch is not fully engaged. This
improves fuel economy and reduces
fan noise. Under heavy vehicle
loading, trailer towing, and/or high
outside temperatures, the fan speed
increases as the clutch more fully
engages, so an increase in fan
noise may be heard. This is normal
and should not be mistaken as the
transmission slipping or making
extra shifts. It is merely the cooling
system functioning properly. The fan
will slow down when additional
cooling is not required and the
clutch disengages.
This fan noise may also be heard
when starting the engine. It will go
away as the fan clutch partially
disengages.
If the vehicle has electric cooling
fan(s), the fans may be heard
spinning at low speed during most
everyday driving. The fans may turn
off if no cooling is required. Under
heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing,
high outside temperatures,
or operation of the air conditioning
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
258 Vehicle Care
system, the fans may change to
high speed and an increase in fan
noise may be heard. This is normal
and indicates that the cooling
system is functioning properly. The
fans will change to low speed when
additional cooling is no longer
required.
The electric engine cooling fans
may run after the engine has been
turned. off. This is normal and no
service is required.
Washer Fluid
What to Use
When windshield washer fluid needs
to be added, be sure to read the
manufacturer's instructions before
use. Use a fluid that has sufficient
protection against freezing in an
area where the temperature may fall
below freezing.
Adding Washer Fluid
Open the cap with the washer
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
the tank is full. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 243 for
reservoir location.
Caution
.
Do not use washer fluid that
contains any type of water
repellent coating. This can
cause the wiper blades to
chatter or skip.
.
Do not use engine coolant
(antifreeze) in the
windshield washer. It can
damage the windshield
washer system and paint.
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
.
Do not mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid.
Water can cause the
solution to freeze and
damage the washer fluid
tank and other parts of the
washer system.
.
When using concentrated
washer fluid, follow the
manufacturer instructions for
adding water.
.
Fill the washer fluid tank
only three-quarters full when
it is very cold. This allows
for fluid expansion if
freezing occurs, which could
damage the tank if it is
completely full.
Brakes
Disc brake pads have built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake pads
are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or be
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 259
heard all the time the vehicle is
moving, except when applying the
brake pedal firmly.
{
Warning
The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will
not work well. That could lead to
a crash. When the brake wear
warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced.
Caution
Continuing to drive with worn-out
brake pads could result in costly
brake repair.
Some driving conditions or climates
can cause a brake squeal when the
brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean
something is wrong with the brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are
necessary to help prevent brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated,
inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to torque
specifications in Capacities and
Specifications 0 346.
Brake linings should always be
replaced as complete axle sets.
Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height,
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service may be required.
Replacing Brake System Parts
Always replace brake system parts
with new, approved replacement
parts. If this is not done, the brakes
may not work properly. The braking
performance expected can change
in many other ways if the wrong
replacement brake parts are
installed or parts are improperly
installed.
Brake Fluid
The brake/clutch master cylinder
reservoir is filled with GM approved
DOT 3 brake fluid as indicated on
the reservoir cap. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 243 for
the location of the reservoir.
Checking Brake Fluid
Place the vehicle in P (Park) or
Neutral with the parking brake
applied if equipped with a manual
transmission. On a level surface,
the brake fluid level should be
between the minimum and
maximum marks on the brake fluid
reservoir.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
260 Vehicle Care
There are only two reasons why the
brake fluid level in the reservoir may
go down:
.
Normal brake lining wear. When
new linings are installed, the
fluid level goes back up.
.
A fluid leak in the brake/clutch
hydraulic system. Have the
brake/clutch hydraulic system
fixed. With a leak, the brakes will
not work well.
Always clean the brake fluid
reservoir cap and the area around
the cap before removing it.
Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
If fluid is added when the linings are
worn, there will be too much fluid
when new brake linings are
installed. Add or remove fluid, as
necessary, only when work is done
on the brake/clutch hydraulic
system.
{
Warning
If too much brake fluid is added, it
can spill on the engine and burn,
if the engine is hot enough. You
or others could be burned, and
the vehicle could be damaged.
Add brake fluid only when work is
done on the brake/clutch
hydraulic system.
When the brake/clutch fluid falls to a
low level, the brake warning light
comes on. See Brake System
Warning Light 0 122.
Brake fluid absorbs water over time
which degrades the effectiveness of
the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid
at the specified intervals to prevent
increased stopping distance. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 331.
What to Add
Use only GM approved DOT 3
brake fluid from a clean, sealed
container. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 341.
{
Warning
The wrong or contaminated brake
fluid could result in damage to the
brake system. This could result in
the loss of braking leading to a
possible injury. Always use the
proper GM approved brake fluid.
Caution
If brake fluid is spilled on the
vehicle's painted surfaces, the
paint finish can be damaged.
Immediately wash off any painted
surface.
Battery - North America
For diesel engine vehicles, see
“Battery” in the Duramax diesel
supplement.
The original equipment battery is
maintenance free. Do not remove
the cap and do not add fluid.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 261
Refer to the replacement number
shown on the original battery label
when a new battery is needed. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 243 for battery location.
{
Warning
WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING. For more information
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.
See California Proposition
65 Warning 0 240 and the back
cover.
Vehicle Storage
{
Warning
Batteries have acid that can burn
you and gas that can explode.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting -
North America 0 312 for tips on
working around a battery without
getting hurt.
Infrequent Usage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery to keep the battery from
running down.
Extended Storage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery or use a battery trickle
charger.
Four-Wheel Drive
Transfer Case
When to Check Lubricant
Refer to Maintenance Schedule
0 331 to determine when to check
the lubricant.
How to Check Lubricant
Automatic Transfer Case
1. Drain Plug
2. Fill Plug
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
262 Vehicle Care
Electronic Transfer Case
1. Drain Plug
2. Fill Plug
To get an accurate reading, the
vehicle should be on a level
surface.
If the level is below the bottom of
the fill plug (2) hole, located on the
transfer case, some lubricant will
need to be added. Add enough
lubricant to raise the level to the
bottom of the fill plug (2) hole. Use
care not to overtighten the plug.
When to Change Lubricant
Refer to Maintenance Schedule
0 331 to determine how often to
change the lubricant.
What to Use
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 341 to determine what
kind of lubricant to use.
Front Axle
When to Check and Change
Lubricant
It is not necessary to regularly
check front axle fluid unless a leak
is suspected, or an unusual noise is
heard. A fluid loss could indicate a
problem. Have it inspected and
repaired.
How to Check Lubricant
Front Axle for 2.5L Shown, Front
Axle for 3.6L Similar
1. Drain Plug
2. Fill Plug
To get an accurate reading, the
vehicle should be on a level
surface.
If the level is below the bottom of
the fill plug (2) hole, located on the
front axle, some lubricant will need
to be added. Add enough lubricant
to raise the level to the bottom of
the fill plug (2) hole. Use care not to
overtighten the plug.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 263
What to Use
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 341 to determine what
kind of lubricant to use.
Rear Axle
When to Check and Change
Lubricant
It is not necessary to regularly
check rear axle fluid unless a leak is
suspected, or an unusual noise is
heard. A fluid loss could indicate a
problem. Have it inspected and
repaired.
All axle assemblies are filled by
volume of fluid during production.
They are not filled to reach a certain
level. When checking the fluid level
on any axle, variations in the
readings can be caused by factory
fill differences between the minimum
and the maximum fluid volume.
Also, if a vehicle has just been
driven before checking the fluid
level, it may appear lower than
normal because fluid has traveled
out along the axle tubes and has
not drained back to the sump area.
Therefore, a reading taken
five minutes after the vehicle has
been driven will appear to have a
lower fluid level than a vehicle that
has been stationary for an hour or
two. The rear axle assembly must
be supported on a flat, level surface
to get a true reading.
How to Check Lubricant
Rear Axle for 2.5L Shown, Rear
Axle for 3.6L Similar
1. Drain Plug
2. Fill Plug
To get an accurate reading, the
vehicle should be on a level
surface.
If the level is below the bottom of
the fill plug (2) hole, located on the
rear axle, some lubricant will need
to be added. Add enough lubricant
to raise the level to the bottom of
the fill plug (2) hole. Use care not to
overtighten the plug.
What to Use
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 341 to determine what
kind of lubricant to use.
Starter Switch Check
{
Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
264 Vehicle Care
2. Apply both the parking brake
and the regular brake.
Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn off
the engine immediately if it
starts.
3. For automatic transmission
vehicles, try to start the engine
in each gear. The vehicle
should start only in P (Park) or
N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts
in any other position, contact
your dealer for service.
For manual transmission
vehicles, put the shift lever in
Neutral, push the clutch pedal
down halfway, and try to start
the engine. The vehicle should
start only when the clutch
pedal is pushed down all the
way to the floor. If the vehicle
starts when the clutch pedal is
not pushed all the way down,
contact your dealer for service.
Automatic Transmission
Shift Lock Control
Function Check
{
Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle. It should be
parked on a level surface.
2. Apply the parking brake. Be
ready to apply the regular
brake immediately if the vehicle
begins to move.
3. With the engine off, turn the
ignition on, but do not start the
engine. Without applying the
regular brake, try to move the
shift lever out of P (Park) with
normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of P (Park), contact
your dealer for service.
Ignition Transmission
Lock Check
While parked, and with the parking
brake set, try to turn the ignition off
in each shift lever position.
.
For automatic transmission
vehicles, the ignition should turn
to off only when the shift lever is
in P (Park).
.
For manual transmission
vehicles, the ignition should turn
off only when you press the key
release button.
On all vehicles, the ignition key
should come out only when the
ignition is off.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 265
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check
{
Warning
When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
of the vehicle in case it begins to
roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should the vehicle
begin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
your foot on the regular brake, set
the parking brake.
.
To check the parking brake's
holding ability: With the engine
running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.
.
To check the P (Park)
mechanism's holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the
parking brake followed by the
regular brake.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.
Wiper Blade Replacement
Windshield wiper blades should be
inspected for wear or cracking.
Replacement blades come in
different types and are removed in
different ways. For proper
windshield wiper blade length and
type, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts 0 343.
Caution
Allowing the wiper arm to touch
the windshield when no wiper
blade is installed could damage
the windshield. Any damage that
occurs would not be covered by
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
the vehicle warranty. Do not allow
the wiper arm to touch the
windshield.
To replace the windshield wiper
blade:
1. Pull the windshield wiper
assembly away from the
windshield.
2. Press the release lever in the
middle of the wiper blade
where the wiper blade
attaches.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
266 Vehicle Care
3. Remove the wiper blade.
4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
blade replacement.
Windshield Replacement
Driver Assistance Systems
If the windshield needs to be
replaced and the vehicle is
equipped with a front camera sensor
for the Driver Assistance Systems, a
GM replacement windshield is
recommended. The replacement
windshield must be installed
according to GM specifications for
proper alignment. If it is not, these
systems may not work properly, they
may display messages, or they may
not work at all. See your dealer for
proper windshield replacement.
Gas Strut(s)
This vehicle is equipped with gas
strut(s) to provide assistance in
lifting and holding open the hood/
trunk/liftgate system in full open
position.
{
Warning
If the gas struts that hold open
the hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,
you or others could be seriously
injured. Take the vehicle to your
dealer for service immediately.
Visually inspect the gas struts for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage periodically. Check to
make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate
is held open with enough force.
If struts are failing to hold the
hood/trunk/liftgate, do not
operate. Have the vehicle
serviced.
Caution
Do not apply tape or hang any
objects from gas struts. Also do
not push down or pull on gas
struts. This may cause damage to
the vehicle.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 331.
Hood
Trunk
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 267
Liftgate
Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp aim has been preset and
should need no further adjustment.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is
necessary, see your dealer.
Bulb Replacement
For the proper type of replacement
bulbs, or any bulb changing
procedure not listed in this section,
contact your dealer.
Caution
Do not replace incandescent
bulbs with aftermarket LED
replacement bulbs. This can
cause damage to the vehicle
electrical system.
Halogen Bulbs
{
Warning
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the instructions
on the bulb package.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
268 Vehicle Care
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps
Driver Side
1. Low-Beam Headlamp
2. High-Beam Headlamp
3. Front Turn Signal/
Sidemarker/Parking Lamp
See your dealer for passenger side
replacement.
Headlamp
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the headlamp bulb
cover by turning it
counterclockwise.
3. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it
from the headlamp assembly
and pull it straight out.
4. Unplug the electrical connector
from the old bulb by releasing
the clip on the bulb socket.
5. Replace the bulb and reverse
Steps 1–4 to reinstall.
Turn Signal/Sidemarker/
Parking Lamp
1. Open the hood.
2. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it
from the headlamp assembly
and pull it straight out.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out of the bulb socket.
4. Replace the bulb and reverse
Steps 1–3 to reinstall.
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Stoplamps, and Back-Up
Lamps
1. Taillamp/Stoplamp/Turn
Signal
2. Taillamp/Stoplamp/Turn
Signal/Sidemarker
3. Back-up lamp
1. Open the tailgate.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 269
2. Remove the two rear lamp
assembly screws.
3. Pull the rear lamp assembly
outboard away from the box
side until the retainers release.
There will be a noise when the
retainers release.
4. Pull the rear lamp assembly
straight back to remove it from
the vehicle.
5. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise.
6. Pull the bulb straight out from
the socket.
7. Replace the bulb, then insert
the bulb socket into the rear
lamp assembly and turn
clockwise.
8. Verify the retainer ring is in the
proper position. If the retainer
ring is out of position, it will not
engage. Reset the retainer by
pulling it forward with a tool.
9. Push the rear lamp assembly
straight in until it is seated
against the vehicle.
10. Make sure the rear lamp
assembly is flush with the
box side.
11. Reinstall the two rear lamp
assembly screws.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
270 Vehicle Care
Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Cargo Lamp
1. Cargo Lamp Bulbs
2. Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) Bulb
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Remove the two screws and lift
off the lamp assembly.
2. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise and pull it
straight out.
3. Pull the bulb straight out from
the socket.
4. Replace the bulb and reverse
Steps 1–3 to reinstall.
Electrical System
Electrical System
Overload
The vehicle has fuses to protect
against an electrical system
overload. Fuses also protect power
devices in the vehicle.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one
of the identical size and rating.
If there is a problem on the road and
a fuse needs to be replaced, there
is a fuse puller in the Engine
Compartment Fuse Block. Replace
the fuse as soon as possible with
one of the same amperage rating.
Headlamp Wiring
An electrical overload may cause
the lamps to go on and off, or in
some cases to remain off. Have the
headlamp wiring checked right away
if the lamps go on and off or
remain off.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 271
Windshield Wipers
If the wiper motor overheats due to
heavy snow or ice, the windshield
wipers will stop until the motor cools
and will then restart.
Although the circuit is protected
from electrical overload, overload
due to heavy snow or ice may
cause wiper linkage damage.
Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using the
windshield wipers.
If the overload is caused by an
electrical problem and not snow or
ice, be sure to get it fixed.
Fuses and Circuit
Breakers
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by a
combination of fuses and circuit
breakers. This greatly reduces the
chance of damage caused by
electrical problems.
{
Danger
Fuses and circuit breakers are
marked with their ampere rating.
Do not exceed the
specified amperage rating when
replacing fuses and circuit
breakers. Use of an oversized
fuse or circuit breaker can result
in a vehicle fire. You and others
could be seriously injured or
killed.
To check a fuse, look at the
silver-colored band inside the fuse.
If the band is broken or melted,
replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
a bad fuse with a new one of the
identical size and rating.
Fuses of the same amperage can
be temporarily borrowed from
another fuse location, if a fuse goes
out. Replace the fuse as soon as
possible.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
272 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
The engine compartment fuse block
is in the engine compartment, on
the driver side of the vehicle.
Lift the cover to access the fuse
block.
Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
component.
A fuse puller is available inside this
fuse block.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 273
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
274 Vehicle Care
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Fuses Usage
F1 Traction control module
power
F2 Engine control module
power
F3 Air conditioning clutch
F4 –
F5 Engine control module/
Integrated chassis
control module/Fuel
pump power module
F6 Wipers
F7 Cargo lamp/Bed lighting
F8 Fuel injectors – even
F9 Fuel injectors – odd
F10 Engine control module
ignition 1
F11 Oxygen/Mass air flow/
Humidity/Induction air
temperature/Throttle
inlet pressure sensors
Fuses Usage
F12 Starter
F13 Traction control module
F14 –
F15 –
F16 –
F17 Front axle actuator
F18 –
F19 Aeroshutters
F20 –
F21 Front blower
F22 Antilock brake system
valves
F23 –
F24 Trailer
F25 Transfer case electronic
control
F26 Antilock brake
system pump
F27 Trailer brake control
module
F28 Rear window defogger
Fuses Usage
F29 –
F30 Driver heated seat
F31 –
F32 Passenger heated seat
F33 Right headlamp low
beam/FRT right park
lamp/Right front side
marker/Right rear side
marker
F34 Fuel pump power
module
F35 Integrated chassis
control module
F36 Center high-mounted
stoplamp
F37 Right high-beam
headlamp
F38 Left high-beam
headlamp
F39 Rear differential lock
actuators
F40 Front differential lock
actuators
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 275
Fuses Usage
F41 –
F42 –
F43 –
F44 –
F45 Vacuum pump
F46 Engine control module
ignition 2
F47 Mid park phase lock/
Active fuel
management/Engine oil
and canister purge
solenoid(s)/Oxygen
sensor.
F48 Fog lamps
F49 –
F50 Trailer parking lamps
F51 Horn
F52 –
F53 –
F54 –
F55 –
F56 Washer pump
Fuses Usage
F57 –
F58 –
F59 –
F60 Mirrors defogger
F61 –
F62 Canister vent solenoid
F63 –
F64 Trailer reverse lamp
F65 Left trailer stoplamp/
Turn signal lamps
F66 Right trailer stoplamp/
Turn signal lamps
F67 Electric power steering
F68 –
F69 Battery regulated
voltage control
F70 –
F71 –
F72 –
F73 –
F74 Generator
Fuses Usage
F75 –
Relays Usage
K1 Air conditioning clutch
K2 Starter
K3 –
K4 Wipers speed
K5 Wipers control
K6 Cargo lamp/Bed lighting
K7 Powertrain
K8 –
K9 Rear differential lock
actuators
K10 Front differential lock
actuators
K11 Center high-mounted
stoplamp
K12 –
K13 Vacuum pump
K14 Trailer parking lamps
K15 Run/Crank
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
276 Vehicle Care
Relays Usage
K16 –
K17 Rear window/Mirror
defogger
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block
The instrument panel fuse block is
behind the passenger side cowl side
trim panel. Remove the plastic nut
at the front of the cover, then pull
the cover away from the trim panel
to access the fuse block.
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Fuses Usage
F1 Run/Crank relay control/
Horn switch/Dome lamps
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 277
Fuses Usage
F2 –
F3 –
F4 Steering wheel controls
F5 Left headlamp low beam/
Front left park lamp/Left
front side marker/Left
rear side marker
F6 –
F7 –
F8 Mirror window module
F9 Instrument panel cluster
F10 –
F11 Door latches
F12 –
F13 OnStar/HVAC
F14 Radio/Infotainment
F15 RAP accessory relay
control/Shifter control/
Shifter solenoid/Wiper
relay control/Washer
pump relay control/Rear
defog relay control
Fuses Usage
F16 Communication gateway
module
F17 Left rear side marker/
Right front turn lamp/Left
rear stop lamp/Left front
turn lamp/Right rear
stop lamp
F18 Airbag/Sensing and
diagnostic module/
Automatic occupant
sensing module
F19 –
F20 Amplifier
F21 –
F22 –
F23 Data link connector/USB
front
F24 HVAC ignition
F25 Driver door latch
F26 –
F27 –
Fuses Usage
F28 Instrument panel cluster
and automatic sensing
display
F29 Rear vision camera/
Transfer case control
module (4WD)/Inside
rear view
F30 –
F31 Front camera/Rear park
assist
F32 Steering wheel controls
backlighting
F33 Heated steering wheel/
Spare
F34 Spare
F35 Park/Reverse/Neutral/
Drive/Low display/
Wireless charging
module/USB rear
F36 Discrete logic ignition
sensor
F37 –
F38 –
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
278 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage
F39 Auxiliary power outlet 2
F40 –
F41 Auxiliary power outlet 1/
Cigarette lighter
F42 Left power window
F43 Driver power seat
F44 Auxillary power outlet
F45 Right power window
F46 Passenger power seat
Relays Usage
K1 Retained accessory
power
K2 Run/Crank
K3 –
Wheels and Tires
Tires
Every new GM vehicle has
high-quality tires made by a
leading tire manufacturer. See
the warranty manual for
information regarding the tire
warranty and where to get
service. For additional
information refer to the tire
manufacturer.
{
Warning
.
Poorly maintaine d and
improperly used tires are
dangerous.
.
Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a
result of too much
flexing. There could be a
blowout and a serious
crash. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 168.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
Underinflated tires pose
the same danger as
overloaded tires. The
resulting crash could
cause serious injury.
Check all tires frequently
to maintain the
recommended pressure.
Tire pressure should be
checked when the tires
are cold.
.
Overinflated tires are
more likely to be cut,
punctured, or broken by
a sudden impact — such
as when hitting a pothole.
Keep tires at the
recommended pressure.
.
Worn or old tires can
cause a crash. If the
tread is badly worn,
replace them.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 279
Warning (Continued)
.
Replace any tires that
have been damaged by
impacts with potholes,
curbs, etc.
.
Improperly repaired tires
can cause a crash. Only
the dealer or an
authorized tire service
center should repair,
replace, dismount, and
mount the tires.
.
Do not spin the tires in
excess of 56 km/h
(35 mph) on slippery
surfaces such as snow,
mud, ice, etc. Excessive
spinning may cause the
tires to explode.
All-Season Tires
This vehicle may come with
all-season tires. These tires are
designed to provide good overall
performance on most road surfaces
and weather conditions. Original
equipment tires designed to GM's
specific tire performance criteria
have a TPC specification code
molded onto the sidewall. Original
equipment all-season tires can be
identified by the last two characters
of this TPC code, which will
be “MS.”
Consider installing winter tires on
the vehicle if frequent driving on
snow or ice-covered roads is
expected. All-season tires provide
adequate performance for most
winter driving conditions, but they
may not offer the same level of
traction or performance as winter
tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
See Winter Tires 0 279.
Winter Tires
This vehicle was not originally
equipped with winter tires. Winter
tires are designed for increased
traction on snow and ice-covered
roads. Consider installing winter
tires on the vehicle if frequent
driving on ice or snow covered
roads is expected. See your dealer
for details regarding winter tire
availability and proper tire selection.
Also, see Buying New Tires 0 293.
With winter tires, there may be
decreased dry road traction,
increased road noise, and shorter
tread life. After changing to winter
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
handling and braking.
If using winter tires:
.
Use tires of the same brand and
tread type on all four wheel
positions.
.
Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and
speed rating as the original
equipment tires.
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment tires
may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
tires with a lower speed rating are
chosen, never exceed the tire's
maximum speed capability.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
280 Vehicle Care
All-Terrain Tires
This vehicle may have all-terrain
tires. These tires provide good
performance on most road surfaces,
weather conditions, and for off-road
driving. See Off-Road Driving 0 159.
The tread pattern on these tires may
wear more quickly than other tires.
Consider rotating the tires more
frequently than at 12 000 km
(7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear
is noted when the tires are
inspected. See Tire Inspection
0 291.
Tire Sidewall Labeling
Useful information about a tire is
molded into its sidewall. The
examples show a typical
passenger vehicle tire and a
compact spare tire sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
(1) Tire Size : The tire size is a
combination of letters and
numbers used to define a
particular tire's width, height,
aspect ratio, construction type,
and service description. See the
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
section.
(2) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification)
: Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
(3) DOT (Department of
Transportation)
: The
Department of Transportation
(DOT) code indicates that the
tire is in compliance with the
U.S. Department of
Transportation Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards.
DOT Tire Date of
Manufacture
: The last four
digits of the TIN indicate the tire
manufactured date. The first two
digits represent the week
(01–52) and the last two digits,
the year. For example, the third
week of the year 2010 would
have a four-digit DOT date
of 0310.
(4) Tire Identificatio n Number
(TIN)
: The letters and numbers
following the DOT (Department
of Transportation) code are the
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 281
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(5) Tire Ply Material
: The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(6) Uniform Tire Quality
Grading (UTQG)
: Tire
manufacturers are required to
grade tires based on three
performance factors: treadwear,
traction, and temperature
resistance. For more information
see Uniform Tire Quality
Grading 0 295.
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit
: Maximum load that
can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load.
(8) Temporary Use Only
: Only
use a temporary spare tire until
the road tire is repaired and
replaced. This spare tire should
not be driven on over 112 km/h
(70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph)
when pulling a trailer, with the
proper inflation pressure. See
Full-Size Spare Tire 0 311.
Compact Spare Tire Example
(1) Tire Ply Material : The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(2) Temporary Use Only
: The
compact spare tire or temporary
use tire should not be driven at
speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).
The compact spare tire is for
emergency use when a regular
road tire has lost air and gone
flat. If the vehicle has a compact
spare tire, see Compact Spare
Tire 0 310 and If a Tire Goes
Flat 0 298.
(3) Tire Identificatio n Number
(TIN)
: The letters and numbers
following the DOT (Department
of Transportation) code are the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
282 Vehicle Care
(4) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit
: Maximum load that
can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load.
(5) Tire Inflation
: The
temporary use tire or compact
spare tire should be inflated to
420 kPa (60 psi). For more
information on tire pressure and
inflation see Tire Pressure
0 285.
(6) Tire Size
: A combination of
letters and numbers define a
tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
construction type, and service
description. The letter T as the
first character in the tire size
means the tire is for temporary
use only.
(7) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification)
: Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
Tire Designations
Tire Size
The following is an example of a
typical passenge r vehicle
tire size.
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :
The United States version of a
metric tire sizing system. The
letter P as the first character in
the tire size means a passenger
vehicle tire engineered to
standards set by the U.S. Tire
and Rim Association.
(2) Tire Width
: The three-digit
number indicates the tire section
width in millimeters from
sidewall to sidewall.
(3) Aspect Ratio
: A two-digit
number that indicates the tire
height-to-width measurements.
For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
item 3 of the illustration, it would
mean that the tire's sidewall is
60 percent as high as it is wide.
(4) Construction Code
: A letter
code is used to indicate the type
of ply construction in the tire.
The letter R means radial ply
construction; the letter D means
diagonal or bias ply
construction; and the letter B
means belted-bias ply
construction.
(5) Rim Diameter
: Diameter of
the wheel in inches.
(6) Service Description
: These
characters represent the load
index and speed rating of the
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 283
tire. The load index represents
the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.
Tire Terminology and
Definitions
Air Pressure : The amount of
air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch of
the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch).
Accessory Weight
: The
combined weight of optional
accessories. Some examples of
optional accesso ries are
automatic transmissio n, power
windows, power seats, and air
conditioning.
Aspect Ratio
: The relations hip
of a tire's height to its width.
Belt
: A rubber coated layer of
cords between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing
materials.
Bead
: The tire bead contains
steel wires wrapped by steel
cords that hold the tire onto
the rim.
Bias Ply Tire
: A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at
alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure
: The
amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch)
before a tire has built up heat
from driving. See Tire Pressure
0 285.
Curb Weight
: The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
and coolant, but without
passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings
: A code molded
into the sidewall of a tire
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer,
production plant, brand, and
date of production.
GVWR
: Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 168.
GAWR FRT
: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the front axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 168.
GAWR RR
: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the rear axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 168.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
284 Vehicle Care
Intended Outboard Sidewall :
The side of an asymmetrical tire
that must always face outward
when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa)
: The metric
unit for air pressure.
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire
: A
tire used on light duty trucks and
some multipurpose passenger
vehicles.
Load Index
: An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279
that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure
:
The maximum air pressure to
which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is
molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating
: The
load rating for a tire at the
maximum permissible inflation
pressure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight
: The sum of curb
weight, accessory weight,
vehicle capacity weight, and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight
: The
number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 168.
Occupant Distribution
:
Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall
: The
side of an asymmet rical tire that
has a particular side that faces
outward when mounted on a
vehicle. The side of the tire that
contains a whitewall, bears
white lettering, or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall
of the tire.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire
: A
tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Recommended Inflation
Pressure
: Vehicle
manufacturer's recommended
tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard. See Tire
Pressure 0 285 and Vehicle
Load Limits 0 168.
Radial Ply Tire
: A pneumatic
tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim
: A metal support for a tire
and upon which the tire beads
are seated.
Sidewall
: The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 285
Speed Rating : An
alphanumeric code assigned to
a tire indicating the maximum
speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction
: The friction between
the tire and the road surface.
The amount of grip provided.
Tread
: The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with
the road.
Treadwear Indicators
: Narrow
bands, sometimes called wear
bars, that show across the tread
of a tire when only 1.6 mm
(1/16 in) of tread remains. See
When It Is Time for New Tires
0 292.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards)
: A tire
information system that provides
consumers with ratings for a
tire's traction, temperature, and
treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire
manufacturers using
government testing procedures.
The ratings are molded into the
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
Tire Quality Grading 0 295.
Vehicle Capacity Weight
: The
number of designated seating
positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 168.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire
: Load on an individual tire
due to curb weight, accessory
weight, occupant weight, and
cargo weight.
Vehicle Placard
: A label
permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the vehicle
capacity weight and the original
equipment tire size and
recommended inflation pressure.
See “Tire and Loading
Information Label” under Vehicle
Load Limits 0 168.
Tire Pressure
Tires need the correct amount of
air pressure to operate
effectively.
{
Warning
Neither tire underinflation nor
overinflation is good.
Underinflated tires, or tires
that do not have enough air,
can result in:
.
Tire overloading and
overheating which could
lead to a blowout.
.
Premature or
irregular wear.
.
Poor handling.
.
Reduced fuel economy.
Overinflated tires, or tires that
have too much air, can
result in:
.
Unusual wear.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
286 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
.
Poor handling.
.
Rough ride.
.
Needless damage from
road hazards.
The Tire and Loading
Information label on the vehicle
indicates the original equipment
tires and the correct cold tire
inflation pressures . The
recommended pressure is the
minimum air pressure needed to
support the vehicle's maximum
load carrying capacity. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 168.
How the vehicle is loaded
affects vehicle handling and ride
comfort. Never load the vehicle
with more weight than it was
designed to carry.
When to Check
Check the pressure of the tires
once a month or more. Do not
forget to check the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one. The cold
compact spare tire pressure
should be at 420 kPa (60psi).
See Compact Spare Tire 0 310
and Full-Size Spare Tire 0 311.
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type
gauge to check tire pressure.
Proper tire inflation cannot be
determined by looking at the tire.
Check the tire inflation pressure
when the tires are cold, meaning
the vehicle has not been driven
for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem. Press the tire
gauge firmly onto the valve to
get a pressure measurem ent.
If the cold tire inflation pressure
matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label, no
further adjustment is necessary.
If the inflation pressure is low,
add air until the recommended
pressure is reached. If the
inflation pressure is high, press
on the metal stem in the center
of the tire valve to release air.
Re-check the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
Put the valve caps back on the
valve stems to keep out dirt and
moisture and prevent leaks. Use
only valve caps designed for the
vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors
could be damaged and would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Tire Pressure Monitor
System
The Tire Pressure Monitor System
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
technology to check tire pressure
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 287
the air pressure in your tires and
transmit tire pressure readings to a
receiver located in the vehicle.
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended
by the vehicle manufacturer on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has
tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly
under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them
to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
tread life, and may affect the
vehicle's handling and stopping
ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's
responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under-inflation has
not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been
equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire
pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation
of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function
properly.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 288.
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 359.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
288 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The TPMS is designed to warn the
driver when a low tire pressure
condition exists. TPMS sensors are
mounted onto each tire and wheel
assembly, excluding the spare tire
and wheel assembly. The TPMS
sensors monitor the air pressure in
the tires and transmit the tire
pressure readings to a receiver
located in the vehicle.
When a low tire pressure condition
is detected, the TPMS illuminates
the low tire pressure warning light
located on the instrument cluster.
If the warning light comes on, stop
as soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 168.
A message to check the pressure in
a specific tire displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). The low
tire pressure warning light and the
DIC warning message come on at
each ignition cycle until the tires are
inflated to the correct inflation
pressure. Using the DIC, tire
pressure levels can be viewed. For
additional information and details
about the DIC operation and
displays, see Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 129 or
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 131.
The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
could be an early indicator that the
air pressure is getting low and
needs to be inflated to the proper
pressure.
A Tire and Loading Information label
shows the size of the original
equipment tires and the correct
inflation pressure for the tires when
they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 168, for an example of the
Tire and Loading Information label
and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure 0 285.
The TPMS can warn about a low
tire pressure condition but it does
not replace normal tire
maintenance. See Tire Inspection
0 291, Tire Rotation 0 291, and
Tires 0 278.
Caution
Tire sealant materials are not all
the same. A non-approved tire
sealant could damage the TPMS
sensors. TPMS sensor damage
caused by using an incorrect tire
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 289
Caution (Continued)
sealant is not covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always use only
the GM approved tire sealant
available through your dealer or
included in the vehicle.
TPMS Malfunction Light and
Message
The TPMS will not function properly
if one or more of the TPMS sensors
are missing or inoperable. When the
system detects a malfunction, the
low tire pressure warning light
flashes for about one minute and
then stays on for the remainder of
the ignition cycle. A DIC warning
message also displays. The
malfunction light and DIC warning
message come on at each ignition
cycle until the problem is corrected.
Some of the conditions that can
cause these to come on are:
.
One of the road tires has been
replaced with the spare tire. The
spare tire does not have a
TPMS sensor. The malfunction
light and the DIC message
should go off after the road tire
is replaced and the sensor
matching process is performed
successfully. See “TPMS Sensor
Matching Process” later in this
section.
.
The TPMS sensor matching
process was not done or not
completed successfully after
rotating the tires. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off after
successfully completing the
sensor matching process. See
“TPMS Sensor Matching
Process” later in this section.
.
One or more TPMS sensors are
missing or damaged. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off when the
TPMS sensors are installed and
the sensor matching process is
performed successfully. See
your dealer for service.
.
Replacement tires or wheels do
not match the original equipment
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
other than those recommended
could prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. See Buying
New Tires 0 293.
.
Operating electronic devices or
being near facilities using radio
wave frequencies similar to the
TPMS could cause the TPMS
sensors to malfunction.
If the TPMS is not functioning
properly, it cannot detect or signal a
low tire pressure condition. See
your dealer for service if the TPMS
malfunction light and DIC message
come on and stay on.
TPMS Sensor Matching
Process
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
identification code. The identification
code needs to be matched to a new
tire/wheel position after rotating the
vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
more of the TPMS sensors. Also,
the TPMS sensor matching process
should be performed after replacing
a spare tire with a road tire
containing the TPMS sensor. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off at the next
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
290 Vehicle Care
ignition cycle. The sensors are
matched to the tire/wheel positions,
using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
following order: driver side front tire,
passenger side front tire, passenger
side rear tire, and driver side rear.
See your dealer for service or to
purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS
relearn tool can also be purchased.
See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor
Activation Tool at
www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
call 1-800-GM TOOLS
(1-800-468-6657).
There are two minutes to match the
first tire/wheel position, and
five minutes overall to match all four
tire/wheel positions. If it takes
longer, the matching process stops
and must be restarted.
The TPMS sensor matching
process is:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition on without
starting the vehicle.
3. If the vehicle has an uplevel
DIC, make sure the Tire
Pressure info page option is
turned on. The info pages on
the DIC can be turned on and
off through the Options menu.
See Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Base Level) 0 129 or
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 131.
4. If the vehicle has an uplevel
DIC, use the DIC controls on
the right side of the steering
wheel to scroll to the Tire
Pressure screen under the DIC
info page.
If the vehicle has a base level
DIC, use the MENU button to
select the Vehicle Information
menu in the DIC. Use the
thumbwheel to scroll to the Tire
Pressure Menu item screen.
5. If the vehicle has an uplevel
DIC, press and hold
V in the
center of the DIC controls.
If the vehicle has a base level
DIC, press SET/CLR on the
turn signal lever to begin the
sensor matching process.
A message asking if the
process should begin should
appear. Press SET/CLR again
to confirm the selection.
The horn sounds twice to
signal the receiver is in relearn
mode and the TIRE
LEARNING ACTIVE message
displays on the DIC screen.
6. Start with the driver side
front tire.
7. Place the relearn tool against
the tire sidewall, near the valve
stem. Then press the button to
activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the
sensor identification code has
been matched to this tire and
wheel position.
8. Proceed to the passenger side
front tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 7.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 291
9. Proceed to the passenger side
rear tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 7.
10. Proceed to the driver side rear
tire, and repeat the procedure
in Step 7. The horn sounds two
times to indicate the sensor
identification code has been
matched to the driver side rear
tire, and the TPMS sensor
matching process is no longer
active. The TIRE LEARNING
ACTIVE message on the DIC
display screen goes off.
11. Turn the vehicle off.
12. Set all four tires to the
recommended air pressure
level as indicated on the Tire
and Loading Information label.
Tire Inspection
We recommend that the tires,
including the spare tire, if the
vehicle has one, be inspected
for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month.
Replace the tire if:
.
The indicators at three or
more places around the tire
can be seen.
.
There is cord or fabric
showing through the tire's
rubber.
.
The tread or sidewall is
cracked, cut, or snagged
deep enough to show cord or
fabric.
.
The tire has a bump, bulge,
or split.
.
The tire has a puncture, cut,
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of
the size or location of the
damage.
Tire Rotation
Tires should be rotated every
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
Maintenance Schedule 0 331.
Tires are rotated to achieve a
uniform wear for all tires. The
first rotation is the most
important.
Anytime unusual wear is
noticed, rotate the tires as soon
as possible, check for proper tire
inflation pressure, and check for
damaged tires or wheels. If the
unusual wear continues after the
rotation, check the wheel
alignment. See When It Is Time
for New Tires 0 292 and Wheel
Replacement 0 297.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
292 Vehicle Care
Use this rotation pattern when
rotating the tires.
Do not include the spare tire in
the tire rotation.
Adjust the front and rear tires to
the recommen ded inflation
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated.
See Tire Pressure 0 285 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 168.
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
System. See Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation 0 288.
Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel
Nut Torque” under Capacities
and Specifications 0 346, and
“Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire” under
Tire Changing 0 300.
{
Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause a crash. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
Lightly coat the inner diameter of
the wheel hub opening with
wheel bearing grease after a
wheel change or tire rotation to
prevent corrosion or rust
buildup. Do not get grease on
the wheel mounting surface or
on the wheel nuts or bolts.
When It Is Time for New
Tires
Factors, such as maintenance,
temperatures, driving speeds,
vehicle loading, and road conditions
affect the wear rate of the tires.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 293
Treadwear indicators are one way to
tell when it is time for new tires.
Treadwear indicators appear when
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
or less of tread remaining. Some
commercial truck tires may not have
treadwear indicators. See Tire
Inspection 0 291 and Tire Rotation
0 291 for additional information.
The rubber in tires ages over time.
This also applies to the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
never used. Multiple factors
including temperatures, loading
conditions, and inflation pressure
maintenance affect how fast aging
takes place. GM recommends that
tires, including the spare if
equipped, be replaced after six
years, regardless of tread wear. To
identify the age of a tire, use the tire
manufacture date which is the last
four digits of the DOT Tire
Identification Number (TIN) which is
molded into one side of the tire
sidewall. The first two digits
represent the week (01-52) and the
last two digits, the year. For
example, the third week of the year
2010 would have a four-digit DOT
date of 0310.
Vehicle Storage
Tires age when stored normally
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
a vehicle that will be stored for at
least a month in a cool, dry, clean
area away from direct sunlight to
slow aging. This area should be free
of grease, gasoline, or other
substances that can deteriorate
rubber.
Parking for an extended period can
cause flat spots on the tires that
may result in vibrations while
driving. When storing a vehicle for
at least a month, remove the tires or
raise the vehicle to reduce the
weight from the tires.
Buying New Tires
GM has developed and matched
specific tires for the vehicle. The
original equipment tires installed
were designed to meet General
Motors Tire Performance Criteria
Specification (TPC Spec)
system rating. When
replacement tires are needed,
GM strongly recommends
buying tires with the same TPC
Spec rating.
GM's exclusive TPC Spec
system considers over a dozen
critical specifications that impact
the overall performance of the
vehicle, including brake system
performance, ride and handling,
traction control, and tire
pressure monitoring
performance. GM's TPC Spec
number is molded onto the tire's
sidewall near the tire size. If the
tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPC Spec number
will be followed by MS for mud
and snow. See Tire Sidewall
Labeling 0 280 for additional
information.
GM recommends replacing worn
tires in complete sets of four.
Uniform tread depth on all tires
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
294 Vehicle Care
will help to maintain the
performance of the vehicle.
Braking and handling
performance may be adversely
affected if all the tires are not
replaced at the same time.
If proper rotation and
maintenance have been done,
all four tires should wear out at
about the same time. See Tire
Rotation 0 291 for information
on proper tire rotation. However,
if it is necessary to replace only
one axle set of worn tires, place
the new tires on the rear axle.
{
Warning
Tires could explode during
improper service. Attempting
to mount or dismount a tire
could cause injury or death.
Only your dealer or authorized
tire service center should
mount or dismount the tires.
{
Warning
Mixing tires of different sizes,
brands, or types may cause
loss of control of the vehicle,
resulting in a crash or other
vehicle damage. Use the
correct size, brand, and type
of tires on all wheels.
This vehicle may have a
different size spare than the
road tires originally installed
on the vehicle. When new, the
vehicle included a spare tire
and wheel assembly with a
similar overall diameter as the
road tires and wheels, so it is
all right to drive on it. The
spare tire was developed for
use on this vehicle and will not
affect vehicle handling.
{
Warning
Using bias-ply tires on the
vehicle may cause the wheel
rim flanges to develop cracks
after many miles of driving.
A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash.
Use only radial-ply tires with
the wheels on the vehicle.
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment
tires may not be available for H,
V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
tires. Never exceed the winter
tires’ maximum speed capability
when using winter tires with a
lower speed rating.
If the vehicle tires must be
replaced with a tire that does not
have a TPC Spec number, make
sure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating, and
construction (radial) as the
original tires.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 295
Vehicles that have a tire
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
low-pressure warning if non-TPC
Spec rated tires are installed.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 286.
The Tire and Loading
Information label indicates the
original equipment tires on the
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 168 for the label location and
more information about the Tire
and Loading Information label.
Different Size Tires and
Wheels
If wheels or tires are installed that
are a different size than the original
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking,
ride and handling characteristics,
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has
electronic systems such as antilock
brakes, rollover airbags, traction
control, electronic stability control,
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
of these systems can also be
affected.
{
Warning
If different sized wheels are used,
there may not be an acceptable
level of performance and safety if
tires not recommended for those
wheels are selected. This
increases the chance of a crash
and serious injury. Only use GM
specific wheel and tire systems
developed for the vehicle, and
have them properly installed by a
GM certified technician.
See Buying New Tires 0 293 and
Accessories and Modifications
0 241.
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading
The following information relates
to the system developed by the
United States National Highway
Traffic Safety Administr ation
(NHTSA), which grades tires by
treadwear, traction, and
temperature performance . This
applies only to vehicles sold in
the United States. The grades
are molded on the sidewalls of
most passenger car tires. The
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
(UTQG) system does not apply
to deep tread, winter tires,
compact spare tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-produ ction
tires.
While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
and light trucks may vary with
respect to these grades, they
must also conform to federal
safety requirements and
additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC)
standards.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
296 Vehicle Care
Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA
Temperature A
All Passenger Car Tires Must
Conform to Federal Safety
Requirements In Addition To
These Grades.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test
course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one and
one-half (1½) times as well on
the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of
their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in driving
habits, service practices and
differences in road
characteristics and climate.
Traction
The traction grades, from
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
and C. Those grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on
specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.
Temperature
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance
to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel. Sustained
high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure. The grade
C correspond s to a level of
performance which all
passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and
A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law. Warning: The
temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 297
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
The tires and wheels were aligned
and balanced at the factory to
provide the longest tire life and best
overall performance. Adjustments to
wheel alignment and tire balancing
are not necessary on a regular
basis. Consider an alignment check
if there is unusual tire wear or the
vehicle is significantly pulling to one
side or the other. Some slight pull to
the left or right, depending on the
crown of the road and/or other road
surface variations such as troughs
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
vibrating when driving on a smooth
road, the tires and wheels may need
to be rebalanced. See your dealer
for proper diagnosis.
Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
Some aluminum wheels can be
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of
wheel that is needed.
Each new wheel should have the
same load-carrying capacity,
diameter, width, offset, and be
mounted the same way as the one it
replaces.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts.
{
Warning
Using the wrong replacement
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
nuts can be dangerous. It could
affect the braking and handling of
the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
and cause loss of control, causing
a crash. Always use the correct
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
nuts for replacement.
Caution
The wrong wheel can also cause
problems with bearing life, brake
cooling, speedometer or
odometer calibration, headlamp
aim, bumper height, vehicle
ground clearance, and tire or tire
chain clearance to the body and
chassis.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
298 Vehicle Care
Used Replacement Wheels
{
Warning
Replacing a wheel with a used
one is dangerous. How it has
been used or how far it has been
driven may be unknown. It could
fail suddenly and cause a crash.
When replacing wheels, use a
new GM original equipment
wheel.
Tire Chains
{
Warning
If the vehicle has 255/55R20,
255/65R17 AT, 265/60R18,
265/65R17, or 265/70R16 size
tires, do not use tire chains.
There is not enough clearance.
Tire chains used on a vehicle
without the proper amount of
clearance can cause damage to
the brakes, suspension, or other
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
vehicle parts. The area damaged
by the tire chains could cause
loss of control and a crash.
Use another type of traction
device only if its manufacturer
recommends it for use on the
vehicle and tire size combination
and road conditions. Follow that
manufacturer's instructions. To
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow
and readjust or remove the
traction device if it contacts the
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels.
If traction devices are used, install
them on the rear tires.
Caution
If the vehicle has a tire size other
than 255/55R20, 255/65R17 AT,
265/60R18, 265/65R17, or
265/70R16, use tire chains only
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
where legal and only when
necessary. Use chains that are
the proper size for the tires. Install
them on the tires of the rear axle.
Do not use chains on the tires of
the front axle. Tighten them as
tightly as possible with the ends
securely fastened. Drive slowly
and follow the chain
manufacturer's instructions. If the
chains contact the vehicle, stop
and retighten them. If the contact
continues, slow down until it
stops. Driving too fast or spinning
the wheels with chains on will
damage the vehicle.
If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blowout
while driving, especially if the tires
are maintained properly. If air goes
out of a tire, it is much more likely to
leak out slowly. But if there ever is a
blowout, here are a few tips about
what to expect and what to do:
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 299
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot off
the accelerator pedal and grip the
steering wheel firmly. Steer to
maintain lane position, and then
gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction as
used in a skid. Stop pressing the
accelerator pedal and steer to
straighten the vehicle. It may be
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
to a stop, well off the road,
if possible.
{
Warning
Driving on a flat tire will cause
permanent damage to the tire.
Re-inflating a tire after it has been
driven on while severely
underinflated or flat may cause a
blowout and a serious crash.
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
that has been driven on while
severely underinflated or flat.
Have your dealer or an authorized
tire service center repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as
possible.
{
Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers 0 142.
{
Warning
Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can slip
off the jack and roll over or fall
causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire. To
help prevent the vehicle from
moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put an automatic
transmission in P (Park) or a
manual transmission in
1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. For four-wheel-drive
vehicles, be sure the
transfer case is in a drive
gear– not in N (Neutral).
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
300 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
4. Turn off the engine and do
not restart while the vehicle
is raised.
5. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.
6. Place wheel blocks,
if equipped, on both sides of
the tire at the opposite
corner of the tire being
changed.
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
use the following example as a
guide to assist in the placement of
the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.
1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
2. Flat Tire
The following information explains
how to use the jack and change
a tire.
Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools
Crew Cab
To access and remove the jack and
tools:
1. Lift the rear seat to access the
tool bag.
2. Remove the straps to remove
the tool bag.
3. Fold the rear seat to access
the jack.
4. Turn the knob on the jack (2)
counterclockwise to lower the
jack head to release the jack
from its holder.
5. Turn the wing nut (1)
counterclockwise to remove the
jack and wheel blocks.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 301
Extended Cab
1. Jack Cover
2. Tool Bag Cover
To access and remove the jack and
tools:
1. Pull the bottom of the jack
cover (1) forward to remove it.
2. Pull the lower access pocket
forward and then upward to
remove the tool bag cover (2).
3. Turn the knob on the jack (1)
counterclockwise to lower the
jack head to release the jack
from its holder.
4. Turn the wing nut (2)
counterclockwise to remove the
jack and wheel blocks.
5. Turn the wing nut (3)
counterclockwise to remove the
tool bag.
Use the jack handle extensions and
the wheel wrench to remove the
underbody-mounted spare tire.
1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem
Pointed Down for All Except
ZR2 Models. Valve Stem
Pointed Up for ZR2
Models.)
2. Tire/Wheel Retainer
3. Hoist Cable
4. Hoist Assembly
5. Hoist Shaft
6. Jack Handle Extensions
7. Wheel Wrench
8. Spare Tire Lock (If
Equipped)
9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
10. Hoist End of Extension Tool
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
302 Vehicle Care
1. Open the spare tire lock cover
on the bumper.
Insert the ignition key, turn, and
pull straight out to remove the
spare tire lock (8), if equipped.
2. Assemble the wheel wrench (7)
and the two jack handle
extensions (6), as shown.
3. Insert the hoist end (open
end) (10) of the extension
through the hole (9) in the rear
bumper.
Do not use the chiseled end of
the wheel wrench.
Be sure the hoist end of the
extension (10) connects to the
hoist shaft. The ribbed square
end of the extension is used to
lower the spare tire.
4. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to lower the
spare tire to the ground.
Continue to turn the wheel
wrench until the spare tire can
be pulled out from under the
vehicle.
5. Pull the spare tire out from
under the vehicle.
6. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle
with some slack in the cable to
access the tire/wheel retainer.
Tilt the retainer and pull it
through the center of the wheel
along with the cable and
spring.
7. Put the spare tire near the
flat tire.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 303
Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire
Use the following pictures and
instructions to remove the flat tire
and raise the vehicle.
1. Jack
2. Wheel Blocks
3. Jack Handle
4. Jack Handle Extensions
5. Wheel Wrench
1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat 0 298.
2. If the wheel has a center cap
that covers the lug nuts, place
the chisel end of the wheel
wrench in each of the slots in
the cap, and gently pry it out.
3. Use the wheel wrench and turn
it counterclockwise to loosen
the wheel nuts. Do not remove
the wheel nuts yet.
Front Position — ZR2 Models
4. For ZR2 Models, position the
jack under the control arm, as
shown.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
304 Vehicle Care
Front Position — All Except ZR2
Models
For all other Models, position
the jack under the vehicle, as
shown.
If the flat tire is on the front of
the vehicle, position the jack on
the depression in the vehicle's
frame, behind the flat tire.
Rear Position
5. If the flat tire is on the rear,
position the jack under the rear
axle about 5 cm (2 in) inboard
of the shock absorber bracket.
Make sure that the jack head is
positioned so that the rear axle
is resting securely between the
grooves that are on the
jack head.
{
Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.
{
Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
6. Turn the wheel wrench
clockwise to raise the vehicle.
Raise the vehicle far enough
off the ground so there is
enough room for the spare tire
to fit under the wheel well.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 305
7. Remove all the wheel nuts and
take off the flat tire.
{
Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause a crash. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
8. Remove any rust or dirt from
the wheel bolts, mounting
surfaces, and spare wheel.
9. Install the spare tire.
{
Warning
Never use oil or grease on bolts
or nuts because the nuts might
come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.
10. Put the wheel nuts back on
with the rounded end of the
nuts toward the wheel.
11. Tighten each wheel nut by
hand. Then use the wheel
wrench to tighten the nuts until
the wheel is held against
the hub.
12. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to lower the
vehicle. Lower the jack
completely.
{
Warning
If wheel studs are damaged, they
can break. If all the studs on a
wheel broke, the wheel could
come off and cause a crash.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
306 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
If any stud is damaged because
of a loose-running wheel, it could
be that all of the studs are
damaged. To be sure, replace all
studs on the wheel. If the stud
holes in a wheel have become
larger, the wheel could collapse in
operation. Replace any wheel if
its stud holes have become larger
or distorted in any way. Inspect
hubs and hub‐piloted wheels for
damage. Because of loose
running wheels, piloting pad
damage may occur and require
replacement of the entire hub, for
proper centering of the wheels.
When replacing studs, hubs,
wheel nuts or wheels, be sure to
use GM original equipment parts.
{
Warning
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
incorrectly tightened can cause
the wheels to become loose or
come off. The wheel nuts should
be tightened with a torque wrench
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
using accessory locking wheel
nuts. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 346 for original
equipment wheel nut torque
specifications.
Caution
Improperly tightened wheel nuts
can lead to brake pulsation and
rotor damage. To avoid expensive
brake repairs, evenly tighten the
wheel nuts in the proper
sequence and to the proper
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
torque specification. See
Capacities and Specifications
0 346 for the wheel nut torque
specification.
13. Tighten the nuts firmly in a
crisscross sequence, as
shown, by turning the wheel
wrench clockwise.
When reinstalling the regular wheel
and tire, also reinstall the center
cap. Place the cap on the wheel
and push it into place until it seats.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 307
The cap may only go on one way.
Be sure to line up any tabs on the
center cap with corresponding
indentations on the wheel.
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
and Tools
{
Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in
the proper place.
{
Warning
Failure to follow these tire storage
instructions carefully could result
in personal injury or property
damage if the hoist cable fails or
if the tire comes loose. Make sure
the tire is stored securely before
driving.
Caution
Storing an aluminum wheel with a
flat tire under your vehicle for an
extended period of time or with
the valve stem pointing up can
damage the wheel. Always stow
the wheel with the valve stem
pointing down and have the
wheel/tire repaired as soon as
possible.
Caution
The tire hoist can be damaged if
there is no tension on the cable
when using it. To have the
necessary tension, the spare or
road tire and wheel assembly
must be installed on the tire hoist
to use it.
{
Warning
An improperly stored spare tire
could come loose and cause a
crash. To avoid personal injury or
property damage, always store
the spare tire when the vehicle is
parked on a level surface.
Store the tire under the rear of the
vehicle in the spare tire carrier.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
308 Vehicle Care
1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem
Pointed Down for All Except
ZR2 Models. Valve Stem
Pointed Up for ZR2
Models.)
2. Tire/Wheel Retainer
3. Hoist Cable
4. Hoist Assembly
5. Hoist Shaft
6. Jack Handle Extensions
7. Wheel Wrench
8. Spare Tire Lock (If
Equipped)
9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
10. Hoist End of Extension Tool
1. Put the tire on the ground at
the rear of the vehicle with the
valve stem pointed down for all
models except ZR2 or with the
valve stem up for ZR2 models.
2. Pull the cable and spring
through the center of the
wheel. Tilt the wheel retainer
plate down and through the
center of the wheel.
Make sure the retainer is fully
seated across the underside of
the wheel.
3. Attach the wheel wrench (7)
and extensions (6) together, as
shown.
Caution
Use of an air wrench or other
power tools with the hoist
mechanism is not recommended
and could damage the system.
Use only the tools supplied with
the hoist mechanism.
4. Insert the hoist end (10)
through the hole (9) in the rear
bumper and onto the hoist
shaft.
Do not use the chiseled end of
the wheel wrench.
5. Raise the tire part way upward.
Make sure the retainer is
seated in the wheel opening.
6. Raise the tire fully against the
underside of the vehicle by
turning the wheel wrench
clockwise until you hear two
clicks or feel it skip twice. You
cannot overtighten the cable.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 309
7. Make sure the tire is stored
securely and flush in the
radius (2) of the spare tire
support bracket (1). Push, pull,
and then try to turn the tire.
If the tire moves, use the wheel
wrench to tighten the cable.
Repeat this tightness check
procedure when checking the
spare tire pressure according
to the scheduled maintenance
information or any time the
spare tire is handled due to
service of other components.
Correctly Stored
Incorrectly Stored
8. Reinstall the spare tire lock,
if the vehicle has one.
To store the jack and tools, reverse
the steps for removing them.
1. Wheel Wrench
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
310 Vehicle Care
2. Jack Handle
3. Jack Handle Extensions
4. Wing Nut
For extended cab models, be sure
to replace the wheel wrench (1),
jack handle (2), and two jack handle
extensions (3) in the bag, as shown,
so it can be properly stored in the
storage compartment.
Be sure to fully tighten the wing
nut (4) so the tool bag cover can be
properly and securely closed.
Compact Spare Tire
{
Warning
Driving with more than one
compact spare tire at a time could
result in loss of braking and
handling. This could lead to a
crash and you or others could be
injured. Use only one compact
spare tire at a time.
If this vehicle has a compact spare
tire, it was fully inflated when new;
however, it can lose air over time.
Check the inflation pressure
regularly. It should be 420 kPa
(60 psi).
Stop as soon as possible and check
that the spare tire is correctly
inflated after being installed on the
vehicle. The compact spare tire is
designed for temporary use only.
The vehicle will perform differently
with the spare tire installed and it is
recommended that the vehicle
speed be limited to 80 km/h
(50 mph). To conserve the tread of
the spare tire, have the standard tire
repaired or replaced as soon as
convenient and return the spare tire
to the storage area.
When using a compact spare tire,
the AWD (if equipped), ABS, and
Traction Control systems may
engage until the spare tire is
recognized by the vehicle,
especially on slippery roads. Adjust
driving to reduce possible
wheel slip.
Caution
When the compact spare is
installed, do not take the vehicle
through an automatic car wash
with guide rails. The compact
spare can get caught on the rails
which can damage the tire, wheel,
and other parts of the vehicle.
Do not use the compact spare on
other vehicles.
Do not mix the compact spare tire or
wheel with other wheels or tires.
They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
and its wheel together.
Caution
Tire chains will not fit the compact
spare. Using them can damage
the vehicle and the chains. Do not
use tire chains on the compact
spare.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 311
Caution
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive
and a different size spare tire is
installed, do not drive in
four-wheel drive until the flat tire
is repaired and/or replaced. The
vehicle could be damaged and
the repairs would not be covered
by the warranty. Never use
four-wheel drive when a different
size spare tire is installed on the
vehicle.
Full-Size Spare Tire
If this vehicle came with a full-size
spare tire, it was fully inflated when
new, however, it can lose air over
time. Check the inflation pressure
regularly. See Tire Pressure 0 285
and Vehicle Load Limits 0 168. For
instructions on how to remove,
install, or store a spare tire, see Tire
Changing 0 300.
If equipped with a temporary use
full-size spare tire, it is indicated on
the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall
Labeling 0 280. This spare tire
should not be driven on over
112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h
(55 mph) when pulling a trailer, at
the proper inflation pressure. Repair
and replace the road tire as soon as
it is convenient, and stow the spare
tire for future use.
Caution
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive
and a different size spare tire is
installed, do not drive in
four-wheel drive until the flat tire
is repaired and/or replaced. The
vehicle could be damaged and
the repairs would not be covered
by the warranty. Never use
four-wheel drive when a different
size spare tire is installed on the
vehicle.
The vehicle may have a different
size spare tire than the road tires
originally installed on the vehicle.
This spare tire was developed for
use on this vehicle, so it is all right
to drive on it. If the vehicle has
four-wheel drive and a different size
spare tire is installed, drive only in
two-wheel drive.
After installing the spare tire on the
vehicle, stop as soon as possible
and check that the spare is correctly
inflated. The spare tire is made to
perform well at speeds up to
112 km/h (70 mph) at the
recommended inflation pressure, so
you can finish your trip.
Have the damaged or flat road tire
repaired or replaced and installed
back onto the vehicle as soon as
possible so the spare tire will be
available in case it is needed again.
Do not mix tires and wheels of
different sizes, because they will not
fit. Keep your spare tire and its
wheel together. If the vehicle has a
spare tire that does not match the
original road tires and wheels in size
and type, do not include the spare in
the tire rotation.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
312 Vehicle Care
Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North
America
For more information about the
vehicle battery, see Battery - North
America 0 260.
If the battery has run down, try to
use another vehicle and some
jumper cables to start your vehicle.
Be sure to use the following steps to
do it safely.
{
Warning
WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
HANDLING. For more information
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.
See California Proposition
65 Warning 0 240 and the back
cover.
{
Warning
Batteries can hurt you. They can
be dangerous because:
.
They contain acid that can
burn you.
.
They contain gas that can
explode or ignite.
.
They contain enough
electricity to burn you.
If you do not follow these steps
exactly, some or all of these
things can hurt you.
Caution
Ignoring these steps could result
in costly damage to the vehicle
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Trying to start
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it
will not work, and it could damage
the vehicle.
1. Discharged Battery
Negative Grounding Stud
2. Discharged Battery Positive
Terminal
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 313
3. Good Battery Negative
Terminal
4. Good Battery Positive
Terminal
The jump start negative grounding
stud (1) for the discharged battery is
to the left of the windshield washer
fluid reservoir.
The jump start positive terminal on
the discharged battery (2) is located
in the engine compartment on the
driver side of the vehicle.
The jump start positive terminal (3)
and negative terminal (4) are on the
battery of the vehicle providing the
jump start.
The positive jump start connection
for the discharged battery is under a
trim cover. Open the cover to
expose the terminal.
1. Check the other vehicle.
It must have a 12-volt battery
with a negative ground system.
Caution
If the other vehicle does not have
a 12-volt system with a negative
ground, both vehicles can be
damaged. Only use a vehicle that
has a 12-volt system with a
negative ground for jump starting.
2. Position the two vehicles so
that they are not touching.
3. Set the parking brake firmly
and put the shift lever in
P (Park) with an automatic
transmission, or N (Neutral)
with a manual transmission.
Caution
If any accessories are left on or
plugged in during the jump
starting procedure, they could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Whenever possible, turn
off or unplug all accessories on
either vehicle when jump starting.
4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off all
lights and accessories in both
vehicles, except the hazard
warning flashers if needed.
{
Warning
An electric fan can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can injure you. Keep hands,
clothing, and tools away from any
underhood electric fan.
{
Warning
Using a match near a battery can
cause battery gas to explode.
People have been hurt doing this,
and some have been blinded.
Use a flashlight if you need more
light.
Battery fluid contains acid that
can burn you. Do not get it on
you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush
the place with water and get
medical help immediately.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
314 Vehicle Care
{
Warning
Fans or other moving engine
parts can injure you badly. Keep
your hands away from moving
parts once the engine is running.
5. Connect one end of the red
positive (+) cable to the
positive (+) terminal on the
discharged battery.
6. Connect the other end of the
red positive (+) cable to the
positive (+) terminal of the good
battery.
7. Connect one end of the black
negative (–) cable to the
negative (–) terminal of the
good battery.
8. Connect the other end of the
black negative (–) cable to the
negative (–) grounding stud for
the discharged battery.
9. Start the engine in the vehicle
with the good battery and run
the engine at idle speed for at
least four minutes.
10. Try to start the vehicle that had
the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.
Caution
If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting
may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct order,
making sure that the cables do
not touch each other or other
metal.
Jumper Cable Removal
Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables.
After starting the disabled vehicle
and removing the jumper cables,
allow it to idle for several minutes.
Towing the Vehicle
Caution
Incorrectly towing a disabled
vehicle may cause damage. The
damage would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Do not lash
or hook to suspension
components. Use the proper
straps around the tires to secure
the vehicle. Do not drag a locked
wheel/tire while loading the
vehicle. Do not use a sling type
lift to tow the vehicle. This could
damage the vehicle.
GM recommends a flatbed tow truck
to transport a disabled vehicle. Use
ramps to help reduce approach
angles, if necessary. A towed
vehicle should have its drive wheels
off the ground. Contact Roadside
Assistance or a professional towing
service if the disabled vehicle must
be towed.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 315
The vehicle is equipped with
specific attachment points to be
used to pull the vehicle onto a
flatbed car carrier from a flat road
surface. Do not use these
attachment points to pull the vehicle
from snow, mud or sand.
Recreational Vehicle
Towing
Recreational vehicle towing means
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle, such as a motor home. The
two most common types of
recreational vehicle towing are
dinghy and dolly towing. Dinghy
towing is towing the vehicle with all
four wheels on the ground. Dolly
towing is towing the vehicle with two
wheels on the ground and two
wheels on a dolly.
Here are some important things to
consider before recreational vehicle
towing:
.
Before towing the vehicle,
become familiar with the local
laws that apply to recreational
vehicle towing. These laws may
vary by region.
.
What is the towing capacity of
the towing vehicle? Be sure to
read the tow vehicle
manufacturer's
recommendations.
.
What is the distance that will be
traveled? Some vehicles have
restrictions on how far and how
long they can tow.
.
Is the proper towing equipment
going to be used? See your
dealer or trailering professional
for additional advice and
equipment recommendations.
.
Is the vehicle ready to be
towed? Just as preparing the
vehicle for a long trip, make sure
the vehicle is prepared to be
towed.
Follow the tow vehicle
manufacturer ’s instructions.
Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front
of the vehicle grille could restrict
airflow and cause damage to the
transmission. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. If using a shield, only
use one that attaches to the
towing vehicle.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
316 Vehicle Care
Dinghy Towing
Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
Caution
If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is
towed with all four wheels on the
ground, the drivetrain
components could be damaged.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not
be towed with all four wheels on the
ground.
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive
vehicles that have an N (Neutral)
and a Four-Wheel Drive Low (4 (
n)
setting.
{
Warning
Shifting a four-wheel-drive
vehicle's transfer case into
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
to roll even if the transmission is
in P (Park). You or others could
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
be injured. Set the parking brake
before shifting the transfer case
to N (Neutral).
To dinghy tow:
1. Position the vehicle being
towed behind the tow vehicle,
facing forward and on a level
surface.
2. Securely attach the vehicle
being towed to the tow vehicle.
3. Apply the parking brake and
start the engine.
4. Shift the transfer case to
N (Neutral). See “Shifting into
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel
Drive 0 190. Check that the
vehicle is in N (Neutral) by
shifting the transmission to
R (Reverse) and then to D
(Drive). There should be no
movement of the vehicle while
shifting.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 317
5. With the engine off, leave the
key in ACC/ACCESSORY to
prevent the steering column
from locking.
Caution
Failure to disconnect the negative
battery cable or to have it contact
the terminals can cause damage
to the vehicle.
6. Disconnect the negative
battery cable at the battery and
secure the nut and bolt. Cover
the negative battery post with a
non-conductive material to
prevent any contact with the
negative battery terminal.
Caution
If the steering column is locked,
vehicle damage may occur.
7. Move the steering wheel to
make sure the steering column
is unlocked.
8. With a foot on the brake pedal,
release the parking brake.
Keep the ignition key in the
towed vehicle in ACC/
ACCESSORY to prevent the
steering column from locking.
Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle
Before disconnecting the towed
vehicle:
1. Park on a level surface.
2. Set the parking brake, then
shift the transmission to
P (Park), and move the ignition
key to OFF.
3. Connect the battery.
4. With your foot off the brake,
turn the ignition on with the
engine off.
5. Shift the transfer case out of
N (Neutral) to Two-Wheel Drive
High. See “Shifting out of
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel
Drive 0 190. See your dealer if
the transfer case cannot be
shifted out of N (Neutral).
6. Start the engine and check that
the vehicle is in Two-Wheel
Drive High by shifting the
transmission to R (Reverse)
and then to D (Drive). There
should be movement of the
vehicle while shifting.
7. Shift the transmission to
P (Park) and turn off the
ignition.
8. Disconnect the vehicle from the
tow vehicle.
9. Release the parking brake.
10. Reset any lost presets.
The outside temperature
display will default to 0 °C (32 °
F) but will reset with normal
usage.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
318 Vehicle Care
Dolly Towing
Front Towing (Front Wheels Off
the Ground) – Two-Wheel-Drive
Vehicles
Caution
If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is
towed with the rear wheels on the
ground, the transmission could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Never tow the vehicle
with the rear wheels on the
ground.
Front Towing (Front Wheels Off
the Ground) – Four-Wheel-Drive
Vehicles
To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive
vehicle from the front:
1. Attach the dolly to the tow
vehicle following the dolly
manufacturer's instructions.
2. Drive the front wheels onto the
dolly.
3. Shift the transmission to
P (Park).
4. Set the parking brake.
{
Warning
Shifting a four-wheel-drive
vehicle's transfer case into
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
to roll even if the transmission is
in P (Park). You or others could
be injured. Set the parking brake
before shifting the transfer case
to N (Neutral).
5. Use a clamping device
designed for towing to ensure
that the front wheels are locked
into the straight position.
6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
following the manufacturer's
instructions.
7. Shift the transfer case to
N (Neutral). See “Shifting into
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel
Drive 0 190 for the proper
procedure.
8. Release the parking brake only
after the vehicle being towed is
firmly attached to the tow
vehicle.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 319
9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off
the Ground)
Caution
Towing the vehicle from the rear
could damage it. Also, repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Never have the
vehicle towed from the rear.
Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Locks
Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when
absolutely necessary, and have the
locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 341.
Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct
sunlight.
Caution
Do not use petroleum-based,
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
products can be obtained from
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
your dealer. Follow all
manufacturer directions regarding
correct product usage, necessary
safety precautions, and
appropriate disposal of any
vehicle care product.
Caution
Avoid using high-pressure
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
to the surface of the vehicle. Use
of power washers exceeding
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
in damage or removal of paint
and decals.
Caution
Do not power wash any
component under the hood that
has this
e symbol.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
320 Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
This could cause damage that
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
If using an automatic car wash,
follow with the car wash
instructions. The windshield wiper
and rear window wiper, if equipped,
must be off. Remove any
accessories that may be damaged
or interfere with the car wash
equipment.
Rinse the vehicle well, before
washing and after, to remove all
cleaning agents completely. If they
are allowed to dry on the surface,
they could stain.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to
avoid surface scratches and water
spotting.
Finish Care
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
sealant/wax materials is not
recommended. If painted surfaces
are damaged, see your dealer to
have the damage assessed and
repaired. Foreign materials such as
calcium chloride and other salts, ice
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage the vehicle's finish if they
remain on painted surfaces. Wash
the vehicle as soon as possible.
If necessary, use non-abrasive
cleaners that are marked safe for
painted surfaces to remove foreign
matter.
Occasional hand waxing or mild
polishing should be done to remove
residue from the paint finish. See
your dealer for approved cleaning
products.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
as damage can occur.
Caution
Machine compounding or
aggressive polishing on a
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes
that are made for a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish on the
vehicle.
To keep the paint finish looking new,
keep the vehicle garaged or
covered whenever possible.
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Moldings
Caution
Failure to clean and protect the
bright metal moldings can result
in a hazy white finish or pitting.
This damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 321
The bright metal moldings on the
vehicle are aluminum, chrome or
stainless steel. To prevent damage
always follow these cleaning
instructions:
.
Be sure the molding is cool to
the touch before applying any
cleaning solution.
.
Use only approved cleaning
solutions for aluminum, chrome
or stainless steel. Some
cleaners are highly acidic or
contain alkaline substances and
can damage the moldings.
.
Always dilute a concentrated
cleaner according to the
manufacturer ’s instructions.
.
Do not use cleaners that are not
intended for automotive use.
.
Use a nonabrasive wax on the
vehicle after washing to protect
and extend the molding finish.
Spray-In Bedliner Care
A spray-in bedliner is a permanent
coating that bonds to the truck bed
and cannot be removed. Promptly
rinse the bedliner surface following
a chemical spill to avoid permanent
damage.
Spray-in bedliners can fade from
oxidation, road dirt, heavy-duty
hauling, and hard water stains.
Clean it periodically by washing off
the loose dirt and using a mild
detergent. To restore the original
appearance, apply the bedliner
conditioner available through your
dealer.
Caution
Using silicone-based products
may damage the bedliner, reduce
the slip-resistant texture, and
attract dirt.
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and
Stripes
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
to clean exterior lamps, lenses and
emblems, decals, and stripes.
Follow instructions under "Washing
the Vehicle" previously in this
section.
Lamp covers are made of plastic,
and some have a UV protective
coating. Do not clean or wipe them
while they are dry.
Do not use any of the following on
lamp covers:
.
Abrasive or caustic agents.
.
Washer fluids and other cleaning
agents in higher concentrations
than suggested by the
manufacturer.
.
Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
or other harsh cleaners.
.
Ice scrapers or other hard items.
.
Aftermarket appearance caps or
covers while the lamps are
illuminated, due to excessive
heat generated.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
322 Vehicle Care
Caution
Failure to clean lamps properly
can cause damage to the lamp
cover that would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Caution
Using wax on low gloss black
finish stripes can increase the
gloss level and create a
non-uniform finish. Clean low
gloss stripes with soap and
water only.
Air Intakes
Clear debris from the air intakes,
between the hood and windshield,
when washing the vehicle.
Windshield and Wiper Blades
Clean the outside of the windshield
with glass cleaner.
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with
windshield washer fluid or a mild
detergent. Wash the windshield
thoroughly when cleaning the
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
treatments may cause wiper
streaking.
Replace the wiper blades if they are
worn or damaged. Damage can be
caused by extreme dusty
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
snow, and ice.
Weatherstrips
Apply weatherstrip lubricant on
weatherstrips to make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips
once a year. Hot, dry climates may
require more frequent application.
Black marks from rubber material on
painted surfaces can be removed by
rubbing with a clean cloth. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 341.
Tires
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
clean the tires.
Caution
Using petroleum-based tire
dressing products on the vehicle
may damage the paint finish and/
or tires. When applying a tire
dressing, always wipe off any
overspray from all painted
surfaces on the vehicle.
Wheels and Wheel Trim
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
soap and water to clean the wheels.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean
water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
A wax may then be applied.
Caution
Chrome wheels and chrome
wheel trim may be damaged if the
vehicle is not washed after driving
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 323
Caution (Continued)
on roads that have been sprayed
with magnesium chloride or
calcium chloride. These are used
on roads for conditions such as
dust and ice. Always wash the
chrome with soap and water after
exposure.
Caution
To avoid surface damage on
wheels and wheel trim, do not
use strong soaps, chemicals,
abrasive polishes, cleaners,
or brushes. Use only GM
approved cleaners. Do not drive
the vehicle through an automatic
car wash that uses silicone
carbide tire/wheel cleaning
brushes. Damage could occur
and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Brake System
Visually inspect brake lines and
hoses for proper hook-up, binding,
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect
disc brake pads for wear and rotors
for surface condition. Inspect drum
brake linings/shoes for wear or
cracks. Inspect all other brake parts.
Steering, Suspension, and
Chassis Components
Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of wear at
least once a year.
Inspect power steering for proper
attachment, connections, binding,
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.
Visually check constant velocity joint
boots and axle seals for leaks.
Body Component Lubrication
Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel
fuel door hinge, and power assist
step hinges, unless the components
are plastic. Applying silicone grease
on weatherstrips with a clean cloth
will make them last longer, seal
better, and not stick or squeak
Underbody Maintenance
At least twice a year, spring and fall,
use plain water to flush any
corrosive materials from the
underbody. Take care to thoroughly
clean any areas where mud and
other debris can collect.
Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
fluid will decrease the life of the
transfer case and/or axles and
should be replaced.
Sheet Metal Damage
If the vehicle is damaged and
requires sheet metal repair or
replacement, make sure the body
repair shop applies anti-corrosion
material to parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion
protection.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
324 Vehicle Care
Original manufacturer replacement
parts will provide the corrosion
protection while maintaining the
vehicle warranty.
Finish Damage
Quickly repair minor chips and
scratches with touch-up materials
available from your dealer to avoid
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
damage can be corrected in your
dealer's body and paint shop.
Chemical Paint Spotting
Airborne pollutants can fall upon
and attack painted vehicle surfaces
causing blotchy, ring-shaped
discolorations, and small, irregular
dark spots etched into the paint
surface. Refer to “Finish Care”
previously in this section.
Interior Care
To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
Immediately remove any soils.
Newspapers or dark garments can
transfer color to the vehicle’s
interior.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove
dust from knobs and crevices on the
instrument cluster. Using a mild
soap solution, immediately remove
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
repellent from all interior surfaces or
permanent damage may result.
Use cleaners specifically designed
for the surfaces being cleaned to
prevent permanent damage. Apply
all cleaners directly to the cleaning
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any
switches or controls. Remove
cleaners quickly.
Before using cleaners, read and
follow all safety instructions on the
label. While cleaning the interior,
open the doors and windows to get
proper ventilation.
To prevent damage, do not clean
the interior using the following
cleaners or techniques:
.
Never use a razor or any other
sharp object to remove soil from
any interior surface.
.
Never use a brush with stiff
bristles.
.
Never rub any surface
aggressively or with too much
pressure.
.
Do not use laundry detergents or
dishwashing soaps with
degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
use approximately 20 drops per
3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
A concentrated soap solution will
create streaks and attract dirt.
Do not use solutions that contain
strong or caustic soap.
.
Do not heavily saturate the
upholstery when cleaning.
.
Do not use solvents or cleaners
containing solvents.
Interior Glass
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
dampened with water. Wipe droplets
left behind with a clean dry cloth.
If necessary, use a commercial
glass cleaner after cleaning with
plain water.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 325
Caution
To prevent scratching, never use
abrasive cleaners on automotive
glass. Abrasive cleaners or
aggressive cleaning may damage
the rear window defogger.
Cleaning the windshield with water
during the first three to six months
of ownership will reduce tendency
to fog.
Speaker Covers
Vacuum around a speaker cover
gently, so that the speaker will not
be damaged. Clean spots with water
and mild soap.
Coated Moldings
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
.
When lightly soiled, wipe with a
sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
dampened with water.
.
When heavily soiled, use warm
soapy water.
Fabric/Carpet/Suede
Start by vacuuming the surface
using a soft brush attachment. If a
rotating vacuum brush attachment is
being used, only use it on the floor
carpet. Before cleaning, gently
remove as much of the soil as
possible:
.
Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no
more soil can be removed.
.
For solid soils, remove as much
as possible prior to vacuuming.
To clean:
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free
colorfast cloth with water.
Microfiber cloth is
recommended to prevent lint
transfer to the fabric or carpet.
2. Remove excess moisture by
gently wringing until water does
not drip from the cleaning cloth.
3. Start on the outside edge of the
soil and gently rub toward the
center. Fold the cleaning cloth
to a clean area frequently to
prevent forcing the soil in to the
fabric.
4. Continue gently rubbing the
soiled area until there is no
longer any color transfer from
the soil to the cleaning cloth.
5. If the soil is not completely
removed, use a mild soap
solution followed only by plain
water.
If the soil is not completely
removed, it may be necessary to
use a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
hidden area for colorfastness before
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
formation occurs, clean the entire
fabric or carpet.
After cleaning, use a paper towel to
blot excess moisture.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
326 Vehicle Care
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
and Vehicle Information and
Radio Displays
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss
surfaces or vehicle displays. First,
use a soft bristle brush to remove
dirt that can scratch the surface.
Then gently clean by rubbing with a
microfiber cloth. Never use window
cleaners or solvents. Periodically
hand wash the microfiber cloth
separately, using mild soap. Do not
use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
thoroughly and air dry before
next use.
Caution
Do not attach a device with a
suction cup to the display. This
may cause damage and would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Instrument Panel, Leather,
Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and
Natural Open Pore Wood
Surfaces
Use a soft microfiber cloth
dampened with water to remove
dust and loose dirt. For a more
thorough cleaning, use a soft
microfiber cloth dampened with a
mild soap solution.
Caution
Soaking or saturating leather,
especially perforated leather, as
well as other interior surfaces,
may cause permanent damage.
Wipe excess moisture from these
surfaces after cleaning and allow
them to dry naturally. Never use
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do
not use cleaners that contain
silicone or wax-based products.
Cleaners containing these
solvents can permanently change
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
the appearance and feel of
leather or soft trim, and are not
recommended.
Do not use cleaners that increase
gloss, especially on the instrument
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
visibility through the windshield
under certain conditions.
Caution
Use of air fresheners may cause
permanent damage to plastics
and painted surfaces. If an air
freshener comes in contact with
any plastic or painted surface in
the vehicle, blot immediately and
clean with a soft cloth dampened
with a mild soap solution.
Damage caused by air fresheners
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Vehicle Care 327
Cargo Cover and
Convenience Net
If equipped, wash with warm water
and mild detergent. Do not use
chlorine bleach. Rinse with cold
water, and then dry completely.
Care of Seat Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
{
Warning
Do not bleach or dye seat belt
webbing. It may severely weaken
the webbing. In a crash, they
might not be able to provide
adequate protection. Clean and
rinse seat belt webbing only with
mild soap and lukewarm water.
Allow the webbing to dry.
Floor Mats
{
Warning
If a floor mat is the wrong size or
is not properly installed, it can
interfere with the pedals.
Interference with the pedals can
cause unintended acceleration
and/or increased stopping
distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the
pedals.
Use the following guidelines for
proper floor mat usage:
.
The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
.
Do not use a floor mat if the
vehicle is not equipped with a
floor mat retainer on the driver
side floor.
.
Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
.
Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.
.
Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.
.
Do not place one floor mat on
top of another.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
328 Vehicle Care
Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mats
Pull up on the rear of the floor mat
to unlock each retainer and remove.
Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
retainer openings over the carpet
retainers and snapping into position.
Make sure the floor mat is properly
secured in place.
Verify the floor mat does not
interfere with the pedals.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Service and Maintenance 329
Service and
Maintenance
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 329
Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 331
Special Application Services
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Additional Maintenance
and Care
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Maintenance Replacement
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Maintenance Records
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 344
General Information
This maintenance section applies to
vehicles with a gasoline engine. For
diesel engine vehicles, see
"Maintenance Schedule" in the
Duramax diesel supplement.
Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
the required maintenance for the
vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may
also help to maintain the value of
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
responsibility of the owner to have
all required maintenance performed.
Your dealer has trained technicians
who can perform required
maintenance using genuine
replacement parts. They have
up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many
dealers have extended evening and
Saturday hours, courtesy
transportation, and online
scheduling to assist with service
needs.
Your dealer recognizes the
importance of providing
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
technicians, the dealer is the place
for routine maintenance such as oil
changes and tire rotations and
additional maintenance items like
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.
Caution
Damage caused by improper
maintenance can lead to costly
repairs and may not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance intervals, checks,
inspections, recommended fluids,
and lubricants are important to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition.
Do not have chemical flushes that
are not approved by GM
performed on the vehicle. The
use of flushes, solvents, cleaners,
or lubricants that are not
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
330 Service and Maintenance
Caution (Continued)
approved by GM could damage
the vehicle, requiring expensive
repairs that are not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
The Tire Rotation and Required
Services are the responsibility of the
vehicle owner. It is recommended to
have your dealer perform these
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition, improves fuel economy,
and reduces vehicle emissions.
Because of the way people use
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
There may need to be more
frequent checks and services. The
Additional Required Services -
Normal are for vehicles that:
.
Carry passengers and cargo
within recommended limits on
the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 168.
.
Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving
limits.
.
Use the recommended fuel. See
Recommended Fuel 0 215.
Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Normal chart.
The Additional Required Services -
Severe are for vehicles that are:
.
Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
in hot weather
.
Mainly driven in hilly or
mountainous terrain
.
Frequently towing a trailer
.
Used for high speed or
competitive driving
.
Used for taxi, police, or delivery
service
Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Severe chart.
{
Warning
Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause
serious injury. Perform
maintenance work only if the
required information, proper tools,
and equipment are available.
If they are not, see your dealer to
have a trained technician do the
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work 0 241.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Service and Maintenance 331
Maintenance
Schedule
Owner Checks and Services
At Each Fuel Stop
.
Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil 0 246.
Once a Month
.
Check the tire inflation
pressures, including the spare.
See Tire Pressure 0 285.
.
Inspect the tires for wear. See
Tire Inspection 0 291.
.
Check the windshield washer
fluid level. See Washer Fluid
0 258.
Engine Oil Change
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message displays, have the
engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
under the best conditions, the
engine oil life system may not
indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once
a year and the oil life system must
be reset. Your trained dealer
technician can perform this work.
If the engine oil life system is reset
accidentally, service the vehicle
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the
last service. Reset the oil life
system when the oil is changed.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 248.
Power Take Off (PTO) and
Extended Idle Use
When the vehicle is used with the
PTO equipment or used in a way
that requires extended idle time,
one hour of use shall be deemed
the same as 33 miles. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 129 or Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 131 for
hourmeter.
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter
The passenger compartment air
filter removes dust, pollen, and
other airborne irritants from outside
air that is pulled into the vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance.
Inspect the passenger compartment
air filter every 36 000 km
(22,500 mi) or two years, whichever
comes first. Replace if necessary.
More frequent replacement may be
needed if the vehicle is driven in
areas with heavy traffic, areas with
poor air quality, or areas with high
dust levels. Replacement may also
be needed if there is a reduction in
air flow, excessive window fogging,
or odors.
Air Conditioning Desiccant
(Replace Every Seven Years)
The air conditioning system requires
maintenance every seven years.
This service requires replacement of
the desiccant to help the longevity
and efficient operation of the air
conditioning system. This service
can be complex. See your dealer.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
332 Service and Maintenance
Tire Rotation and Required
Services Every 12 000 km/
7,500 mi
Rotate the tires, if recommended for
the vehicle, and perform the
following services. See Tire
Rotation 0 291.
.
Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. If needed,
change engine oil and filter, and
reset oil life system. See Engine
Oil 0 246 and Engine Oil Life
System 0 248.
.
Check engine coolant level. See
Cooling System 0 253.
.
Check windshield washer fluid
level. See Washer Fluid 0 258.
.
Check tire inflation pressures,
including the spare. See Tire
Pressure 0 285.
.
Inspect tire wear. See Tire
Inspection 0 291.
.
Visually check for fluid leaks.
.
Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
0 251.
.
Inspect brake system. See
Exterior Care 0 319.
.
Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damage,
including cracks or tears in the
rubber boots, loose or missing
parts, or signs of wear at least
once a year. See Exterior Care
0 319.
.
Inspect power steering for
proper attachment, connections,
binding, leaks, cracks,
chafing, etc.
.
Visually inspect halfshafts and
drive shafts for excessive wear,
lubricant leaks, and/or damage
including: tube dents or cracks,
constant velocity joint or
universal joint looseness,
cracked or missing boots, loose
or missing boot clamps, center
bearing excessive looseness,
loose or missing fasteners, and
axle seal leaks.
.
Check restraint system
components. See Safety System
Check 0 58.
.
Visually inspect fuel system for
damage or leaks.
.
Visually inspect exhaust system
and nearby heat shields for
loose or damaged parts.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Service and Maintenance 333
.
Lubricate body components. See
Exterior Care 0 319.
.
Check starter switch. See Starter
Switch Check 0 263.
.
Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function Check
0 264.
.
Check ignition transmission lock.
See Ignition Transmission Lock
Check 0 264.
.
Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism Check
0 265.
.
Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
.
Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. If the hold
open is low, service the gas
strut. See Gas Strut(s) 0 266.
.
Verify spare tire key lock
operation and lubricate as
needed. See Tire Changing
0 300.
.
Visually inspect the spare tire to
ensure that it is tightly stowed
under the vehicle. Push, pull,
and try to turn the tire. If the
spare tire moves, tighten as
necessary. Verify that the wheel
retainer plate compression
spring is fully compressed. See
Tire Changing 0 300.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
334 Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
12 000 km/7,500 mi
24 000 km/15,000 mi
36 000 km/22,500 mi
48 000 km/30,000 mi
60 000 km/37,500 mi
72 000 km/45,000 mi
84 000 km/52,500 mi
96 000 km/60,000 mi
108 000 km/67,500 mi
120 000 km/75,000 mi
132 000 km/82,500 mi
144 000 km/90,000 mi
156 000 km/97,500 mi
168 000 km/105,000 mi
180 000 km/112,500 mi
192 000 km/120,000 mi
204 000 km/127,500 mi
216 000 km/135,000 mi
228 000 km/142,500 mi
240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
4WD. (4)
@
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid, if equipped with an automatic
transmission. (7)
Replace brake/clutch fluid, if equipped with
manual transmission. (8)
Replace windshield wiper blades. (9)
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. @ @
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Service and Maintenance 335
Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Normal
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
passenger compartment air filter
replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic,
poor air quality, high dust levels,
or environmental allergens.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.
(2) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
(3) Visually check all fuel and vapor
lines and hoses for proper
attachment, connection, routing, and
condition.
(4) Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the transfer case fluid.
Contaminated fluid will decrease the
life of the transfer case and/or axles
and should be replaced.
(5) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
0 253.
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(7) If equipped with an automatic
transmission, replace brake fluid
every five years. See Brake Fluid
0 259.
(8) If equipped with a manual
transmission, replace brake/clutch
fluid every three years. See Brake
Fluid 0 259.
(9) Or every 12 months, whichever
comes first. See Wiper Blade
Replacement 0 265.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
336 Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
12 000 km/7,500 mi
24 000 km/15,000 mi
36 000 km/22,500 mi
48 000 km/30,000 mi
60 000 km/37,500 mi
72 000 km/45,000 mi
84 000 km/52,500 mi
96 000 km/60,000 mi
108 000 km/67,500 mi
120 000 km/75,000 mi
132 000 km/82,500 mi
144 000 km/90,000 mi
156 000 km/97,500 mi
168 000 km/105,000 mi
180 000 km/112,500 mi
192 000 km/120,000 mi
204 000 km/127,500 mi
216 000 km/135,000 mi
228 000 km/142,500 mi
240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @
Change manual transmission fluid. @ @ @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
4WD. (4)
@ @ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid, if equipped with an automatic
transmission. (7)
Replace brake/clutch fluid, if equipped with
manual transmission. (8)
Replace windshield wiper blades. (9)
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. @ @
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Service and Maintenance 337
Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Severe
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
passenger compartment air filter
replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic,
poor air quality, high dust levels,
or environmental allergens.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.
(2) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
(3) Visually check all fuel and vapor
lines and hoses for proper
attachment, connection, routing, and
condition.
(4) Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the transfer case fluid.
Contaminated fluid will decrease the
life of the transfer case and/or axles
and should be replaced.
(5) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
0 253.
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(7) If equipped with an automatic
transmission, replace brake fluid
every five years. See Brake Fluid
0 259.
(8) If equipped with a manual
transmission, replace brake/clutch
fluid every three years. See Brake
Fluid 0 259.
(9) Or every 12 months, whichever
comes first. See Wiper Blade
Replacement 0 265.
Special Application
Services
.
Severe Commercial Use
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
components every oil change.
.
Have underbody flushing service
performed. See "Underbody
Maintenance" in Exterior Care
0 319.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
338 Service and Maintenance
Additional
Maintenance and Care
Your vehicle is an important
investment and caring for it properly
may help to avoid future costly
repairs. To maintain vehicle
performance, additional
maintenance services may be
required.
It is recommended that your dealer
perform these services — their
trained dealer technicians know
your vehicle best. Your dealer can
also perform a thorough
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery
The 12-volt battery supplies power
to start the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
.
To avoid break-down or failure to
start the vehicle, maintain a
battery with full cranking power.
.
Trained dealer technicians have
the diagnostic equipment to test
the battery and ensure that the
connections and cables are
corrosion-free.
Belts
.
Belts may need replacing if they
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting.
.
Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and
recommend adjustment or
replacement when necessary.
Brakes
Brakes stop the vehicle and are
crucial to safe driving.
.
Signs of brake wear may include
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping.
.
Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the brakes and
recommend quality parts
engineered for the vehicle.
Fluids
Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
and components. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 341 for GM approved
fluids.
.
Engine oil and windshield
washer fluid levels should be
checked at every fuel fill.
.
Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Service and Maintenance 339
Hoses
Hoses transport fluids and should
be regularly inspected to ensure
that there are no cracks or leaks.
With a multi-point inspection, your
dealer can inspect the hoses and
advise if replacement is needed.
Lamps
Properly working headlamps,
taillamps, and brake lamps are
important to see and be seen on
the road.
.
Signs that the headlamps need
attention include dimming, failure
to light, cracking, or damage.
The brake lamps need to be
checked periodically to ensure
that they light when braking.
.
With a multi-point inspection,
your dealer can check the lamps
and note any concerns.
Shocks and Struts
Shocks and struts help aid in control
for a smoother ride.
.
Signs of wear may include
steering wheel vibration, bounce/
sway while braking, longer
stopping distance, or uneven
tire wear.
.
As part of the multi-point
inspection, trained dealer
technicians can visually inspect
the shocks and struts for signs
of leaking, blown seals,
or damage, and can advise
when service is needed.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining
the tires can save money and fuel,
and can reduce the risk of tire
failure.
.
Signs that the tires need to be
replaced include three or more
visible treadwear indicators; cord
or fabric showing through the
rubber; cracks or cuts in the
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
split in the tire.
.
Trained dealer technicians can
inspect and recommend the right
tires. Your dealer can also
provide tire/wheel balancing
services to ensure smooth
vehicle operation at all speeds.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires.
Vehicle Care
To help keep the vehicle looking like
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
information on how to clean and
protect the vehicle’s interior and
exterior, see Interior Care 0 324 and
Exterior Care 0 319.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
340 Service and Maintenance
Wheel Alignment
Wheel alignment is critical for
ensuring that the tires deliver
optimal wear and performance.
.
Signs that the alignment may
need to be adjusted include
pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear.
.
Your dealer has the required
equipment to ensure proper
wheel alignment.
Windshield
For safety, appearance, and the
best viewing, keep the windshield
clean and clear.
.
Signs of damage include
scratches, cracks, and chips.
.
Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
recommend proper replacement
if needed.
Wiper Blades
Wiper blades need to be cleaned
and kept in good condition to
provide a clear view.
.
Signs of wear include streaking,
skipping across the windshield,
and worn or split rubber.
.
Trained dealer technicians can
check the wiper blades and
replace them when needed.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Service and Maintenance 341
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the
recommended fluids and lubricants section in the Duramax diesel supplement.
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Automatic Transmission (6 Speed) DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Automatic Transmission (8 Speed) DEXRON-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL coolant.
See Cooling System 0 253.
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil
0 246.
Floor Shift Linkage Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674)
or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2 Category LB or GC-LB.
Front (If Equipped With Four-Wheel
Drive) and Rear Axle
SAE 75W-90 Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 19352759, in
Canada 88863090).
Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, in
Canada 19353127).
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
342 Service and Maintenance
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges,
Body Door Hinge Pins, Tailgate
Hinge and Linkage, Tailgate Handle
Pivot Points, Hinges, Latch Bolt
Linkage, and Fuel Door Hinge
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Manual Transmission DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Transfer Case (If Equipped With
Four-Wheel Drive)
DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
equivalent.
Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in
Canada 10953437).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Service and Maintenance 343
Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 94775933 A3195C
Oil Filter
2.5L L4 12640445 PF64
3.6L V6 55594651 PF2257G
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 23135671 CF196
Spark Plugs
2.5L L4 12627160 41-115
3.6L V6 12646780 41-130
Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 84225697 —
Passenger Side – 45 cm (17.7 in) 84225696 —
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
344 Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date
Odometer
Reading
Serviced By Services Performed
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Technical Data 345
Technical Data
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Service Parts Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 348
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on
the driver side of the vehicle. It can
be seen through the windshield from
outside. The Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) also appears on the
Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 346 for the vehicle's engine code.
Service Parts
Identification Label
There may be a label on the inside
of the glove box that contains the
following information:
.
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
.
Model designation
.
Paint information
.
Production options and special
equipment
If there is no label, there is a
barcode on the certification label on
the center (B) pillar to scan for this
same information.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
346 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 341.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
Application
Capacities
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System
2.5L L4 9.1 L 9.6 qt
3.6L V6 10.6 L 11.2 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
2.5L L4 4.7 L 5.0 qt
3.6L V6 5.7 L 6.0 qt
Fuel Tank 78 L 20.6 gal
Transfer Case Fluid 1.9 L 2.0 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Technical Data 347
Engine Specificati ons
Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap
2.5L L4 A 0.95–1.10mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
3.6L V6 N 0.80–0.90mm (0.031–
0.035 in)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
348 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
2.5L L4 Engine
3.6L V6 Engine
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Customer Information 349
Customer
Information
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Customer Assistance
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 352
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 352
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 356
Publication Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Radio Frequency
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to
the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Reporting Safety Defects to
the Canadian
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Reporting Safety Defects to
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 361
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 362
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are
important to your dealer and to
Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
with the sales transaction or the
operation of the vehicle will be
resolved by your dealer's sales or
service departments. Sometimes,
however, despite the best intentions
of all concerned, misunderstandings
can occur. If your concern has not
been resolved to your satisfaction,
the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
with a member of dealership
management. Normally, concerns
can be quickly resolved at that level.
If the matter has already been
reviewed with the sales, service,
or parts manager, contact the owner
of your dealership or the general
manager.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
350 Customer Information
STEP TWO : If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot be
resolved by your dealership without
further help, in the U.S., call the
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In
Canada, call General Motors of
Canada Customer Care Centre at
1-800-263-3777 (English),
or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
We encourage you to call the
toll-free number in order to give your
inquiry prompt attention. Have the
following information available to
give the Customer Assistance
representative:
.
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). This is available
from the vehicle registration or
title, or the plate at the top left of
the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.
.
Dealership name and location.
.
Vehicle delivery date and
present mileage.
When contacting Chevrolet,
remember that your concern will
likely be resolved at a dealer's
facility. That is why we suggest
following Step One first.
STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :
Both General Motors and your
dealer are committed to making
sure you are completely satisfied
with your new vehicle. However,
if you continue to remain unsatisfied
after following the procedure
outlined in Steps One and Two, you
can file with the Better Business
Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program to
enforce your rights.
The BBB Auto Line Program is an
out-of-court program administered
by the Council of Better Business
Bureaus to settle automotive
disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal
dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the
program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
40 days. If you do not agree with the
decision given in your case, you
may reject it and proceed with any
other venue for relief available
to you.
You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Program using the toll-free
telephone number or write them at
the following address:
BBB Auto Line Program
Council of Better Business Bureaus,
Inc.
3033 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 600
Arlington, VA 22201
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
http://www.bbb.org/council/
programs-services/
dispute-handling-and-resolution/
bbb-auto-line
This program is available in all
50 states and the District of
Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
vehicle age, mileage, and other
factors. General Motors reserves
the right to change eligibility
limitations and/or discontinue its
participation in this program.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Customer Information 351
STEP THREE — Canadian
Owners : In the event that you do
not feel your concerns have been
addressed after following the
procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
Company wants you to be aware of
its participation in a no-charge
Mediation/Arbitration Program.
General Motors of Canada
Company has committed to binding
arbitration of owner disputes
involving factory-related vehicle
service claims. The program
provides for the review of the facts
involved by an impartial third party
arbiter, and may include an informal
hearing before the arbiter. The
program is designed so that the
entire dispute settlement process,
from the time you file your complaint
to the final decision, should be
completed in about 70 days. We
believe our impartial program offers
advantages over courts in most
jurisdictions because it is informal,
quick, and free of charge.
For further information concerning
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
the General Motors Customer Care
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
1-800-263-7854 (French),
or write to:
The Mediation/Arbitration Program
c/o Customer Care Centre
General Motors of Canada
Company
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Your inquiry should be accompanied
by the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
Customer Assistance
Offices
Chevrolet encourages customers to
call the toll-free number for
assistance. However, if a customer
wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
the letter should be addressed to:
United States and Puerto Rico
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
www.Chevrolet.com
1-800-222-1020
1-800-833-2438 (For Text
Telephone Devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-243-8872
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
1-800-496-9994
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
352 Customer Information
Canada
General Motors of Canada
Company
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.gm.ca
1-800-263-3777 (English)
1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
Overseas
Please contact the local General
Motors Business Unit.
Customer Assistance for
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users
To assist customers who are deaf,
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
equipment available at its Customer
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
the U.S. can communicate with
Chevrolet by dialing:
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
Online Owner Center
Online Owner Experience
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com
The Chevrolet online owner
experience allows interaction with
Chevrolet and keeps important
vehicle-specific information in one
place.
Membership Benefits
E : Download owner’s manuals
and view vehicle-specific how-to
videos.
G : View maintenance schedules,
alerts, and Vehicle Diagnostic
Information. Schedule service
appointments.
I : View and print dealer-recorded
service records and self-recorded
service records.
D : Select a preferred dealer and
view locations, maps, phone
numbers, and hours.
r : Track your vehicle’s warranty
information.
J : View active recalls by Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN). See
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
0 345.
H : View GM Card, SiriusXM
Satellite radio (if equipped), and
OnStar account information (if
equipped).
F : Chat with online help
representatives.
See my.chevrolet.com to register
your vehicle.
Chevrolet Owner Centre
(Canada)
www.chevroletowner.ca
Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:
.
Chat live with online help
representatives.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Customer Information 353
.
Locate owner resources such as
lease-end, financing, and
warranty information.
.
Retrieve your favorite articles,
quizzes, tips, and multimedia
galleries organized into the
Featured Articles and Auto Care
Sections.
.
Download owner’s manuals.
.
Find the
Chevrolet-recommended
maintenance services.
GM Mobility
Reimbursement Program
This program is available to
qualified applicants for cost
reimbursement, up to certain limits,
of eligible aftermarket adaptive
equipment required for the vehicle,
such as hand controls or a
wheelchair/scooter lift for the
vehicle.
To learn about the GM Mobility
program, see www.gmmobility.com
or call the GM Mobility Assistance
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text
Telephone (TTY) users, call
1-800-833-9935.
General Motors of Canada also has
a Mobility program. See www.gm.ca
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE
(800-463-7483) for details. TTY
users call 1-800-263-3830.
Roadside Assistance
Program
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)
For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
call 1-800-268-6800.
Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year.
Calling for Assistance
When calling Roadside Assistance,
have the following information
ready:
.
Your name, home address, and
home telephone number
.
Telephone number of your
location
.
Location of the vehicle
.
Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle
.
Odometer reading, Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN), and
delivery date of the vehicle
.
Description of the problem
Coverage
Services are provided for the
duration of the vehicle’s powertrain
warranty.
In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
person driving the vehicle without
permission from the owner is not
covered.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
354 Customer Information
Roadside Assistance is not a part of
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
General Motors North America and
Chevrolet reserve the right to make
any changes or discontinue the
Roadside Assistance program at
any time without notification.
General Motors North America and
Chevrolet reserve the right to limit
services or payment to an owner or
driver if they decide the claims are
made too often, or the same type of
claim is made many times.
Services Provided
.
Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the
vehicle to get to the nearest
service station.
.
Lock-Out Service: Service to
unlock the vehicle if you are
locked out. A remote unlock may
be available if you have OnStar.
For security reasons, the driver
must present identification
before this service is given.
.
Emergency Tow from a Public
Road or Highway: Tow to the
nearest Chevrolet dealer for
warranty service, or if the vehicle
was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is not given
when the vehicle is stuck in the
sand, mud, or snow.
.
Flat Tire Change: Service to
change a flat tire with the spare
tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
must be in good condition and
properly inflated. It is the owner's
responsibility for the repair or
replacement of the tire if it is not
covered by the warranty.
.
Battery Jump Start: Service to
jump start a dead battery.
.
Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: If your trip is
interrupted due to a warranty
event, incidental expenses may
be reimbursed within the
Powertrain warranty period.
Items considered are reasonable
and customary hotel, meals,
rental car, or a vehicle being
delivered back to the customer,
up to 500 miles.
Services Not Included in
Roadside Assistance
.
Impound towing caused by
violation of any laws
.
Legal fines
.
Mounting, dismounting,
or changing of snow tires,
chains, or other traction devices
Service is not provided if a vehicle
is in an area that is not accessible
to the service vehicle or is not a
regularly traveled or maintained
public road, which includes ice and
winter roads. Off-road use is not
covered.
Services Specific to
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
.
Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
is up to 7 liters. If available,
diesel fuel delivery may be
restricted. Propane and other
fuels are not provided through
this service.
.
Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
registration is required.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Customer Information 355
.
Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: Must be over
150 km from where your trip was
started to qualify.
Pre-authorization, original
detailed receipts, and a copy of
the repair orders are required.
Once authorization has been
received, the Roadside
Assistance advisor will help to
make arrangements and explain
how to receive payment.
.
Alternative Service: If
assistance cannot be provided
right away, the Roadside
Assistance advisor may give
permission to get local
emergency road service. You will
receive payment, up to $100,
after sending the original receipt
to Roadside Assistance.
Mechanical failures may be
covered, however any cost for
parts and labor for repairs not
covered by the warranty are the
owner responsibility.
Scheduling Service
Appointments
When the vehicle requires warranty
service, contact your dealer and
request an appointment. By
scheduling a service appointment
and advising the service consultant
of your transportation needs, your
dealer can help minimize your
inconvenience.
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
into the service department
immediately, keep driving it until it
can be scheduled for service,
unless, of course, the problem is
safety related. If it is, please call
your dealership, let them know this,
and ask for instructions.
If your dealer requests you to bring
the vehicle for service, you are
urged to do so as early in the work
day as possible to allow for
same-day repair.
Courtesy Transportation
Program
To enhance your ownership
experience, we and our participating
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
Transportation, a customer support
program for vehicles with the
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
Coverage period in Canada),
extended powertrain, and/or
hybrid-specific warranties in both
the U.S. and Canada.
Several Courtesy Transportation
options are available to assist in
reducing inconvenience when
warranty repairs are required.
Courtesy Transportation is not a
part of the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. A separate booklet
entitled “Limited Warranty and
Owner Assistance Information”
furnished with each new vehicle
provides detailed warranty coverage
information.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
356 Customer Information
Transportation Options
Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
if you are unable to do so, your
dealer may offer the following
transportation options:
Shuttle Service
This includes one-way or round-trip
shuttle service within reasonable
time and distance parameters of
your dealer's area.
Public Transportation or Fuel
Reimbursement
If overnight warranty repairs are
needed, and public transportation is
used, the expense must be
supported by original receipts and
within the maximum amount allowed
by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
customers arrange their own
transportation, limited
reimbursement for reasonable fuel
expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
and be supported by original
receipts. See your dealer for
information.
Courtesy Rental Vehicle
For an overnight warranty repair, the
dealer may provide an available
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for
reimbursement of a rental vehicle.
Reimbursement is limited and must
be supported by original receipts as
well as a signed and completed
rental agreement and meet state/
provincial, local, and rental vehicle
provider requirements.
Requirements vary and may include
minimum age requirements,
insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
Additional fees such as fuel usage
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees,
excessive mileage, or rental usage
beyond the completion of the repair
are also your responsibility.
It may not be possible to provide a
like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
Additional Program
Information
All program options, such as shuttle
service, may not be available at
every dealer. Contact your dealer
for specific availability.
General Motors reserves the right to
unilaterally modify, change,
or discontinue Courtesy
Transportation at any time and to
resolve all questions of claim
eligibility pursuant to the terms and
conditions described herein at its
sole discretion.
Collision Damage Repair
If the vehicle is involved in a
collision and it is damaged, have the
damage repaired by a qualified
technician using the proper
equipment and quality replacement
parts. Poorly performed collision
repairs diminish the vehicle resale
value, and safety performance can
be compromised in subsequent
collisions.
Collision Parts
Genuine GM Collision parts are new
parts made with the same materials
and construction methods as the
parts with which the vehicle was
originally built. Genuine GM
Collision parts are the best choice to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Customer Information 357
appearance, durability, and safety
are preserved. The use of Genuine
GM parts can help maintain the GM
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Recycled original equipment parts
may also be used for repair. These
parts are typically removed from
vehicles that were total losses in
prior crashes. In most cases, the
parts being recycled are from
undamaged sections of the vehicle.
A recycled original equipment GM
part may be an acceptable choice to
maintain the vehicle's originally
designed appearance and safety
performance; however, the history of
these parts is not known. Such parts
are not covered by the GM New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by
companies other than GM and may
not have been tested for the vehicle.
As a result, these parts may fit
poorly, exhibit premature durability/
corrosion problems, and may not
perform properly in subsequent
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
covered by the GM New Vehicle
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
failure related to such parts is not
covered by that warranty.
Repair Facility
GM also recommends that you
choose a collision repair facility that
meets your needs before you ever
need collision repairs. Your dealer
may have a collision repair center
with GM-trained technicians and
state-of-the-art equipment, or be
able to recommend a collision repair
center that has GM-trained
technicians and comparable
equipment.
Insuring the Vehicle
Protect your investment in the GM
vehicle with comprehensive and
collision insurance coverage. There
are significant differences in the
quality of coverage afforded by
various insurance policy terms.
Many insurance policies provide
reduced protection to the GM
vehicle by limiting compensation for
damage repairs through the use of
aftermarket collision parts. Some
insurance companies will not
specify aftermarket collision parts.
When purchasing insurance, we
recommend that you ensure that the
vehicle will be repaired with GM
original equipment collision parts.
If such insurance coverage is not
available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching
to another insurance carrier.
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
company may require you to have
insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Genuine Manufacturer replacement
parts. Read the lease carefully, as
you may be charged at the end of
the lease for poor quality repairs.
If a Crash Occurs
If there has been an injury, call
emergency services for help. Do not
leave the scene of a crash until all
matters have been taken care of.
Move the vehicle only if its position
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
358 Customer Information
puts you in danger, or you are
instructed to move it by a police
officer.
Give only the necessary information
to police and other parties involved
in the crash.
For emergency towing see
Roadside Assistance Program
0 353.
Gather the following information:
.
Driver name, address, and
telephone number
.
Driver license number
.
Owner name, address, and
telephone number
.
Vehicle license plate number
.
Vehicle make, model, and
model year
.
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
.
Insurance company and policy
number
.
General description of the
damage to the other vehicle
Choose a reputable repair facility
that uses quality replacement parts.
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
section.
If the airbag has inflated, see What
Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? 0 64.
Managing the Vehicle Damage
Repair Process
In the event that the vehicle requires
damage repairs, GM recommends
that you take an active role in its
repair. If you have a pre-determined
repair facility of choice, take the
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
Specify to the facility that any
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
original GM parts. Remember,
recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
but you must live with the repair.
Depending on your policy limits,
your insurance company may
initially value the repair using
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
the repair professional, and insist on
Genuine GM parts. Remember,
if the vehicle is leased, you may be
obligated to have the vehicle
repaired with Genuine GM parts,
even if your insurance coverage
does not pay the full cost.
If another party's insurance
company is paying for the repairs,
you are not obligated to accept a
repair valuation based on that
insurance company's collision policy
repair limits, as you have no
contractual limits with that company.
In such cases, you can have control
of the repair and parts choices as
long as the cost stays within
reasonable limits.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Customer Information 359
Publication Ordering
Information
Service Manuals
Service manuals have the diagnosis
and repair information on the
engine, transmission, axle,
suspension, brakes, electrical
system, steering system, body, etc.
Customer Literature
Owner ’s manuals are written
specifically for owners and are
intended to provide basic
operational information about the
vehicle. The owner’s manual
includes the Maintenance Schedule
for all models.
Customer literature publications
available for purchase include
owner ’s manuals, warranty
manuals, infotainment manuals, and
portfolios. Portfolios include an
owner ’s manual, warranty manual,
infotainment manual, if applicable,
and zip lock bag or pouch.
Current and Past Models
Service manuals and customer
literature are available for many
current and past model year GM
vehicles.
To order, call 1-800-551-4123
Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m.
eastern time
For credit card orders only (VISA,
MasterCard, or Discover), see
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
To order by mail, write to:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
Make checks payable in U.S. funds.
Radio Frequency
Statement
This vehicle has systems that
operate on a radio frequency that
complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) rules and with
Innovation, Science and Economic
Development (ISED) Canada's
RSP-100 / license-exempt RSS's /
ICES-001.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. The device may not cause
harmful interference.
2. The device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
Changes or modifications to any of
these systems by other than an
authorized service facility could void
authorization to use this equipment.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
360 Customer Information
Reporting Safety
Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
to the United States
Government
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause
a crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administr ation
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that
a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall
and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
(TTY: 1-800-424- 9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or
write to:
Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Washington , D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other
information about motor
vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov
.
Reporting Safety Defects
to the Canadian
Government
If you live in Canada, and you
believe that the vehicle has a
safety defect, notify Transport
Canada immediately, and notify
General Motors of Canada
Company. Call Transport
Canada at 1-800-333-0510;
go to:
www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)
www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)
or write to:
Transport Canada
Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate
Defect Investigations and
Recalls Division
80 Noel Street
Gatineau
, QC J8Z 0A1
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Customer Information 361
Reporting Safety Defects
to General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors.
In the U.S., call 1-800-222-1020,
or write:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
(French), or write:
General Motors of Canada
Company
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0811.
In other Central America and
Caribbean Countries, call
52-722-236-0680.
Vehicle Data
Recording and
Privacy
The vehicle has a number of
computers that record information
about the vehicle’s performance and
how it is driven. For example, the
vehicle uses computer modules to
monitor and control engine and
transmission performance, to
monitor the conditions for airbag
deployment and deploy them in a
crash, and, if equipped, to provide
antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules
may store data to help the dealer
technician service the vehicle.
Some modules may also store data
about how the vehicle is operated,
such as rate of fuel consumption or
average speed. These modules may
retain personal preferences, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and
temperature settings.
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air
bag deployment or hitting a road
obstacle, data that will assist in
understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety
systems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
.
How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
.
Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
.
How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/
or brake pedal; and,
.
How fast the vehicle was
traveling.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
362 Customer Information
These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur.
Note
EDR data are recorded by your
vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
situation occurs; no data are
recorded by the EDR under normal
driving conditions and no personal
data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded.
However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the
EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as
law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
GM will not access these data or
share it with others except: with the
consent of the vehicle owner or,
if the vehicle is leased, with the
consent of the lessee; in response
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through
the discovery process; or, as
required by law. Data that GM
collects or receives may also be
used for GM research needs or may
be made available to others for
research purposes, where a need is
shown and the data is not tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
OnStar
If the vehicle is equipped with
OnStar and has an active service
plan, additional data may be
collected through the OnStar
system. This includes information
about the vehicle’s operation;
collisions involving the vehicle; the
use of the vehicle and its features;
and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
OnStar Terms and Conditions and
Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.
See OnStar Additional Information
0 365.
Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a
navigation system as part of the
infotainment system, use of the
system may result in the storage of
destinations, addresses, telephone
numbers, and other trip information.
See the infotainment manual for
information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
OnStar 363
OnStar
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
OnStar Services
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
OnStar Overview
= Voice Command Button
Q Blue OnStar Button
> Red Emergency Button
This vehicle may be equipped with a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to an OnStar
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connections, and
Diagnostics Services. OnStar
services may require a paid service
plan and data plan. OnStar requires
the vehicle battery and electrical
system, cellular service, and GPS
satellite signals to be available and
operating. OnStar acts as a link to
existing emergency service
providers. OnStar may collect
information about you and your
vehicle, including location
information. See OnStar User
Terms, Privacy Statement, and
Software Terms for more details
including system limitations at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
The OnStar system status light is
next to the OnStar buttons. If the
status light is:
.
Solid Green: System is ready.
.
Flashing Green: On a call.
.
Red: Indicates a problem.
.
Off: System is off. Press
Q
twice to speak with an OnStar
Advisor.
Press
Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Advisor.
Functionality of the Voice Command
button may vary by vehicle and
region.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
364 OnStar
Press = to:
.
Open the OnStar app on the
infotainment display. See the
infotainment manual for
information on how to use the
OnStar app.
Or
.
Make a call, end a call,
or answer an incoming call.
.
Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
voice commands.
.
Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Navigation voice commands.
.
Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi
hotspot name or SSID and
password, if equipped.
Press Q to connect to an
Advisor to:
.
Verify account information or
update contact information.
.
Get driving directions.
.
Receive a Diagnostic check of
the vehicle's key operating
systems.
.
Receive Roadside Assistance.
.
Manage Wi-Fi Settings,
if equipped.
Press
> to get a priority connection
to an OnStar Advisor available
24/7 to:
.
Get help for an emergency.
.
Be a Good Samaritan or
respond to an AMBER Alert.
.
Get assistance in severe
weather or other crisis situations
and find evacuation routes.
OnStar Services
Emergency
Emergency Services require an
active safety and security plan. With
Automatic Crash Response, built-in
sensors can automatically alert a
specially trained OnStar Advisor
who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle to help.
Press
> for a priority connection to
an OnStar Advisor who can contact
emergency service providers, direct
them to your exact location, and
relay important information.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially
trained Advisors are available
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
provide a central point of contact,
assistance, and information during a
crisis.
With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
can locate a nearby service provider
to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
OnStar 365
Security
If equipped, OnStar provides these
services:
.
With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
pinpoint the vehicle and help
authorities quickly recover it.
.
With Remote Ignition Block,
if equipped, OnStar can block
the engine from being restarted.
.
With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
if equipped, OnStar can work
with law enforcement to
gradually slow the vehicle down.
Theft Alarm Notification
If equipped, if the doors are locked
and the vehicle alarm sounds, a
notification by text, e-mail, or phone
call will be sent. If the vehicle is
stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
with authorities to recover the
vehicle.
OnStar Additional
Information
In-Vehicle Audio Messages
Audio messages may play important
information at the following times:
.
Prior to vehicle purchase.
Press
Q to set up an account.
.
After change in ownership and
at 90 days.
Transferring Service
Press Q to request account transfer
eligibility information. The Advisor
can cancel or change account
information.
Selling/Transferring the
Vehicle
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to
terminate your OnStar or connected
services if the vehicle is disposed
of, sold, transferred, or if the
lease ends.
Reactivation for Subsequent
Owners
Press Q and follow the prompts to
speak to an Advisor as soon as
possible. The Advisor will update
vehicle records and explain OnStar
or connected service options.
How OnStar Service Works
Automatic Crash Response,
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Remote
Services, Roadside Assistance, and
Hands-Free Calling are available on
most vehicles. Not all OnStar
services are available everywhere
or on all vehicles. For more
information, a full description of
OnStar services, system limitations,
and OnStar User Terms, Privacy
Statement, and Software Terms:
.
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827).
.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
.
See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
.
Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
366 OnStar
.
Press
Q to speak with an
Advisor.
OnStar or connected services
cannot work unless the vehicle is in
a place where OnStar has an
agreement with a wireless service
provider for service in that area. The
wireless service provider must also
have coverage, network capacity,
reception, and technology
compatible with OnStar or
connected services. Service
involving location information about
the vehicle cannot work unless GPS
signals are available, unobstructed,
and compatible with the OnStar
hardware. OnStar or connected
services may not work if the OnStar
equipment is not properly installed
or it has not been properly
maintained. If equipment or software
is added, connected, or modified,
OnStar or connected services may
not work. Other problems beyond
the control of OnStar — such as
hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,
electrical system design and
architecture of the vehicle, damage
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless
phone network congestion or
jamming — may prevent service.
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 359.
Services for People with
Disabilities
Advisors provide services to help
with physical disabilities and
medical conditions.
Press
Q to help:
.
Locate a gas station with an
attendant to pump gas.
.
Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
that meets accessibility needs.
.
Provide directions to the closest
hospital or pharmacy in urgent
situations.
TTY Users
OnStar has the ability to
communicate to deaf,
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
customers while in the vehicle. The
available dealer-installed TTY
system can provide in-vehicle
access to all OnStar services,
except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
If equipped, TTY mode can be
turned on or off by touching
Settings, then Apps, and then
Phone. When TTY mode is on,
phone calls can be made or
received with OnStar using the
infotainment display.
OnStar Personal Identification
Number (PIN)
A PIN is needed to access some
OnStar services. The PIN will need
to be changed the first time when
speaking with an Advisor. To
change the OnStar PIN, contact an
OnStar Advisor by pressing
Q or
calling 1-888-4ONSTAR.
Warranty
OnStar equipment may be
warranted as part of the vehicle
warranty.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
OnStar 367
Languages
The vehicle can be programmed to
respond in multiple languages.
Press
Q and ask for an Advisor.
Advisors are available in English,
Spanish, and French. Available
languages may vary by country.
Potential Issues
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
Assistance after the vehicle has
been off continuously for 10 days
without an ignition cycle. If the
vehicle has not been started for
10 days, OnStar can contact
Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
to help gain access to the vehicle.
Global Positioning
System (GPS)
.
Obstruction of the GPS can
occur in a large city with tall
buildings; in parking garages;
around airports; in tunnels and
underpasses; or in an area with
very dense trees. If GPS signals
are not available, the OnStar
system should still operate to
call OnStar. However, OnStar
could have difficulty identifying
the exact location.
.
In emergency situations, OnStar
can use the last stored GPS
location to send to emergency
responders.
A temporary loss of GPS can cause
loss of the ability to send a
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The
Advisor may give a verbal route or
may ask for a call back after the
vehicle is driven into an open area.
Cellular and GPS Antennas
Cellular reception is required for
OnStar to send remote signals to
the vehicle. Do not place items over
or near the antenna to prevent
blocking cellular and GPS signal
reception.
Unable to Connect to OnStar
Message
If there is limited cellular coverage
or the cellular network has reached
maximum capacity, this message
may come on. Press
Q to try the
call again or try again after driving a
few miles into another cellular area.
Vehicle and Power Issues
OnStar services require a vehicle
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
available and operating for features
to function properly. These systems
may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.
Add-on Electrical Equipment
The OnStar system is integrated
into the electrical architecture of the
vehicle. Do not add any electrical
equipment. See Add-On Electrical
Equipment 0 237. Added electrical
equipment may interfere with the
operation of the OnStar system and
cause it to not operate.
Vehicle Software Updates
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
software updates or changes to the
vehicle without further notice or
consent. These updates or changes
may enhance or maintain safety,
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
368 OnStar
security, or the operation of the
vehicle or the vehicle systems.
Software updates or changes may
affect or erase data or settings that
are stored in the vehicle, such as
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name
tags, saved navigation destinations,
or pre-set radio stations. Neither
OnStar nor GM is responsible for
any affected or erased data or
settings. These updates or changes
may also collect personal
information. Such collection is
described in the OnStar privacy
statement or separately disclosed at
the time of installation. These
updates or changes may also cause
a system to automatically
communicate with GM servers to
collect information about vehicle
system status, identify whether
updates or changes are available,
or deliver updates or changes. An
active OnStar agreement constitutes
consent to these software updates
or changes and agreement that
either OnStar or GM may remotely
deliver them to the vehicle.
Privacy
The complete OnStar Privacy
Statement may be found at
www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
recommend that you review it. If you
have any questions, call
1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
or press
Q to speak with an
Advisor. Users of wireless
communications are cautioned that
the privacy of any information sent
via wireless cellular communications
cannot be assured. Third parties
may unlawfully intercept or access
transmissions and private
communications without consent.
OnStar - Software
Acknowledgements
Certain OnStar components include
libcurl and unzip software and other
third party software. Below are the
notices and licenses associated with
libcurl and unzip and for other third
party software please see
http://opensource.lge.com/index
www.onstar.com/us/en/
libcurl:
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
NOTICE
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
Stenberg, <[email protected]>.
All rights reserved.
Permission to use, copy, modify,
and distribute this software for any
purpose with or without fee is
hereby granted, provided that the
above copyright notice and this
permission notice appear in all
copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
OnStar 369
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice,
the name of a copyright holder shall
not be used in advertising or
otherwise to promote the sale, use
or other dealings in this Software
without prior written authorization of
the copyright holder.
unzip:
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
Info-ZIP copyright and license.
The definitive version of this
document should be available
at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
license.html indefinitely.
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
rights reserved.
For the purposes of this copyright
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as
the following set of individuals:
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,
Rich Wales, Mike White.
This software is provided “as is,”
without warranty of any kind,
express or implied. In no event shall
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held
liable for any direct, indirect,
incidental, special or consequential
damages arising out of the use of or
inability to use this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to
use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications,
and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following
restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code
must retain the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer,
and this list of conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form
(compiled executables) must
reproduce the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer,
and this list of conditions in
documentation and/or other
materials provided with the
distribution. The sole exception
to this condition is redistribution
of a standard UnZipSFX binary
(including SFXWiz) as part of a
self-extracting archive; that is
permitted without inclusion of
this license, as long as the
normal SFX banner has not
been removed from the binary
or disabled.
3. Altered versions–including, but
not limited to, ports to new
operating systems, existing
ports with new graphical
interfaces, and dynamic,
shared, or static library
versions–must be plainly
marked as such and must not
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
370 OnStar
be misrepresented as being
the original source. Such
altered versions also must not
be misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releases–including,
but not limited to, labeling of
the altered versions with the
names “Info-ZIP” (or any
variation thereof, including, but
not limited to, different
capitalizations), “Pocket
UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
without the explicit permission
of Info-ZIP. Such altered
versions are further prohibited
from misrepresentative use of
the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip” for its own
source and binary releases.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Connected Services 371
Connected
Services
Connected Services
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Connected Services
Navigation
Navigation requires a specific
OnStar or connected service plan.
Press
Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
directions or have them sent to the
vehicle’s navigation screen,
if equipped.
Turn-by-Turn Navigation
1. Press Q to connect to an
Advisor.
2. Request directions to be
downloaded to the vehicle.
3. Follow the voice-guided
commands.
Using Voice Commands
During a Planned Route
Functionality of the Voice Command
button, if equipped, may vary by
vehicle and region. For some
vehicles, press
= to open the
OnStar app on the infotainment
display. For other vehicles press
=
as follows.
Cancel Route
1. Press
=. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Cancel route.” System
responds: “Do you want to
cancel directions?”
3. Say “Yes.” System responds:
“OK, request completed, thank
you, goodbye.”
Route Preview
1. Press
=. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Route preview.” System
responds with the next three
maneuvers.
Repeat
1. Press
=. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
372 Connected Services
2. Say “Repeat.” System
responds with the last direction
given, then responds with
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Get My Destination
1. Press
=. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Get my destination.”
System responds with the
address and distance to the
destination, then responds with
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Send Destination to Vehicle
Directions can be sent to the
vehicle’s navigation screen,
if equipped.
Press
Q, then ask the Advisor to
download directions to the vehicle’s
navigation system, if equipped. After
the call ends, the navigation screen
will provide prompts to begin driving
directions. Routes that are sent to
the navigation screen can only be
canceled through the navigation
system.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Connections
The following services help with
staying connected.
For coverage maps, see
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Ensuring Security
.
Change the default passwords
for the Wi-Fi hotspot and
myChevrolet mobile application.
Make these passwords different
from each other and use a
combination of letters, numbers,
and symbols to increase the
security.
.
Change the default name of the
SSID (Service Set Identifier).
This is your network’s name that
is visible to other wireless
devices. Choose a unique name
and avoid family names or
vehicle descriptions.
Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)
The vehicle may have a built-in
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access
to the Internet and web content at
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile
devices can be connected. A data
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle
controls only when it is safe to
do so.
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot
information, press
= to open
the OnStar app on the
infotainment display, then
select Wi-Fi Hotspot. On some
vehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi
Settings on the screen.
2. The Wi-Fi settings will display
the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),
password, and on some
vehicles, the connection type
(no Internet connection, 3G,
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality
(poor, good, excellent).
3. To change the SSID or
password, press
Q or call
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
with an Advisor. On some
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Connected Services 373
vehicles, the SSID and
password can be changed in
the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
After initial set-up, your vehicle’s
Wi-Fi hotspot will connect
automatically to your mobile
devices. Manage data usage by
turning Wi-Fi on or off on your
mobile device, using the
myChevrolet mobile app, or by
contacting an OnStar Advisor. On
some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be
managed from the Wi-Fi
Hotspot menu.
MyChevrolet Mobile App (If
Available)
Download the myChevrolet mobile
app to compatible Apple and
Android smartphones. Chevrolet
users can access the following
services from a smartphone:
.
Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
if factory-equipped.
.
Lock/unlock doors, if equipped
with automatic locks.
.
Activate the horn and lamps.
.
Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil
life, or tire pressure,
if factory-equipped with the Tire
Pressure Monitor System.
.
Send destinations to the vehicle.
.
Locate the vehicle on a map
(U.S. market only).
.
Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot
on/off, manage settings, and
monitor data consumption,
if equipped.
.
Locate a dealer and schedule
service.
.
Request roadside assistance.
.
Set a parking reminder with pin
drop, take a photo, make a note,
and set a timer.
.
Connect with Chevrolet on social
media.
Features are subject to change. For
myChevrolet mobile app information
and compatibility, see
my.chevrolet.com.
An active OnStar or connected
service plan may be required.
A compatible device,
factory-installed remote start, and
power locks are required. Data rates
apply. See www.onstar.com for
details and system limitations.
Remote Services
Contact an OnStar Advisor to
unlock the doors or sound the horn
and flash the lamps.
Marketplace
OnStar Advisors can provide offers
from restaurants and retailers on
your route, help locate hotels,
or book a room. These services
vary by market.
OnStar Hands-Free Calling
Make and receive calls with the
built-in wireless calling service,
which requires available minutes.
Functionality of the Voice Command
button may vary by vehicle and
region. For some vehicles, press
=
to open the OnStar app on the
infotainment display, then select
Hands-Free calling. For other
vehicles press
= as follows.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
374 Connected Services
Make a Call
1. Press
=. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or
number to call.”
3. Say the entire number without
pausing, including a “1” and the
area code. System responds:
“OK, calling.”
Calling 911 Emergency
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or
number to call.”
3. Say “911” without pausing.
System responds: “911.”
4. Say “Call.” System responds:
“OK, dialing 911.”
Retrieve My Number
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “My number.” System
responds: “Your OnStar
Hands-Free Calling number is,”
then says the number.
End a Call
Press =. System responds: “Call
ended.”
Verify Minutes and Expiration
Press = and say “Minutes” then
“Verify” to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.
If equipped, press
= and touch
Account Services to view the
number of remaining minutes,
available Wi-Fi data, and other
account information.
Diagnostics
By monitoring and reporting on the
vehicle's key systems, OnStar
Advanced Diagnostics, if equipped,
provides a way to keep up on
maintenance. Capabilities vary by
model. See www.onstar.com for
details and system limitations.
Features are subject to change. For
updates on feature capabilities, see
my.chevrolet.com. Message and
data rates may apply.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Index 375
Index
A
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 237
Additional Information
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Adjustments
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 251
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .148, 150
Air Filter, Passenger
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Airbag System
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Passenger Sensing System . . . .65
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 61
Airbags
Adding Equipment to the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Passenger Status Indicator . . . .119
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Alarm
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 196
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Appearance Care
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Assistance Program,
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Assistance Systems for
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 209
Automatic
Climate Control System . . . . . . . 150
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
376 Index
Automatic Transmission
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Shift Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Axle
Locking Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Axle, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
B
Battery
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Battery - North America . . . .260, 312
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 265
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Brake
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 122
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 174
Bulb Replacement
Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Stoplamps, and Back-up
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
C
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
California
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
California
Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .240, 260, 312,
Back Cover
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Carbon Monoxide
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 104
Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Charging
Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 120
Check
Engine Light (Malfunction
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 264
Child Restraints
Infants and Young Children . . . . .74
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94, 99
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Cleaning
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Index 377
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 148
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . 112, 114
Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 356
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Compartments
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Connected Services
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Connections
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 372
Control
Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Traction and Electronic
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Control Light
Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Coolant
Engine Temperature Gauge . . .117
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148, 150
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Customer Information
Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
D
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 356
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3
Data Collection
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 362
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 361
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Diagnostics
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 374
Differential, Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . 203
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Door
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 348
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 208
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .129, 131
Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Driving
Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . .24
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 165
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 167
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
378 Index
Driving (cont'd)
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
E
Electrical Equipment,
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Electrical System
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 271
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Emergency
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Engine
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Check Light (Malfunction
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 243
Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Engine (cont'd)
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 182
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 361
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Exterior Cargo Lamps . . . . . . . . . . 143
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 139
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 140
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
F
Fan
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Filter,
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 142
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Fluid
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 250
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Four-Wheel Drive
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . .190, 261
Frequency Statement
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Front Fog Lamp
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Front Seats
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Fuel
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Index 379
Fuel (cont'd)
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 127
Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Fuses
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 271
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
G
Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Gauges
Engine Coolant
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Warning Lights and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
General Information
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 329
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
General Information (cont'd)
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
H
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 142
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Headlamps
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 127
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 140
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 128
Heated
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Heater
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148, 150
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 165
Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . 201
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . 124
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 198
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
How to Wear Seat Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148, 150
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
I
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Indicator
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Infants and Young Children,
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Information
Publication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . 359
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
380 Index
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . 112, 114
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 39
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
J
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
K
Keyless Entry
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 28
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
L
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 280
Lamps
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 141
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Exterior Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Malfunction Indicator
(Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Lane Departure Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
LATCH System
Replacing Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Lighting
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Lights
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 122
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Check Engine (Malfunction
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 126
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Lights (cont'd)
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 140
Hill Descent Control . . . . . . . . . . 124
Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . 124
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . .118
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . . . 203
Locking Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Locks
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 127
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Index 381
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
M
Maintenance
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Maintenance and Care
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 331
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 120
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Messages
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Mirrors
Automatic Dimming
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Blind Spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Mirrors (cont'd)
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 39
Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Monitor System, Tire
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
N
Navigation
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 371
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 174
O
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Oil
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 248
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 72
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 352
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Operation
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Outlets
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
P
Park
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 265
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 181
Parking or Backing
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 209
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
382 Index
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 65
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements, California . . . . . . 241
Personalization
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Power
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 179
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 57
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 361
Program
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 355
Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Proposition
65 Warning,
California . . . . . . . . . . . .240, 260, 312,
Back Cover
Publication Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
R
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 359
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 209
Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Recommended
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Records
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 315
Reimbursement Program,
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Replacement Parts
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 71
Replacing LATCH System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Replacing Seat Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Reporting Safety Defects
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 360
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Restraints
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Ride Control Systems
Enhanced Traction
System (ETS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Roads
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 348
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
S
Safety Defects Reporting
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 360
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Index 383
Safety Defects Reporting (cont'd)
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 355
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
How to Wear Seat Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 59
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 57
Seats
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .46
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .46
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .47
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Securing Child Restraints . . . . 94, 99
Security
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Security (cont'd)
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Climate Control System . . . . . . . 148
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 241
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 344
Maintenance, General
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Parts Identification Label . . . . . 345
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 355
Services
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Shift Lock Control Function
Check, Automatic
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Shifting
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Signals, Turn and
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Spare Tire
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Special Application Services . . . . 337
Specifications and
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
StabiliTrak
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Storage Areas
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Underseat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 103
Struts
Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
System
Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
384 Index
System (cont'd)
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147, 362
Systems
Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Taillamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 352
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 36
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
All-Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Tires (cont'd)
Pressure Monitor Operation . . 288
Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 286
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Terminology and Definitions . . 283
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 297
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Towing
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 218
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 218
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 315
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 235
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Traction
Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . 125
Traction (cont'd)
Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . 203
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Trailer
Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 235
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Transmission
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Transportation Program,
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Truck-Camper Loading
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Turn Signal
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
U
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 295
Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
12460274) - 2019 - CRC - 9/18/18
Index 385
V
Vehicle
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Identification Number (VIN) . . . 345
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 124
Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
W
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 214
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Warnings
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Wheels
Alignment and Tire Balance . . 297
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 78
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Windshield
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 265
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
84137461 A First Printing - Updated September 13, 2018
2019 Colorado
Colorado Owner’s Manual
C
M
Y
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
19_CHEV_Colorado_COV_en_US_84137461A_2018MAY17.ai 1 5/8/2018 2:53:36 PM19_CHEV_Colorado_COV_en_US_84137461A_2018MAY17.ai 1 5/8/2018 2:53:36 PM
